Data Formats

Data Formats Reference Manual
PSS®E 35.3.0
July 2021
Copyright © 1997 - 2021 Siemens Industry, Inc., Siemens Power Technologies International
Information in this manual and any software described herein is confidential and subject to change without notice and does not repre-
sent a commitment on the part of Siemens Industry, Inc., Siemens Power Technologies International. The software described in this
manual is furnished under a license agreement or nondisclosure agreement and may be used or copied only in accordance with the
terms of the agreement. No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical,
including photocopying, for any purpose other than the purchaser’s personal use, without the express written permission of Siemens
Industry, Inc., Siemens Power Technologies International.
®
PSS E high-performance transmission planning software is a registered trademark of Siemens Industry, Inc., Siemens Power Technolo-
gies International in the United States and other countries.
® ® ®
The Windows 7 and Windows 10 operating systems, the Visual C++ development system, Microsoft Office Excel and Microsoft Visual
®
Studio are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.
®
Intel Visual Fortran Compiler for Windows is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the United States and other countries.
TM
The Python programming language is a trademark of the Python Software Foundation.
Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
PSS®E 35.3.0
All material contained in this documentation is proprietary to Siemens Industry Inc., Siemens Power Technologies International
ii
Table of Contents
Power Flow Data File (RAW) .............................................................................................................. 1
Overview ................................................................................................................................. 1
Extended Bus Names ................................................................................................................ 1
Default Values .......................................................................................................................... 2
Q Record .................................................................................................................................. 2
Case Identification Data ............................................................................................................ 4
System-Wide Data .................................................................................................................... 5
GENERAL Record ............................................................................................................... 6
GAUSS Record .................................................................................................................. 6
NEWTON Record ............................................................................................................... 7
ADJUST Record ................................................................................................................. 8
TYSL Record ..................................................................................................................... 8
SOLVER Record ................................................................................................................. 9
RATING Record ............................................................................................................... 10
Bus Data ................................................................................................................................ 10
Bus Data Notes ............................................................................................................... 12
Load Data .............................................................................................................................. 12
Load Data Notes ............................................................................................................. 14
Constant Power Load Characteristic ................................................................................. 14
Constant Current Load Characteristic ............................................................................... 15
Fixed Bus Shunt Data .............................................................................................................. 16
Fixed Shunt Data Notes ................................................................................................... 17
Generator Data ....................................................................................................................... 18
Reactive Power Limits ..................................................................................................... 21
Modeling of Generator Step-Up Transformers (GSU) .......................................................... 22
Multiple Machine Plants .................................................................................................. 23
Non-Transformer Branch Data .................................................................................................. 24
Zero Impedance Lines ..................................................................................................... 27
System Switching Device Data ................................................................................................. 28
Transformer Data .................................................................................................................... 30
Three-Winding Transformer Notes .................................................................................... 45
Example Two-Winding Transformer Data Records ............................................................. 46
Example Three-Winding Transformer Data Records ............................................................ 47
Two Winding Transformer Vector Groups .......................................................................... 47
Three Winding Transformer Vector Groups ........................................................................ 49
Clock Positions and Phase Angles specified in Transformer Power Flow Data ........................ 49
CC=11 ............................................................................................................................ 49
CC=12 ............................................................................................................................ 50
CC=13 ............................................................................................................................ 50
CC=14 ............................................................................................................................ 50
CC=15 ............................................................................................................................ 50
CC=16 ............................................................................................................................ 51
CC=17 ............................................................................................................................ 51
CC=18 ............................................................................................................................ 51
Areas, Zones and Owners ....................................................................................................... 51
Area Interchange Data ............................................................................................................ 53
Area Interchange Data Notes ........................................................................................... 54
Two-Terminal DC Transmission Line Data .................................................................................. 55
PSS®E 35.3.0
iii
Two-Terminal DC Line Data Notes .................................................................................... 59

Voltage Source Converter (VSC) DC Transmission Line Data ........................................................ 59
VSC DC Line Data Notes .................................................................................................. 62
Transformer Impedance Correction Tables ................................................................................ 63
Impedance Correction Table Notes ................................................................................... 64
Multi-Terminal DC Transmission Line Data ................................................................................ 66
Multi-Terminal DC Line Notes .......................................................................................... 71
Multi-Section Line Grouping Data ............................................................................................ 73
Multi-Section Line Example ............................................................................................. 74
Multi-Section Line Notes ................................................................................................. 74
Zone Data .............................................................................................................................. 75
Zone Data Notes ............................................................................................................. 75
Interarea Transfer Data ............................................................................................................ 75
Interarea Transfer Data Notes .......................................................................................... 76
Owner Data ........................................................................................................................... 77
FACTS Device Data .................................................................................................................. 78
FACTS Device Notes ........................................................................................................ 81
Switched Shunt Data .............................................................................................................. 83
Switched Shunt Notes ..................................................................................................... 86
Switched Shunt Example ............................................................................................... 87
GNE Device Data .................................................................................................................... 88
Induction Machine Data .......................................................................................................... 90
Machine Electrical Data ................................................................................................... 94
Load Mechanical Data ..................................................................................................... 95
Substation Data ...................................................................................................................... 95
Substation Data Record ................................................................................................... 95
Node Data ...................................................................................................................... 96
Node Data Notes .................................................................................................... 97
Station Switching Device Data ......................................................................................... 97
Equipment Terminal Data ................................................................................................ 98
RAWX Data Table Format for Equipment Terminal Data .............................................. 99
Load Terminal Data ................................................................................................. 99
Fixed Shunt Terminal Data .................................................................................... 100
Machine Terminal Data ......................................................................................... 100
Branch and two winding Transformer Terminal Data ................................................ 101
Three winding Transformer Terminal Data .............................................................. 101
Switched Shunt Terminal Data ............................................................................... 102
Induction Machine Terminal Data ........................................................................... 102
Two-terminal DC Line Terminal Data ....................................................................... 103
Voltage Source Converter (VSC) DC Line Terminal Data ............................................ 103
Multi-terminal DC Line Terminal Data ..................................................................... 103
FACTS Device Terminal Data .................................................................................. 104
End of Data Indicator ............................................................................................................ 104
Extensible Power Flow Data File (RAWX) ........................................................................................ 105
Overview .............................................................................................................................. 105
Additional RAWX Documentation ................................................................................... 105
Introduction to JSON ............................................................................................................. 106
JSON Data Types ........................................................................................................... 106
RAWX Format Specification ................................................................................................... 107
RAWX File Structure ...................................................................................................... 107
Parameter Sets ............................................................................................................. 109
PSS®E 35.3.0
iv
Data Tables .................................................................................................................. 110

Field List Customization ................................................................................................ 111
Custom Field Definitions ............................................................................................... 112
Partial Datasets (Read and Change) ............................................................................... 113
Custom Table Definitions ............................................................................................... 115
Importing/Exporting from CSV files ........................................................................................ 116
Importing RAWX tables from CSV ................................................................................... 116
Exporting RAWX tables to CSV ....................................................................................... 117
RAWX Field Key Reference ..................................................................................................... 118
Case Identification (caseid) ............................................................................................ 119
General parameters (general) ........................................................................................ 120
Gaussian solution parameters (gauss) ............................................................................ 120
Newton solution parameters (newton) ........................................................................... 121
Adjustment parameters (adjust) ..................................................................................... 121
TYSL parameters (tysl) .................................................................................................. 122
Solver settings (solver) .................................................................................................. 122
Rating Data (rating) ...................................................................................................... 122
Bus Data (bus) .............................................................................................................. 123
Load Data (load) ........................................................................................................... 123
Fixed Bus Shunt Data (fixshunt) ..................................................................................... 124
Generator Data (generator) ........................................................................................... 124
Non-transformer Branch Data (acline) ............................................................................ 126
System Switching Device Data (sysswd) ......................................................................... 127
Transformer Data (transformer) ..................................................................................... 127
Area Interchange Data (area) ......................................................................................... 132
Two-Terminal DC Line Data (twotermdc) ......................................................................... 132
VSC DC Line Data (vscdc) .............................................................................................. 133
Transformer Impedance Correction Table Data (impcor) ................................................... 135
Multi-Terminal DC Line Data (ntermdc) ........................................................................... 135
Multi-Terminal DC Line Converter Data (ntermdcconv) ..................................................... 136
Multi-Terminal DC Line DC Bus Data (ntermdcbus) .......................................................... 136
Multi-Terminal DC Line DC Link Data (ntermdclink) .......................................................... 137
Multi-Section Line Data (msline) .................................................................................... 137
Zone Data (zone) .......................................................................................................... 137
Interarea Transfer Data (iatrans) .................................................................................... 138
Owner Data (owner) ..................................................................................................... 138
FACTS Device Data (facts) .............................................................................................. 138
Switched Shunt Data (swshunt) ..................................................................................... 139
GNE Device Data (gne) ................................................................................................. 140
Induction Machine Data (indmach) ................................................................................ 141
Substation Data (sub) ................................................................................................... 143
Substation Node Data (subnode) ................................................................................... 143
Substation Switching Device Data (subswd) .................................................................... 143
Substation Terminal Data (subterm) ............................................................................... 144
Voltage Droop Control (voltagedroop) (Added in version 35.3) ......................................... 144
Sequence Data File ....................................................................................................................... 146
Overview .............................................................................................................................. 146
Change Code ........................................................................................................................ 147
System Wide Data ................................................................................................................. 147
Generator Sequence Data ...................................................................................................... 148
Load Sequence Data ............................................................................................................. 151
PSS®E 35.3.0
v
Zero Sequence Non-Transformer Branch Data ......................................................................... 152

Zero Sequence Mutual Impedance Data ................................................................................. 153
Zero Sequence Transformer Data ........................................................................................... 155
Zero Sequence Switched Shunt Data ...................................................................................... 162
Zero Sequence Fixed Shunt Data ........................................................................................... 163
Induction Machine Sequence Data ......................................................................................... 164
Non-Conventional Source - Fault Contribution Characteristics Data ........................................... 166
Non-Conventional Source - Generator Data ............................................................................. 169
Application Notes - Transformers in the Zero Sequence ........................................................... 172
Auto Transformer Equivalent Circuit ............................................................................... 173
Two Winding Transformer Zero Sequence Networks ........................................................ 174
CC=1 and CC=11 .................................................................................................. 174
CC=2 and CC=12 .................................................................................................. 175
CC=3 and CC=13 .................................................................................................. 177
CC=4 and CC=14 ................................................................................................. 179
CC=5 and CC=15 .................................................................................................. 180
CC=6 and CC=16 .................................................................................................. 181
CC=7 and CC=17 .................................................................................................. 183
CC=8 and CC=18 .................................................................................................. 184
CC=9 and CC=19 .................................................................................................. 186
CC=20 ................................................................................................................. 188
CC=21 .................................................................................................................. 190
CC=22 .................................................................................................................. 191
Three Winding Transformer Zero Sequence Network ........................................................ 192
CC=1 and CC=11 (511) ......................................................................................... 193
CC=2 and CC=12 (113) ......................................................................................... 194
CC=3 and CC=13 (313) ......................................................................................... 195
CC=4 and CC=14 (333) ......................................................................................... 196
CC=5 and CC=15 (121) ......................................................................................... 197
CC=6 and CC=16 (111) ......................................................................................... 198
CC=17 .................................................................................................................. 199
CC=18 .................................................................................................................. 201
Optimal Power Flow Data File ........................................................................................................ 202
Overview .............................................................................................................................. 202
Change Code ........................................................................................................................ 203
Bus Voltage Constraint Data .................................................................................................. 203
Bus Voltage Attribute Record ......................................................................................... 203
Adjustable Bus Shunt Data .................................................................................................... 205
Bus Load Data ...................................................................................................................... 206
Bus Load Record .......................................................................................................... 206
Adjustable Bus Load Table Data ............................................................................................. 207
Adjustable Bus Load Table Record ................................................................................. 207
Generator Dispatch Data ....................................................................................................... 208
Generator Dispatch Data Record ................................................................................... 208
Active Power Dispatch Data ................................................................................................... 209
Active Power Dispatch Record ........................................................................................ 209
Generation Reserve Data ....................................................................................................... 210
Generation Reserve Record ........................................................................................... 210
Generation Reactive Capability Data ....................................................................................... 211
Generation Reactive Capability Record ........................................................................... 211
Adjustable Branch Reactance Data ......................................................................................... 212
PSS®E 35.3.0
vi
Adjustable Branch Reactance Record ............................................................................. 212

Piece-wise Linear Cost Data ................................................................................................... 213
Piece-wise Linear Cost Record ....................................................................................... 214
Piece-wise Quadratic Cost Data .............................................................................................. 214
Piece-wise Quadratic Cost Record ................................................................................. 215
Polynomial and Exponential Cost Table .................................................................................. 216
Polynomial and Exponential Record .............................................................................. 216
Period Reserve Constraint Data .............................................................................................. 217
Period Reserve Constraint Record .................................................................................. 218
Branch Flow Constraint Data ................................................................................................. 219
Branch Flow Constraint Record ..................................................................................... 219
Interface Flow Constraint Data .............................................................................................. 221
Linear Constraint Dependency Data ....................................................................................... 223
Linear Constraint Dependency Record ........................................................................... 223
GIC Data File ................................................................................................................................ 227
Overview .............................................................................................................................. 227
File Identification Data .......................................................................................................... 228
Substation Data .................................................................................................................... 228
Bus Substation Data .............................................................................................................. 230
Transformer Data .................................................................................................................. 230
Fixed Bus Shunt Data ............................................................................................................ 234
Branch Data ......................................................................................................................... 234
User Earth Model Data .......................................................................................................... 235
Switched Shunt Data ............................................................................................................ 236
Two-Terminal DC Data ........................................................................................................... 237
VSC DC Data ........................................................................................................................ 238
Multi-Terminal DC Data ......................................................................................................... 239
FACTS Device Data ................................................................................................................ 239
Load Data ............................................................................................................................ 240
Harmonics Data File ...................................................................................................................... 242
Overview .............................................................................................................................. 242
Impedance Characteristics Data ............................................................................................. 243
Voltage Sources Data ............................................................................................................ 244
Current Sources Data ............................................................................................................ 245
Load Data ............................................................................................................................ 246
Generator Data ..................................................................................................................... 247
Non-Transformer Branch Data ................................................................................................ 249
Transformer Data .................................................................................................................. 250
Two-Terminal DC Data ........................................................................................................... 251
VSC DC Data ........................................................................................................................ 252
FACTS Device Data ................................................................................................................ 253
Induction Machine (Asynchronous machine) Data ................................................................... 254
Passive Filter Data ................................................................................................................. 256
Machine Capability Curve Data File ................................................................................................ 258
Overview .............................................................................................................................. 258
Change Code Data ................................................................................................................ 258
Capability Curve Data ............................................................................................................ 258
IEC Data File ................................................................................................................................. 260
Overview .............................................................................................................................. 260
PSS®E 35.3.0
vii
GSU, Equivalent Generator and Motor Data ............................................................................ 261

Transformer Nameplate Winding MVA Data ............................................................................ 262
Induction Machine Data ........................................................................................................ 262
Wind Power Station Asynchronous Generator Data .................................................................. 263
Wind Power Station Doubly Fed Asynchronous Generator Data ................................................. 263
Wind and Photovoltaic Power Station Generator with Full Size Converter Data ........................... 264
PSS®E 35.3.0
viii
List of Figures
Constant Power Load Characteristics ................................................................................................ 15
Constant Current Load Characteristics .............................................................................................. 16
Implicit GSU Configuration – Specified as Part of the Generator ........................................................ 22
Explicit GSU Configuration– Specified Separately from the Generator ................................................. 23
Multiple Generators at a Single Plant ............................................................................................... 24
Two and Three-winding Transformer Configurations Related to Data Records ....................................... 31
Two-Winding Transformer Positive Sequence Connections ............................................................... 162
Three-Winding Transformer Positive Sequence Connections ............................................................. 162
Induction Machine Sequence Network ........................................................................................... 165
Non-conventional Source Fault Contribution Characteristics ............................................................. 168
Non-conventional Source Sequence Network .................................................................................. 169
Auto-transformer Equivalent Circuit ............................................................................................... 173
YNyn transformer zero sequence network ...................................................................................... 174
YNyn with neutral impedance transformer zero sequence network ................................................... 174
YNd transformer zero sequence network ........................................................................................ 175
Znyn, Zny, or ZNd transformer zero sequence network .................................................................... 175
YNy core type transformer zero sequence network .......................................................................... 176
Dyn transformer zero sequence network ........................................................................................ 177
YNzn, Yzn or Dzn transformer zero sequence network ..................................................................... 177
Yyn core type transformer zero sequence network .......................................................................... 178
Yy, Yd, Dy, Dd, Yyn or YNy transformer zero sequence network ........................................................ 179
Ya ungrounded auto transformer zero sequence network ................................................................ 179
CC=5 or CC=15 zero sequence network .......................................................................................... 180
YNd transformer with Zigzag or YNd earthing transformer on winding 2 side zero sequence network ... 181
YNzn or Dzn core type transformer zero sequence network ............................................................. 182
Dyn transformer with Zigzag or YNd earthing transformer on winding 1 side zero sequence network ... 183
ZNyn or ZNd core type transformer zero sequence network ............................................................. 183
YNa core type auto transformer zero sequence network .................................................................. 184
YNa core type auto transformer zero sequence network .................................................................. 186
YNyn with or without neutral impedance core type transformer zero sequence network ..................... 188
YNa auto transformer zero sequence network ................................................................................. 190
Ya ungrounded core type auto transformer zero sequence network .................................................. 191
YNynyn with magnetising impedance modelled transformer zero sequence network .......................... 193
YNynd transformer zero sequence network .................................................................................... 194
Dynd transformer zero sequence network ...................................................................................... 195
Ddd, Ddy, Dyd, Dyy, Ydd, Ydy, Yyd or Yyy transformer zero sequence network ................................... 196
Dynd auto transformer zero sequence network ............................................................................... 197
YNynyn transformer zero sequence network ................................................................................... 198
Ynad (grounded) auto transformer zero sequence network .............................................................. 199
o
Equivalent zero sequnce network for a transformer with two externally available neutrals and 0 phase shift
between windings 1 and 2 ............................................................................................................ 199
Yad (ungrounded) auto transformer zero sequence network ............................................................ 201
Capability Curve Example file savnw.gcp for savnw.sav Case ............................................................ 259
PSS®E 35.3.0
ix
List of Tables
Examples of Two Winding Transformer Vector Groups ....................................................................... 48
PSS®E 35.3.0
x
Chapter 1
Power Flow Data File (RAW)
1.1. Overview
The input stream to activity READ consists of 23 groups of records, with each group containing a particular
type of data required in power flow work (refer to Figure 1-1). The end of each category of data, except
the Case Identification Data, is indicated by a record specifying a value of zero; the end of the system-wide,
FACTS device, DC line, and GNE device data categories may alternatively be indicated with a record specifying
a NAME value with blanks. The optimal power flow problem typically consists of several components: one or
more objectives, a set of available system controls and any number of system constraints. The purpose of this
chapter is to present the available controls and constraints for the optimal power flow problem statement.
The sections within this chapter are presented in the order in which the data categories must appear within
the OPF Raw Data File. The format of the OPF Raw Data File itself is outlined in Figure 3-1. Each section of
this chapter fully describes the data elements associated with each data model. Specific information on the
use of the data input facilities can be found in Section 14.8 Data Input and Storage.
1.1. Extensible Power Flow Data File (RAWX) Documentation

Documentation for the Extensible Power Flow Data File (RAWX) is located in two places. This chapter contains
consolidated syntax and data field documentation for both RAW and RAWX. The sections describing case
identification, system-wide data, and all network element records include the record formats and data item
descriptions for the RAW file records as well as the RAWX parameter sets and data tables. For the complete
documentation for the RAWX format, see the Extensible Power Flow Data File (RAWX) chapter.
1.2. Extended Bus Names

On its Bus Data record, each bus is assigned a bus number and a 12 character alphanumeric name. When
the bus names input option of activity READ is enabled, data fields designating buses on load, fixed shunt,
generator, non-transformer branch, transformer, area, two-terminal dc line, VSC dc line, multi-terminal dc
line, multi-section line, FACTS device, switched shunt, GNE device, and induction machine, data records may
be specified as either extended bus names enclosed in single quotes or as bus numbers.
The requirements for specifying an extended bus name are:
• The extended name of a bus is a concatenation of its 12 character alphanumeric name and its Breaker
and Switch base voltage.
• It must be enclosed in single quotes.
• The 12 character bus name, including any trailing blanks, must be the first 12 characters of the extended
bus name.
• The bus base voltage in kV follows the 12 character bus name. Up to 6 characters may be used.
PSS®E 35.3.0
1
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Default Values
• For those data fields for which a sign is used to indicate a modeling attribute, a minus sign may be specified
between the leading single quote and the first character of the 12 character bus name.
Thus, valid forms of an extended bus name include 'aaaaaaaaaaaavvvvvv' and 'aaaaaaaaaaaavvv'. For
those data fields cited in (4) above, '-aaaaaaaaaaaavvvvvv' and '- aaaaaaaaaaaavvv' are also valid forms
of extended bus names.
As an example, consider a 345 kV bus with the name ERIE BLVD. The following are all valid forms of its
extended bus name:
'ERIE BLVD 345.0'

'ERIE BLVD 345'
'ERIE BLVD 345'
The following is not a valid form of its extended bus name because the three tailing blanks of its bus name
are not all included before the base voltage:
'ERIE BLVD 345'
1.3. Default Values

All data is read in free format with data items separated by a comma or one or more blanks; [Tab] delimited
data items are not recommended.
Because there are default values for many of the data items specified in the Power Flow Raw Data File, you
can include only the specific information you need. For example, if bus 99 is a 345 kV Type 1 bus assigned
to zone 3, the Bus Data record in the file could be:
99,,345,,,3
This is equivalent to specifying the data record:
99,' ',345.0,1,1,3,1,1.0,0.0
If, in addition, you name the bus 'ERIE BLVD', the minimum data line would be:
99,'ERIE BLVD',345,,,3
1.4. Q Record
Generally, specifying a data record with a Q in column one is used to indicate that no more data records are
to be supplied to activity READ. This end of data input indicator is permitted anywhere in the Power Flow
Raw Data File except where activity READ is expecting one of the following:
• one of the three Case Identification Data records
• the second or subsequent records of the four-record block defining a two-winding transformer
• the second or subsequent records of the five-record block defining a three-winding transformer
• the second or third record of the three-record block defining a two-terminal dc transmission line
PSS®E 35.3.0
2
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Q Record
• the second or third record of the three-record block defining a VSC dc transmission line
• the second or subsequent records of the series of data records defining a multi-terminal dc transmission
line
• the second or subsequent records of the series of data records defining a GNE device
Case Identification Data
System-Wide Data
Bus Data
Load Data
Fixed Bus Shunt Data
Generator Data
Non-Transformer Branch Data
System Switching Device Data
Transformer Data
Area Interchange Data
Two-Terminal DC Transmission Line Data
Voltage Source Converter (VSC) DC Transmission Line Data
Transformer Impedance Correction Tables
Multi-Terminal DC Transmission Line Data
Multi-Section Line Grouping Data
Zone Data
Interarea Transfer Data
Owner Data
FACTS Device Data
PSS®E 35.3.0
3
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Case Identification Data
Switched Shunt Data
GNE Device Data
Induction Machine Data
Substation Data
Q Record
Power Flow Raw Data Input Structure
Each substation block data consists of following records.
Substation Data Record
Node Data
Station Switching Device Data
Equipment Terminal Data
1.5. Case Identification Data

Case identification data consists of 8 data items on 3 lines for case-wide parameters and case identification.
RAW Record Format
IC, SBASE, REV, XFRRAT, NXFRAT, BASFRQ

TITLE1
TITLE2
RAWX Parameter Set Format
"caseid":{
"fields":["ic", "sbase", "rev", "xfrrat", "nxfrat", "basfrq", "title1",
"title2"],
"data":[0, 100.00, 35, 0, 1, 60.00, "", ""]
}
Field RAWX Key Description

IC ic New case flag:
0 for base case input (i.e., clear the working case before adding data to it)
PSS®E 35.3.0
4
Power Flow Data File (RAW) System-Wide Data

1 to add data to the working case
IC = 0 by default
SBASE sbase System MVA base
SBASE = 100.0 by default

REV rev PSSE revision number
REV = current revision by default

XFRRAT xfrrat Units of transformer ratings (refer to Transformer Data). The transformer percent
loading units program option setting (refer to Saved Case Specific Option Set-
tings) is set according to thisdata value.
XFRRAT <= 0 for MVA
XFRRAT > 0 for current expressed as MVA
XFRRAT = present transformer percent loading program option setting by default

(refer to activity OPTN).
NXFRAT nxfrat Units of ratings of non-transformer branches (refer to Non-Transformer Branch
Data). The non-transformer branch percent loading units program option setting
(refer to Saved Case Specific Option Settings) is set according to this data value
NXFRAT <= 0 for MVA
NXFRAT > 0 for current expressed as MVA
NXFRAT = present non-transformer branch percent loading program option set-

ting by default (refer to activity OPTN).
BASFRQ basfrq System base frequency in Hertz. The base frequency program option setting (refer
to Saved Case Specific Option Settings) is set to this data value. BASFRQ = present
base frequency program option setting value by default (refer to activity OPTN).
TITLE1 title1 First line of the case title. May contain up to 60 characters.
TITLE2 title2 Second line of the case title. May contain up to 60 characters.
When current ratings are being specified, ratings are entered as:
-6
MVArated = √ 3 x Ebase x Irated x 10
where:
Ebase Is the branch or transformer winding voltage base in volts.

Irated Is the rated phase current in amps
1.6. System-Wide Data

Through the system-wide data category, data that pertains to the case as a whole (rather than to individual
equipment items) may be included in the Power Flow Raw Data File to allow convenient transfer of it with
the case. Records may be included that define:
PSS®E 35.3.0
5
Power Flow Data File (RAW) GENERAL Record
• power flow solution parameters
• descriptions of rating sets
• information on the most recent power flow solution attempt
Generally, each record specified in the System-Wide Data category begins with a NAME that defines the type
of data specified on the record. The formats of the various records are described in the following paragraphs.
1.6.1. GENERAL Record

The GENRAL record contains solution parameters used by all of the power flow solution methods. These
solution parameters that are specified may be entered in any order.
RAW Example
GENERAL, THRSHZ=0.0001, PQBRAK=0.7, BLOWUP=5.0, MAXISOLLVLS=4, CAMAXREPTSLN=20,

CHKDUPCNTLBL=0
RAWX Parameter Set Example
"general":{
"fields":["thrshz", "pqbrak", "blowup", "maxisollvls", "camaxreptsln",
"chkdupcntlbl"],
"data":[0.0001, 0.7, 5.0, 4, 20, 0]
}
Using keyword input, any or all of the following solution parameters may be specified:
• THRSHZ (the zero impedance line threshold tolerance)
• PQBRAK (the constant power load characteristic voltage breakpoint)
• BLOWUP (the largest voltage change threshold)
• MAXISOLLVLS (the maximum levels to move outward from a element when attempting to isolate it by
breaker/switch actions)
• CAMAXREPTSLN (the maximum number of times to try and solve a contingency/remedial action)
• CHKDUPCNTLBL (check for duplicate contingency labels when create DFAX file and running contingency
analysis)
1.6.2. GAUSS Record

The GAUSS record contains solution parameters used by the Gauss-Seidel power flow solution methods (SOLV
and MSLV).
PSS®E 35.3.0
6
Power Flow Data File (RAW) NEWTON Record
RAW Format
GAUSS, ITMX=100, ACCP=1.6, ACCQ=1.6, ACCM=1.0, TOL=0.0001
"gauss":{
"fields":["itmx", "accp", "accq", "accm", "tol"],
"data":[100, 1.6, 1.6, 1.0, 0.0001]
}
• ITMX (the maximum number of iterations)
• ACCP (real component voltage change acceleration factor)
• ACCQ (imaginary component voltage change acceleration factor)
• ACCM (type 1 bus complex voltage change acceleration factor in MSLV)
• TOL (voltage magnitude change convergence tolerance)
1.6.3. NEWTON Record

The NEWTON record contains solution parameters used by the Newton-Raphson power flow solution meth-
ods (FDNS, FNSL and NSOL).
RAW Example
NEWTON, ITMXN=20, ACCN=1.0, TOLN=0.1, VCTOLQ=0.1, VCTOLV=0.00001, DVLIM=0.99,

NDVFCT=0.99
"newton":{
"fields":["itmxn", "accn", "toln", "vctolq", "vctolv", "dvlim", "ndvfct"],
"data":[20, 1.0, 0.1, 0.1, 0.00001, 0.99, 0.99]
}
The NEWTON record contains solution parameters used by the Newton-Raphson power flow solution meth-
ods (FDNS, FNSL and NSOL). Using keyword input, any or all of the following solution parameters may be
specified:
• ITMXN (the maximum number of iterations)
PSS®E 35.3.0
7
Power Flow Data File (RAW) ADJUST Record
• ACCN (voltage magnitude setpoint change acceleration factor at voltage controlled buses)
• TOLN (mismatch convergence tolerance)
• VCTOLQ (controlled bus reactive power mismatch convergence tolerance)
• VCTOLV (controlled bus voltage error convergence tolerance)
• DVLIM (maximum votlage magnitude change that may be applied on any iteration)
• NDVFCT (non-divergent solution improvement factor)
1.6.4. ADJUST Record

The ADJUST record contains solution parameters used by the automatic adjustment functions of the Gauss-
Seidel and Newton-Raphson power flow solution methods.
RAW Example
ADJUST, ADJTHR=0.005, ACCTAP=1.0, TAPLIM=0.05, SWVBND=100.0, MXTPSS=99,

MXSWIM=10
"adjust":{
"fields":["adjthr", "acctap", "taplim", "swvbnd", "mxtpss", "mxswim"],
"data":[0.005, 1.0, 0.05, 100.0, 99, 10]
}
• ADJTHR (automatic adjustment threshold tolerance)
• ACCTAP (tap movement deceleration factor)
• TAPLIM (maximum tap ratio change on any iteration)
• SWVBND (percent of voltage band switched shunts with voltage violations that are adjusted on any iter-
ation)
• MXTPSS (maximum number of tap and/or switched shunt adjustment cycles)
• MXSWIM (maximum number of induction machine state switchings)
1.6.5. TYSL Record

The TYSL record contains solution parameters used by the balanced switching network solution (TYSL)
PSS®E 35.3.0
8
Power Flow Data File (RAW) SOLVER Record
RAW Example
TYSL, ITMXTY=20, ACCTY=1.0, TOLTY=0.00001
"tysl":{
"fields":["itmxty", "accty", "tolty"],
"data":[20, 1.0, 0.00001]
}
• ITMXTY (the maximum number of iterations)
• ACCTY (voltage change acceleration factor)
• TOLTY (voltage magnitude change convergence tolerance)
1.6.6. SOLVER Record

The SOLVER record identifies the power flow solution method and solution options used in the last power
flow solution attempt.
RAW Example
SOLVER, FNSL, ACTAPS=1, AREAIN=0, PHSHFT=0, DCTAPS=1, SWSHNT=1, FLATST=0,

VARLIM=0, NONDIV=0
"solver":{
"fields":["method", "actaps", "areain", "phshft", "dctaps", "swshnt",
"flatst", "varlim", "nondiv"],
"data":["FNSL", 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0]
}
Following the name SOLVER is the name of the solution method (either FDNS, FNSL, NSOL, SOLV or MSLV).
Then, using keyword input, any or all of the following solution option selections may be specified:
• ACTAPS (the ac tap adjustment code)
• AREAIN (the area interchange adjustment code)
• PHSHFT (the phase shift adjustment code)
PSS®E 35.3.0
9
Power Flow Data File (RAW) RATING Record
• DCTAPS (the dc tap adjustment code)
• SWSHNT (the switched shunt adjustment code)
• FLATST (the flat start code)
• VARLIM (the reactive power limit application code)
• NONDIV (the non-divergent solution code)
1.6.7. RATING Record

The RATING specifies a six-character name and a 32-character description associated with a specified rating
set.
RAW Example
RATING, 1, "STEMER", "Short term summer emergency"
RAWX Data Table Example
"rating":{
"fields":["irate", "name", "desc"],
"data":[
[1, "STEMER", "Short term summer emergency"],
...
[12, "WINCON", "Winter continuous"]

]
}
Following the name RATING are the following data items:
• the number of the rating set (1 through 12),
• a quoted string that contains the rating’s name (this is used as a column heading in several reports), and
• a quoted string that contains the rating’s description.
If no RATING record is specified for rating set "n", its name is set to "RATEn" and its description is set to "RATING
SET n".
System wide data input is terminated with a record specifying a value of zero.
1.7. Bus Data

Each network bus to be represented in PSSE is introduced by reading a bus data record.
PSS®E 35.3.0
10
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Bus Data
RAW Record Format
I, 'NAME', BASKV, IDE, AREA, ZONE, OWNER, VM, VA, NVHI, NVLO, EVHI, EVLO
RAWX Data Table Format
"bus":{
"fields":["ibus", "name", "baskv", "ide", "area", "zone", "owner", "vm",
"va", "nvhi", "nvlo", "evhi", "evlo"],
"data":[
[101, "NUC-A", 21.6, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1.01, -19.0, 1.1, 0.9, 1.1, 0.9],
...
[93002, "INDGEN2", 0.69, 1, 5, 6, 5, 0.94, -4.3, 1.1, 0.9, 1.1, 0.9]

]
}

I ibus Bus number (1 through 999997). No default allowed.
NAME name Alphanumeric identifier assigned to bus I. NAME may be up to twelve characters
and may contain any combination of blanks, uppercase letters, numbers and spe-
cial characters, but the first character must not be a minus sign. NAME must be
enclosed in single or double quotes if it contains any blanks or special characters.
NAME = twelve blanks by default

BASKV baskv Bus base voltage; entered in kV
BASKV = 0.0 by default

IDE ide Bus type code:
• 1 - for a load bus or passive node (no generator boundarycondition)
• 2 - for a generator or plant bus (either voltage regulating or fixed Mvar)
• 3 - for a swing bus
• 4 - for a disconnected (isolated) bus
IDE = 1 by default
AREA area Area number (1 through 9999).
AREA = 1 by default
ZONE zone Zone number (1 through 9999).
ZONE = 1 by default
OWNER owner Owner number (1 through 9999).
OWNER = 1 by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
11
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Bus Data Notes

VM vm Bus voltage magnitude; entered in pu.
VM = 1.0 by default
VA va Bus voltage phase angle; entered in degrees.
VA = 0.0 by default
NVHI nvhi Normal voltage magnitude high limit; entered in pu.
NVHI = 1.1 by default

NVLO nvlo Normal voltage magnitude low limit, entered in pu.
NVLO = 0.9 by default

EVHI evhi Emergency voltage magnitude high limit; entered in pu.
EVHI = 1.1 by default

EVLO evlo Emergency voltage magnitude low limit; entered in pu.
EVLO = 0.9 by default
Bus data input in the RAW file is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.
1.7.1. Bus Data Notes

VM and VA need to be set to their actual solved case values only when the network, as entered into the
working case via activity READ, is to be considered solved as read in. Otherwise, unless some better estimate
of the solved voltage and/or phase angle is available, VM and VA may be omitted (and therefore set to their
default values; see Default Values).
1.8. Load Data

Each network bus at which load is to be represented must be specified in at least one load data record.
Multiple loads may be represented at a bus by specifying more than one load data record for the bus, each
with a different load identifier.
Each load at a bus can be a mixture of loads with three different characteristics: the Constant Power Load
Characteristic, the Constant Current Load Characteristic, and the constant admittance load characteristic. For
additional information on load characteristic modeling, refer to Load, activities CONL and RCNL, Modeling
Load Characteristics and Basic Load Characteristics.
RAW Record Format (on single line)
I, ID, STATUS, AREA, ZONE, PL, QL, IP, IQ, YP, YQ, OWNER, SCALE, INTRPT,
DGENP, DGENQ, DGENM, LOADTYPE
PSS®E 35.3.0
12
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Load Data
"load":{
"fields":["ibus", "loadid", "stat", "area", "zone", "pl", "ql",
"ip", "iq", "yp", "yq", "owner", "scale", "intrpt",
"dgenp", "dgenq", "dgenm", "loadtype"],
"data":[
[152, "1", 1, 1, 1, 1200.0, 360.0, 868.3, 360.5, 837.8, -351.3,
1, 1, 0, 0.0, 0.0, 0, ""],
...
[3010, "1", 1, 5, 4, 12.0, 5.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 5,
1, 0, 0.0, 0.0, 0, ""]
]
}

I ibus Bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer to Extended
Bus Names).
No default allowed.
ID loadid One or two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric load identifier used to
distinguish among multiple loads at bus I. It is recommended that, at buses for
which a single load is present, the load be designated as having the load identifier
'1'.
ID = '1' by default
STATUS stat Load status of one for in-service and zero for out-of-service.
STATUS = 1 by default
AREA area Area to which the load is assigned (1 through 9999). By default, AREA is the area
to which bus I is assigned (refer to Bus Data).
ZONE zone Zone to which the load is assigned (1 through 9999). By default, ZONE is the zone
to which bus I is assigned (refer to Bus Data).
PL pl Active power component of constant MVA load; entered in MW.
PL = 0.0 by default
QL ql Reactive power component of constant MVA load; entered in Mvar.
QL = 0.0 by default
IP ip Active power component of constant current load; entered in MW at one per unit
voltage.
IP = 0.0 by default
IQ iq Reactive power component of constant current load; entered in Mvar at one per
unit voltage.
IQ = 0.0 by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
13
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Load Data Notes

YP yp Active power component of constant admittance load; entered in MW at one per
unit voltage.
YP = 0.0 by default
YQ yq Reactive power component of constant admittance load; entered in Mvar at one
per unit voltage. YQ is a negative quantity for an inductive load and positive for
a capacitive load.
YQ = 0.0 by default
OWNER owner Owner to which the load is assigned (1 through 9999). By default, OWNER is the
owner to which bus I is assigned (refer to Bus Data).
SCALE scale Load scaling flag of one for a scalable load and zero for a fixed load (refer to SCAL).
SCALE = 1 by default
INTRPT intrpt Interruptible load flag of one for an interruptible load for zero for a non interrupt-
ible load.
INTRPT = 0 by default
DGENP dgenp Distributed Generation active power component; entered in units of MW.
DGENP = 0.0 by default

DGENQ dgenq Distributed Generation reactive power component; entered in units of MVAR.
DGENQ = 0.0 by default

DGENM dgenm Distributed Generation operation mode; 0 = distributed generation on feeder is
OFF, 1 = distributed generation on feeder is ON.
DGENM = 0 by default
LOADTYPE loadtype Alphanumeric load type descriptor of up to twelve characters used to distinguish
among different types of load.
LOADTYPE is blanks by default
Load data input is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.
1.8.1. Load Data Notes

The area, zone, and owner assignments of loads are used for area, zone, and owner totaling purposes (e.g.,
in activities AREA, OWNR, and ZONE) and for load scaling and conversion purposes. They may differ from
those of the bus to which they are connected. The area and zone assignments of loads may optionally be
used during area and zone interchange calculations (refer to Area Interchange Control and activities AREA,
ZONE, TIES, TIEZ, INTA, and INTZ).
1.8.2. Constant Power Load Characteristic

The constant power characteristic holds the load power values, and also, the distributed generation power
values, constant as long as the bus voltage exceeds a value specified by the solution parameter PQBRAK. The
constant power characteristic assumes an elliptical current-voltage characteristic of the corresponding load
current for voltages below this threshold. Figure 1-2 depicts this characteristic for PQBRAK values of 0.6, 0.7,
PSS®E 35.3.0
14
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Constant Current Load Characteristic
and 0.8 pu. The user may modify the value of PQBRAK using the [Solution Parameters] GUI (refer to PSSE
GUI Users Guide, Section 11.1.1, Boundary Conditions).
Figure 1.1. Constant Power Load Characteristics
1.8.3. Constant Current Load Characteristic

The constant current characteristic holds the load current constant as long as the bus voltage exceeds 0.5
pu, and assumes an elliptical current-voltage characteristic as shown in Figure 1-3 for voltages below 0.5 pu.
PSS®E 35.3.0
15
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Fixed Bus Shunt Data
Figure 1.2. Constant Current Load Characteristics
1.9. Fixed Bus Shunt Data

Each network bus at which fixed bus shunt is to be represented must be specified in at least one fixed bus
shunt data record. Multiple fixed bus shunts may be represented at a bus by specifying more than one fixed
bus shunt data record for the bus, each with a different shunt identifier.
RAW Record Format
PSS®E 35.3.0
16
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Fixed Shunt Data Notes
I, ID, STATUS, GL, BL
"fixshunt":{
"fields":["ibus", "shntid", "stat", "gl", "bl"],
"data":[
[151, "F1", 1, 5.0, -400.0],
...
[3022, "1 ", 1, 0.0, 1080.0]
]
}

Bus Names).
No default allowed
ID shntid One- or two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric fixed shunt identifier
used to distinguish among multiple fixed shunts at bus I. It is recommended that,
at buses for which a single fixed shunt is present, the fixed shunt be designated
as having the fixed shunt identifier '1'.
ID = '1' by default
STATUS stat Shunt status of one for in-service and zero for out-of-service.
GL gl Activecomponent of shunt admittance to ground; entered in MW at one per unit
voltage. GL should not include any resistive impedance load, which is entered as
part of load data.
GL = 0.0 by default
BL bl Reactive component of shunt admittance to ground; entered in Mvar at one per
unit voltage. BL should not include any reactive impedance load, which is en-
tered as part of load data; line charging and line connected shunts, which are
entered as part of non-transformer branch data; transformer magnetizing admit-
tance, which is entered as part of transformer data; or switched shunt admittance,
which is entered as part of switched shunt data. BL is positive for a capacitor, and
negative for a reactor or an inductive load.
BL = 0.0 by default
Fixed bus shunt data input is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.
1.9.1. Fixed Shunt Data Notes

The area, zone, and owner assignments of the bus to which the shunt is connected are used for area, zone,
and owner totaling purposes (e.g., in activities AREA, OWNR, and ZONE); refer to Section 12.7, “Summarizing
PSS®E 35.3.0
17
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Generator Data
Area Totals” through Section 12.12, “Summarizing Zone-to-Zone Interchange”) and for shunt scaling purpos-
es (refer to SCAL).
The admittance specified in the data record can represent a shunt capacitor or a shunt reactor (both with
or without a real component) or a shunt resistor. It must not represent line connected admittance, switched
shunts, loads, line charging or transformer magnetizing impedance, all of which are entered in other data
categories.
1.10. Generator Data

Each network bus to be represented as a generator or plant bus in PSSE must be specified in a generator
data record. In particular, each bus specified in the bus data input with a Type code of 2 or 3 must have a
generator data record entered for it.
RAW Record Format (on single line)
I, ID, PG, QG, QT, QB, VS, IREG, NREG, MBASE, ZR, ZX, RT, XT, GTAP, STAT,
RMPCT, PT, PB, BASLOD, O1, F1, ..., O4, F4, WMOD, WPF
"generator":{
"fields":["ibus", "machid", "pg", "qg", "qt", "qb", "vs", "ireg", "nreg",
"mbase", "zr", "zx", "rt", "xt", "gtap", "stat", "rmpct",
"pt", "pb", "baslod", "o1", "f1", "o2", "f2", "o3", "f3", "o4",
"f4", "wmod", "wpf"],
"data":[
[101, "1", 750.0, 165.2, 400.0, -100.0 1.01, 101, 0, 900.0, 0.01,
0.3, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 1, 100.0, 800.0, 50.0, 0, 1, 0.1289, 2, 0.2524,
3, 0.1031, 4, 0.5156, 0, 1.0],
PSS®E 35.3.0
18
...
[3018, "2", 100.0, -0.157, 75.0, -75.0, 0.99, 3018, 0, 120.0, 0.024,
0.36, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 1, 92.5, 110.0, 20.0, 0, 1, 0.3003, 2, 0.1358,
3, 0.2857, 4, 0.2782, 0, 1.0]
]
}

Bus Names).
No default allowed
ID machid One- or two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric machine identifier
used to distinguish among multiple machines at bus I. It is recommended that, at
buses for which a single machine is present, the machine be designated as having
the machine identifier '1'.
ID = '1' by default
PG pg Generator active power output; entered in MW.
PG = 0.0 by default
QG qg Generator reactive power output; entered in Mvar. QG needs to be entered only
if the case, as read in, is to be treated as a solved case.
QG = 0.0 by default
QT qt Maximum generator reactive power output; entered in Mvar. For fixed output
generators (i.e., nonregulating), QT must be equal to the fixed Mvar output. For
infeed machines (WMOD=4), QT is not used in powerflow calculations. The reac-
tive power output of infeed machines is held constant at QG.
QT = 9999.0 by default
QB qb Minimum generator reactive power output; entered in Mvar. For fixed output
generators, QB must be equal to the fixed Mvar output. For infeed machines
(WMOD=4), QB is not used in powerflow calculations. The reactive power output
infeed machines is held constant at QB = -9999.0 by default.
VS vs Regulated voltage setpoint; entered in pu.
VS = 1.0 by default
IREG ireg Bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes, of the bus for which
voltage is to be regulated by this plant to the value specified by VS. If IREG specifies
a remote bus (i.e., a bus other than bus I), bus IREG must be a Type 1 or 2 bus
(if it is other than a Type 1 or 2 bus, bus I regulates its own voltage to the value
specified by VS). IREG may be entered as zero if the plant is to regulate its own
voltage. If bus I is a Type 3 (swing) bus, IREG must not specify a remote bus.
IREG = 0 by default
NREG nreg A node number of bus IREG. The bus section of bus IREG to which node NREG
is connected is the bus section for which voltage is to be regulated by this plant
PSS®E 35.3.0
19

to the value specified by VS. If bus IREG is not in a substation, NREG must be
specified as 0.
NREG = 0 by default
MBASE mbase Total MVA base of the units represented by this machine; entered in MVA. This
quantity is not needed in normal power flow and equivalent construction work,
but is required for switching studies, fault analysis, and dynamic simulation.
MBASE = system base MVA by default

ZR,ZX zr,zx Complex machine impedance, ZSORCE; entered in pu on MBASE base. This data
is not needed in normal power flow and equivalent construction work, but is re-
quired for switching studies, fault analysis, and dynamic simulation. For dynamic
simulation, this impedance must be set equal to the unsaturated subtransient im-
pedance for those generators to be modeled by subtransient level machine mod-
els, and to unsaturated transient impedance for those to be modeled by classical
or transient level models. For short-circuit studies, the saturated subtransient or
transient impedance should be used.
ZR = 0.0 and ZX = 1.0 by default

RT,XT rt,xt Step-up transformer impedance, XTRAN; entered in pu on MBASE base. XTRAN
should be entered as zero if the step-up transformer is explicitly modeled as a
network branch and bus I is the terminal bus.
RT + jXT = 0.0 by default

GTAP gtap Step-up transformer off-nominal turns ratio; entered in pu on a system base. GTAP
is used only if XTRAN is non-zero.
GTAP = 1.0 by default

STAT stat Machine status of one for in-service and zero for out-of-service;
STAT = 1 by default
RMPCT rmpct Percent of the total Mvar required to hold the voltage at the bus controlled by bus
I that are to be contributed by the generation at bus I; RMPCT must be positive.
RMPCT is needed only if there is more than one local or remote setpoint mode
voltage controlling device (plant, switched shunt, FACTS device shunt element,
or VSC dc line converter) controlling the voltage at bus IREG.
RMPCT = 100.0 by default

PT pt Maximum generator active power output; entered in MW.
PT = 9999.0 by default
PB pb Minimum generator active power output; entered in MW.
PB = -9999.0 by default
BASLOD baslod Base loaded flag;
• = 0 Normal, the machine is not base loaded
PSS®E 35.3.0
20
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Reactive Power Limits

• = 1 Down only; the machine can be scaled down but will not be scaled for any
increase in generation
• = 2 Neither up nor down; the machine can be scaled neither up nor down
• = 3 Up only; the machine can be scaled up but will not be scaled for any de-
crease in generation
BASLOD = 0 by default
Oi o1, o2, o3, Owner number (1 through 9999). Each machine may have up to four owners. By
o4 default, O1 is the owner to which bus I is assigned (refer to Bus Data) and O2,
O3, and O4 are zero.
Fi f1, f2, f3, f4 Fraction of total ownership assigned to owner Oi; each Fi must be positive. The
Fi values are normalized such that they sum to 1.0 before they are placed in the
working case. By default, each Fi is 1.0.
WMOD wmod Machine control mode; WMOD is used to indicate whether a machine is a conven-
tional or a non-conventional machine (e.g. renewables, infeed) machine, and, if
it is, the type of reactive power limits to be imposed. Non-conventional machines
are renewables (e.g., wind, PV etc.) and infeed machines (for definition of infeed
machines, see description below of WNMOD=4)
0 - a conventional machine (e.g. synchronous machines).
1 - renewable type machine for which reactive power limits are specified by QT
and QB.
2 - renewable type machine for which reactive power limits are determined from
the machine’s active power output and WPF; limits are of equal magnitude and
opposite sign
3 - renewable type machine with a fixed reactive power setting determined from
the machine’s active power output and WPF; when WPF is positive, the machine’s
reactive power has the same sign as its active power; when WPF is negative, the
machine’s reactive power has the opposite sign of its active power.
4 - infeed type machine. An infeed type machine is one for which the machine
reactive power (QG) is held constant. The QT and QB limits values are not used
and are for information only. QG value has to be between QT and QB.
WMOD = 0 by default
WPF wpf Power factor used in calculating reactive power limits or output when WMOD is
2 or 3
WPF = 1.0 by default
Generator data input in the RAW file is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.
1.10.1. Reactive Power Limits

In specifying reactive power limits for voltage controlling plants (i.e., those with unequal reactive power
limits), the use of very narrow var limit bands is discouraged. The Newton-Raphson based power flow solu-
PSS®E 35.3.0
21
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Modeling of Generator Step-Up Trans-
formers (GSU)
tions require that the difference between the controlling equipment's high and low reactive power limits
be greater than 0.002 pu for all setpoint mode voltage controlling equipment (0.2 Mvar on a 100 MVA sys-
tem base). It is recommended that voltage controlling plants have Mvar ranges substantially wider than this
minimum permissible range.
For additional information on generator modeling in power flow solutions, refer to refer to Section 6.3.12,
“Generation” and Section 6.3.18, “AC Voltage Control”.
1.10.2. Modeling of Generator Step-Up Transformers (GSU)

Before setting-up the generator data, it is important to understand the two methods by which a generator
and its associated GSU are represented.
The Implicit Method
• The transformer data is included on the generator data record.
• The transformer is not explicitly represented as a transformer branch.
• The generator terminal bus is not explicitly represented.
Figure 1-4 shows that bus K is the Type 2 bus. This is the bus at which the generator will regulate/control
voltage unless the user specifies a remote bus.
Figure 1.3. Implicit GSU Configuration – Specified as Part of the Generator
The Explicit Method
In this method, the transformer data is not specified with the generator data. It is entered separately (see
Transformer Data) in a transformer branch data block.
In Figure 1-5, there is an additional bus to represent the generator terminal. This is the Type 2 bus where the
generator will regulate/control voltage unless the user specifies a remote bus.
PSS®E 35.3.0
22
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Multiple Machine Plants
Figure 1.4. Explicit GSU Configuration– Specified Separately from the Generator
1.10.3. Multiple Machine Plants
1.10.3. Multiple Machine Plants

If a generating plant has several units, they can be represented separately even if they are connected to the
same Type 2 bus. When two or more machines are to be separately modeled at a plant, their data may be
introduced into the working case using one of two approaches.
A generator data record may be entered in activities READ, TRSQ, or RDCH for each of the machines to be
represented, with machine powers, power limits, impedance data, and step-up transformer data for each
machine specified on separate generator data records. The plant power output and power limits are taken
as the sum of the corresponding quantities of the in-service machines at the plant. The values specified for
VS, IREG, and RMPCT, which are treated as plant quantities rather than individual machine quantities, must
be identical on each of these generator data records.
Alternatively, a single generator record may be specified in activities READ, TREA, or RDCH with the plant
total power output, power limits, voltage setpoint, remotely regulated bus, and percent of contributed Mvar
entered. Impedance and step-up transformer data may be omitted. The PSSE power flow activities may be
used and then, any time prior to beginning switching study, fault analysis, or dynamic simulation work,
activity MCRE may be used to introduce the individual machine impedance and step-up transformer data;
activity MCRE also apportions the total plant loading among the individual machines.
As an example, Figure 1-5 shows three Type 2 buses, each having two connected units. For generators 1
through 4, the GSU is explicitly represented while for generators 5 and 6 the GSU is implicitly represented.
Figure 1-6 shows the generator data records corresponding to Figure 1-5.
The separate transformer data records for the explicitly represented transformers from buses 1238 and 1239
to bus 1237 are not included in Figure 1-6.
PSS®E 35.3.0
23
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Non-Transformer Branch Data
Figure 1.5. Multiple Generators at a Single Plant

I,'ID', PG,QG, QT, QB, VS,IREG,NREG, MBASE, ZR, ZX, T, XT, GTAP,STAT, RMPCT, ...
1238,'1 ', 200., , 120., 0.0, 1.03, 0, 0, 200.0, 0.0, .26, 0., 0.0, 1.00, 1, 50.0, ...
1238,'2 ', 250., , 150., 0.0, 1.03, 0, 0, 250.0, 0.0, .22, 0., 0.0, 1.00, 1, 50.0, ...
1239,'3 ', 200., , 120., 0.0, 1.03, 0, 0, 200.0, 0.0, .26, 0., 0.0, 1.00, 1, 50.0, ...
1239,'4 ', 250., , 150., 0.0, 1.03, 0, 0, 250.0, 0.0, .22, 0., 0.0, 1.00, 1, 50.0, ...
1237,'5 ', 750., , 500., 0.0, 1.06, 0, 0, 800.0, 0.0, .25, 0., 0.18, 1.05, 1, 50.0, ...
1237,'6 ', 750., , 500., 0.0, 1.06, 0, 0, 800.0, 0.0, .25, 0., 0.18, 1.05, 1, 50.0, ...
1.11. Non-Transformer Branch Data

Each ac network branch to be represented in PSSE as a non-transformer branch is introduced by reading a
non-transformer branch data record.
Branches to be modeled as transformers are not specified in this data category; rather, they are specified
in Transformer Data.
When specifying a non-transformer branch between buses I and J with circuit identifier CKT, if a two-winding
transformer between buses I and J with a circuit identifier of CKT is already present in the working case, it
is replaced (i.e., the transformer is deleted from the working case and the newly specified branch is then
added to the working case).
In PSSE, the basic transmission line model is an Equivalent Pi connected between network buses. Figure 1-8
shows the required parameter data where the equivalent Pi is comprised of:
• A series impedance (R + jX).
• Two admittance branches (jBch/2) representing the line's capacitive admittance (line charging).
• Two admittance branches (G + jB) for shunt equipment units (e.g., reactors) that are connected to and
switched with the line.
PSS®E 35.3.0
24
To represent shunts connected to buses, that shunt data should be entered in fixed shunt and/or switched
shunt data records.
Transmission Line Equivalent Pi Model
I,J,CKT,R,X,B,'NAME',RATE1...RATE12,GI,BI,GJ,BJ,ST,MET,LEN,O1,F1,...,O4,F4
"acline":{
"fields":["ibus", "jbus", "ckt", "rpu", "xpu", "bpu", "name",
"rate1", "rate2", "rate3", "rate4", "rate5", "rate6",
"gi", "bi", "gj", "bj", "stat", "met", "len",
"o1", "f1", "o2", "f2", "o3", "f3", "o4", "f4"],
"data":[
[151, 152, "1", 0.0026, 0.046, 3.5, "", 1200.0, 1100.0, 1000.0,
1200.4, 1100.5, 1000.6, 1200.70, 1100.80, 1000.90, 1200.10,
1100.11, 1000.12, 0.01, -0.25, 0.011, -0.15, 1, 2, 150.0, 1,
0.2, 2, 0.3, 3, 0.4, 4, 0.1],
...
[3008, 3009, "1", 0.003, 0.025, 0.06, "", 25.0, 22.0, 18.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1,
2, 60.00, 1, 0.1797, 2, 0.2695, 3, 0.3594, 4, 0.1914]
]
}

I ibus Branch from bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer
to Extended Bus Names).
No default allowed
J jbus Branch to bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes.
PSS®E 35.3.0
25

CKT ckt One- or two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric branch circuit identifi-
er; the first character of CKT must not be an ampersand ( ); refer to Multi-Section
Line Grouping Data.
CKT = '1' by default

R rpu Branch resistance; entered in pu. A value of R must be entered for each branch.
X xpu Branch reactance; entered in pu. A non-zero value of X must be entered for each
branch. Refer to Zero Impedance Lines for details on the treatment of branches
as zero impedance lines.
B bpu Total branch charging susceptance; entered in pu.
B = 0.0 by default
NAME name Alphanumeric identifier assigned to the branch. NAME may be up to forty char-
acters and may contain any combination of blanks, uppercase letters, numbers
and special characters. NAME must be enclosed in single or double quotes if it
contains any blanks or special characters.
NAME must be unique within all non-transformer and transformer branches.
NAME is blank by default

RATEn rate1, rate2, nth rating; entered in either MVA or current expressed as MVA, according to the
rate3, rate4, value specified for NXFRAT specified on the first data record (refer to Case Iden-
rate5, rate6, tification).
rate7, rate8,
rate9, Each RATEn = 0.0 (bypass check for this branch; this branch will not be included
rate10, in any examination of circuit loading) by default. Refer to activity RATE.
rate11,
rate12 When specified in units of current expressed as MVA, ratings are entered as:
-6
MVArated = √ 3 x Ebase x Irated x 10
where:
Ebase is the base line-to-line voltage in volts of the buses to which the terminal of
the branch is connected
Irated is the branch rated phase current in amperes.

GI, BI gi, bi Complex admittance of the line shunt at the bus I end of the branch; entered
in pu. BI is negative for a line connected reactor and positive for line connected
capacitor.
GI + jBI = 0.0 by default

GJ, BJ gj, bj Complex admittance of the line shunt at the bus J end of the branch; entered
in pu. BJ is negative for a line connected reactor nd positive for line connected
capacitor.
GJ + jBJ = 0.0 by default

ST stat Branch status of one for in-service and zero for out-of-service;
ST = 1 by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
26
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Zero Impedance Lines

MET met Metered end flag;
• <= 1 to designate bus I as the metered end
• >= 2 to designate bus J as the metered end
MET = 1 by default
PSSE assigns losses to non-metered end of the branch.

LEN len Line length; entered in user-selected units.
LEN = 0.0 by default

Oi o1, o2, o3, Owner number (1 through 9999). Each branch may have up to four owners. By
o4 default, O1 is the owner to which bus I is assigned (refer to Bus Data) and O2,
O3, and O4 are zero.
Fi f1, f2, f3, f4 Fraction of total ownership assigned to owner Oi; each Fi must be positive. The
Fi values are normalized such that they sum to 1.0 before they are placed in the
working case.
Each Fi is 1.0 by default
Non-transformer branch data input is terminated with a record specifying a from bus number of zero.
The branch is treated as series compensated line when its R=0 and X is < 0.
1.11.1. Zero Impedance Lines

PSSE provides for the treatment of bus ties, jumpers, breakers, switches, and other low impedance branches
as zero impedance lines. For a branch to be treated as a zero impedance line, it must have the following
characteristics:
• Its resistance must be zero.
• Its magnitude of reactance must be less than or equal to the zero impedance line threshold tolerance,
THRSHZ.
• It must be a non-transformer branch.
During network solutions, buses connected by such lines are treated as the same bus, thus having identical
bus voltages. At the completion of each solution, the loadings on zero impedance lines are determined.
When obtaining power flow solutions, zero impedance line flows, as calculated at the end of the solution, are
preserved with the working case and are available to the power flow solution reporting activities. Similarly,
in activity SCMU, the positive, negative, and zero sequence branch currents on zero impedance lines are
determined and preserved, and are subsequently available to activity SCOP. In the ACCC, as well as activity
ASCC and in the linearized network analysis activities, zero impedance line results are calculated and reported
as needed.
The remainder of this section contains points to be noted, and restrictions to be observed, in using zero
impedance lines.
Branch impedances may not be specified as identically zero; a non-zero reactance must be specified for all
branches, and those meeting the criteria above are treated as zero impedance lines.
PSS®E 35.3.0
27
Power Flow Data File (RAW) System Switching Device Data
The zero impedance line threshold tolerance, THRSHZ, may be changed using the category of solution pa-
rameter data via activity CHNG or the [Solution Parameters] dialog. Setting THRSHZ to zero disables zero
impedance line modeling, and all branches are represented with their specified impedances.
A zero impedance line may not have a transformer in parallel with it. Although not required, it is recommend-
ed that no other in-service lines exist in parallel with a zero impedance line.
A zero impedance line may have non-zero values of line charging and/or line connected shunts. This allows,
for example, a low impedance cable to be modeled as a zero impedance line.
When more than two buses are connected together by zero impedance lines in a loop arrangement, there is
no unique solution to the flows on the individual zero impedance lines that form the loop. In this case, the
reactances specified for these branches is used in determining the zero impedance line flows.
It is important to note that buses connected together by zero impedance lines are treated as a single bus by
the power flow solution activities. Hence, equipment controlling the voltages of multiple buses in a zero im-
pedance connected group of buses must have coordinated voltage schedules (i.e., the same voltage setpoint
should be specified for each of the voltage controlling devices). Activity CNTB recognizes this condition in
scanning for conflicting voltage objectives, and activity REGB may be used to generate a regulated bus report.
Similarly, if multiple voltage controlling devices are present in a group of buses connected together by zero
impedance lines, the power flow solution activities handle the boundary condition as if they are all connected
to the same bus (refer to Setpoint Voltage Control).
In fault analysis activities, a branch treated as a zero impedance line in the positive sequence is treated in
the same manner in the zero sequence, regardless of its zero sequence branch impedance. Zero sequence
mutual couplings involving a zero impedance line are ignored in the fault analysis solution activities.
1.12. System Switching Device Data

Breakers and switches can be represented by system switching devices in PSSE. System switching devices are
set to represent breakers or switches by setting the STYPE data element described below.
Most activities do not honor the system switching devices. System switching devices are treated as zero
impedance lines if they have characteristics of zero impedance lines; otherwise, they are treated as regular
non-transformer branches.
System switching devices are recognized in Substation Reliability Assessment (refer to Section 6.16, Calcu-
lating Substation Reliability) and activity DFAX. Substation Reliability Assessment simulates operations of
breakers to isolate faults in a substation and manual switching to restore the service to supply loads. Dis-
tribution Factor File setup activity can process automatic commands to operate and monitor breakers and
switches in Contingency Description Data File and Monitored Element Data File respectively.
As mentioned in the section Zero Impedance Lines, PSSE is able to handle a loop arrangement consisting of
zero impedance lines so that users can build a fully detailed bus/breaker model for any bus configuration,
such as a ring bus configuration. When adding a system switching device into a network model, connectivity
nodes where the terminals of a transmission line connect to the terminals of the system switching device
must be added as well. This will change a bus branch configuration which is widely used in planning studies
to a detailed bus breaker configuration and lead to a tremendous increase in number of buses. In such cases
as this, the use of the the use of the extensive substation modeling capabilities introduced in PSSE 34 is
recommended.
I, J, CKT, X, RATE1...RATE12, STATUS, NSTATUS, METERED, STYPE, 'NAME'
PSS®E 35.3.0
28
Power Flow Data File (RAW) System Switching Device Data
"sysswd":{
"fields":["ibus", "jbus", "ckt", "xpu",
"stat", "nstat", "met", "stype", "name"],
"data":[
[151, 201, "*1", 1.0E-4, 1206.0, 1106.0, 1006.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1, 1, 2, 3, ""],
...
[153, 3006, "@1", 1.0E-4, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1, 1, 2, 2, ""]
]
}

I ibus From bus number.
No default allowed
J jbus To bus number.
No default allowed
CKT ckt Two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric switching device identifier.

X xpu Branch reactance; entered in pu, must be less than ZTHRES
RATEn rate1, rate2, nth rating; entered in either MVA or current expressed as MVA, according to the
rate3, rate4, value specified for NXFRAT specified on the first data record (refer to Case Iden-
rate5, rate6, tification Data).
rate7, rate8,
rate9, Each RATEn = 0.0 (bypass check for this branch; this branch will not be included
rate10, in any examination of circuit loading) by default. Refer to activity RATE.
rate11,
rate12
STATUS stat System switching device status: 1 for closed (in service) and 0 for opened (out
of service).
STATUS=1 by default
NSTATUS nstat Normal service status: 1 for normally closed (in service) and 0 for normally
opened (out of service).
NSTATUS=1 by default
METERD met Metered end
STYPE stype Switching device type
PSS®E 35.3.0
29
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Transformer Data

1 - Generic connector
2 - Circuit breaker
3 - Disconnect switch
NAME name System switching device name
System Switching Device data input is terminated with a record specifying a from bus number of zero.
1.13. Transformer Data

Each ac transformer to be represented in PSSE is introduced through transformer data record blocks that
specify all the data required to model transformers in power flow calculations, with one exception. That
exception is an optional set of ancillary data, transformer impedance correction tables, which define the
manner in which transformer impedance changes as off-nominal turns ratio or phase shift angle is adjusted.
Those data records are described in Transformer Impedance Cor.
Both two-winding and three-winding transformers are specified in transformer data record blocks. Two-wind-
ing transformers require a block of four data records. Three-winding transformers require five data records.
t = t1 / t2; transformer turns ratio

t1:
winding 1 turns ratio in kV or pu on
t2: bus voltage base or winding volt-
age base
winding 2 turns ratio in kV or pu on

bus voltage base or winding volt-
age base
Figure 1-9 shows the transformer winding configurations.
PSS®E 35.3.0
30
Figure 1.6. Two and Three-winding Transformer Configurations Related to Data

Records
RAW Format
The five record transformer data block for three-winding transformers has the following format:
I,J,K,CKT,CW,CZ,CM,MAG1,MAG2,NMETR,’NAME’,STAT,O1,F1,...,O4,F4,VECGRP,ZCOD
R1-2,X1-2,SBASE1-2,R2-3,X2-3,SBASE2-3,R3-1,X3-1,SBASE3-1,VMSTAR,ANSTAR
WINDV1,NOMV1,ANG1,RATE11...RATE121,COD1,CONT1,NODE1,RMA1,RMI1,
The four-record transformer data block for two-winding transformers is a subset of the data required for
three-winding transformers and has the following format:
I,J,K,CKT,CW,CZ,CM,MAG1,MAG2,NMETR,’NAME’,STAT,O1,F1,...,O4,F4,VECGRP
R1-2,X1-2,SBASE1-2
WINDV2,NOMV2
"transformer":{
"fields":["ibus", "jbus", "kbus", "ckt", "cw", "cz", "cm",
"mag1", "mag2", "nmet", "name", "stat",
"o1", "f1", "o2", "f2", "o3", "f3", "o4", "f4",
"vecgrp", "zcod", "r1_2", "x1_2", "sbase1_2",
"r2_3", "x2_3", "sbase2_3", "r3_1", "x3_1",
"sbase3_1", "vmstar", "anstar",
PSS®E 35.3.0
31
"windv1", "nomv1", "ang1",

"wdg1rate1", "wdg1rate2", "wdg1rate3", "wdg1rate4",
"cod1", "cont1", "node1", "rma1", "rmi1", "vma1", "vmi1",
"ntp1", "tab1", "cr1", "cx1", "cnxa1",
"ntp2", "tab2", "cr2", "cx2", "cnxa2",
"ntp3", "tab3", "cr3", "cx3", "cnxa3"],
"data":[
[101, 151, 0, "T1", 2, 2, 1,
0.171, -0.102, 2, "", 1,
1, 0.32, 2, 0.39, 3, 0.14, 4, 0.15,
"Dyn1", null, 0.001, 0.0091, 1200.0,
null, null, null, null, null,
null, null, null,
21.6, 21.6, 0.0,
1200.0, 1100.0, 1000.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
1, 101, 0, 22.68, 20.52, 1.05, 0.95,
25, 0, 0.00021, 0.00051, 0.0,
500.0]
...
[3008, 3012, 3010, "2", 2, 1, 1,

2.1E-04, -1.2E-04, 1, "", 2,
5, 0.8, 3, 0.05, 2, 0.1, 1, 0.05,
"D1y0y0", 0, 5.15E-3, 0.5, 20.0,
9.2E-3, 0.8, 15.0, 3.75E-3, 0.41667,
25.0, 0.98625, -30.5021,
230.0, 230.0, 0.0,
20.0, 18.0, 14.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0, 0, 0, 1.1, 0.9, 1.1, 0.9,
33, 0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
230.0, 230.0, 0.0,
15.0, 13.0, 9.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
PSS®E 35.3.0
32
0, 0, 0, 1.1, 0.9, 1.1, 0.9,

33, 0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
21.6, 21.6, 30.0,
25.0, 19.0, 16.0,
0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0, 0, 0, 1.1, 0.9, 1.1, 0.9,
33, 0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0]
]
}
Note: The above RAWX example includes both a 2-winding and a 3-winding data row example. The 2-winding
example skips several trailing fields at the end of the record.
Control parameters for the automatic adjustment of transformers and phase shifters are specified on the
third record of the two-winding transformer data block, and on the third through fifth records of the three-
winding transformer data block. All transformers are adjustable and the control parameters may be specified
either at the time of raw data input or subsequently via activity CHNG or the transformer [Spreadsheets]. Any
two-winding transformer and any three-winding transformer winding for which no control data is provided
has default data assigned to it; the default data is such that the two-winding transformer or three-winding
transformer winding is treated as locked.
Refer to Transformer Sequence Numbers and Three-Winding Transformer Notes for additional details on the
three-winding transformer model used in PSSE.
When specifying a two-winding transformer between buses I and J with circuit identifier CKT, if a nontrans-
former branch between buses I and J with a circuit identifier of CKT is already present in the working case, it
is replaced (i.e., the nontransformer branch is deleted from the working case and the newly specified two-
winding transformer is then added to the working case).
All data items on the first record are specified for both two- and three-winding transformers except for ZCOD,
which is specified only for three-winding transformers.

I ibus The bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer to Extend-
ed Bus Names), of the bus to which Winding 1 is connected. The transformer's
magnetizing admittance is modeled on Winding 1. Winding 1 is the only winding
of a two-winding transformer for which tap ratio or phase shift angle may be ad-
justed by the power flow solution activities; any winding(s) of a three-winding
transformer may be adjusted.
No default is allowed
J jbus The bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes, of the bus to
which Winding 2 is connected.
K kbus The bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes, of the bus to
which Winding 3 is connected. Zero is used to indicate that no third winding is
present (i.e., that a two-winding rather than a three-winding transformer is being
specified).
PSS®E 35.3.0
33

K = 0 by default.
CKT ckt One- or two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric transformer circuit
identifier; the first character of CKT must not be an ampersand ( ), at sign ( @ ),
or asterisk ( * ); refer to Multi-Section Line Grouping Data and Section 6.15.2,
Outage Statistics Data File Contents.
CKT = '1' by default.

CW cw The winding data I/O code defines the units in which the turns ratios WINDV1,
WINDV2 and WINDV3 are specified (the units of RMAn and RMIn are also governed
by CW when |CODn| is 1 or 2):
• 1 for off-nominal turns ratio in pu of winding bus base voltage
• 2 for winding voltage in kV
• 3 for off-nominal turns ratio in pu of nominal winding voltage, NOMV1, NOMV2

and NOMV3
CW = 1 by default.
CZ cz The impedance data I/O code defines the units in which the winding impedances
R1-2, X1-2, R2-3, X2-3, R3-1 and X3-1 are specified:
• 1 for resistance and reactance in pu on system MVA base and winding voltage
base
• 2 for resistance and reactance in pu on a specified MVA base and winding volt-
age base
• 3 for transformer load loss in watts and impedance magnitude in pu on a spec-

ified MVA base and winding voltage base
In specifying transformer leakage impedances, the base voltage values are al-
ways the nominal winding voltages that are specified on the third, fourth and
fifth records of the transformer data block (NOMV1, NOMV2 and NOMV3). If the
default NOMVn is not specified, it is assumed to be identical to the winding n bus
base voltage.
CZ = 1 by default.
CM cm The magnetizing admittance I/O code defines the units in which MAG1 and MAG2
are specified:
• 1 for complex admittance in pu on system MVA base and Winding 1 bus voltage
base
• 2 for no load loss in watts and exciting current in pu on Winding 1 to two MVA
base (SBASE1-2) and nominal Winding 1 voltage, NOMV1.
CM = 1 by default.
MAG1, mag1, mag2 The transformer magnetizing admittance connected to ground at bus I.
MAG2
PSS®E 35.3.0
34

When CM is 1, MAG1 and MAG2 are the magnetizing conductance and suscep-
tance, respectively, in pu on system MVA base and Winding 1 bus voltage base.
When a non-zero MAG2 is specified, it should be entered as a negative quantity.
When CM is 2, MAG1 is the no load loss in watts and MAG2 is the exciting cur-
rent in pu on Winding 1 to two MVA base (SBASE1-2) and nominal Winding 1
voltage (NOMV1). For three-phase transformers or three-phase banks of single
phase transformers, MAG1 should specify the three-phase no-load loss. When a
non-zero MAG2 is specified, it should be entered as a positive quantity.
MAG1 = 0.0 and MAG2 = 0.0 by default.

NMETR nmet The nonmetered end code of either 1 (for the Winding 1 bus) or 2 (for the Winding
2 bus). In addition, for a three-winding transformer, 3 (for the Winding 3 bus) is
a valid specification of NMETR.
NMETR = 2 by default
NAME name Alphanumeric identifier assigned to the transformer. NAME may be up to forty
characters and may contain any combination of blanks, uppercase letters, num-
bers and special characters. NAME must be enclosed in single or double quotes if
it contains any blanks or special characters.
NAME must be unique within all non-transformer and transformer branches.
NAME is blank by default

STAT stat Transformer status of one for in-service and zero for out-of-service.
In addition, for a three-winding transformer, the following values of STAT provide

for one winding out-of-service with the remaining windings in-service:
• 2 for only Winding 2 out-of-service
STAT = 1 by default
Oi o1, o2, o3, An owner number (1 through 9999). Each transformer may have up to four own-
o4 ers. By default, O1 is the owner to which bus I is assigned and O2, O3, and O4
are zero.
Fi f1, f2, f3, f4 The fraction of total ownership assigned to owner Oi; each Fi must be positive.
The Fi values are normalized such that they sum to 1.0 before they are placed in
the working case.

VECGRP vecgrp Alphanumeric identifier specifying vector group based on transformer winding
connections and phase angles. VECGRP value is used for information purpose on-
ly.
VECGRP is 12 blanks by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
35

ZCOD zcod Method to be used in deriving actual transformer impedances in applying trans-
former impedance adjustment tables:
• 0 apply impedance adjustment factors to winding impedances
• 1 apply impedance adjustment factors to bus-to-bus impedances
ZCOD = 0 by default
ZCOD value is used only for three winding transformers. It is not used for two
winding transformers.
For three winding transformers, winding impedances are the equivalent T-model
impedances Z1, Z2 and Z3; and the bus-to-bus impedances are impedances Z12,
Z23 and Z31.
For three winding transformers and bus-to-bus impedance correction factors, on-
ly one of the three windings must be adjustable (only one of COD1, COD2 and
COD3 can be non-zero).
The first three data items on the second record are read for both two- and three-winding transformers; the
remaining data items are used only for three-winding transformers:

R1-2, X1-2 r1_2, x1_2 The measured impedance of the transformer between the buses to which its first
and second windings are connected.
When CZ is 1, they are the resistance and reactance, respectively, in pu on system

MVA base and winding voltage base.
When CZ is 2, they are the resistance and reactance, respectively, in pu on Winding

1 to 2 MVA base (SBASE1-2) and winding voltage base.
When CZ is 3, R1-2 is the load loss in watts, and X1-2 is the impedance magnitude
in pu on Winding 1 to 2 MVA base (SBASE1-2) and winding voltage base. For
three-phase transformers or three-phase banks of single phase transformers, R1-2
should specify the three-phase load loss.
R1-2 = 0.0 by default, but no default is allowed for X1-2.

SBASE1-2 sbase1-2 The Winding 1 to 2 three-phase base MVA of the transformer. SBASE1-2 = SBASE
(the system base MVA) by default.
R2-3, X2-3 r2_3, x2_3 The measured impedance of a three-winding transformer between the buses to
which its second and third windings are connected; ignored for a two-winding
transformer.


PSS®E 35.3.0
36


SBASE2-3 sbase2_3 The Winding 2 to 3 three-phase base MVA of a three-winding transformer; ig-
nored for a two-winding transformer. SBASE2-3 = SBASE (the system base MVA)
by default.
R3-1, X3-1 r3_1, x3_1 The measured impedance of a three-winding transformer between the buses to
which its third and first windings are connected; ignored for a two-winding trans-
former.



SBASE3-1 sbase3_1 The Winding 3 to 1 three-phase base MVA of a three-winding transformer; ignored
for a two-winding transformer.
SBASE3-1 = SBASE (the system base MVA) by default.

VMSTAR vmstar The voltage magnitude at the hidden star point bus; entered in pu.
VMSTAR = 1.0 by default.

ANSTAR anstar The bus voltage phase angle at the hidden star point bus; entered in degrees.
ANSTAR = 0.0 by default
All data items on the third record are read for both two- and three-winding transformers:

WINDV1 windv1 When CW is 1, WINDV1 is the Winding 1 off-nominal turns ratio in pu of Winding
1 bus base voltage; WINDV1 = 1.0 by default.
When CW is 2, WINDV1 is the actual Winding 1 voltage in kV; WINDV1 is equal to

the base voltage of bus I by default.
When CW is 3, WINDV1 is the Winding 1 off-nominal turns ratio in pu of nominal

Winding 1 voltage, NOMV1; WINDV1 = 1.0 by default.
NOMV1 nomv1 The nominal (rated) Winding 1 voltage base in kV, or zero to indicate that nom-
inal Winding 1 voltage is assumed to be identical to the base voltage of bus I.
NOMV1 is used in converting magnetizing data between physical units and per
PSS®E 35.3.0
37

unit admittance values when CM is 2. NOMV1 is used in converting tap ratio data
between values in per unit of nominal Winding 1 voltage and values in per unit
of Winding 1 bus base voltage when CW is 3.
NOMV1 = 0.0 by default

ANG1 ang1 The winding one phase shift angle in degrees. For a two-winding transformer,
ANG1 is positive when the winding one bus voltage leads the winding two bus
voltage; for a three-winding transformer, ANG1 is positive when the winding one
bus voltage leads the T (or star) point bus voltage. ANG1 must be greater than
-180.0º and less than or equal to +180.0º. ANG1 = 0.0 by default.
RATE1n wdg1rate1,
wdg1rate2,
wdg1rate3,
wdg1rate4,
wdg1rate5,
wdg1rate6,
wdg1rate7,
wdg1rate8,
wdg1rate9,
wdg1rate10,
wdg1rate11,
wdg1rate12
COD1 cod1 The transformer control mode for automatic adjustments of the Winding 1 tap or
phase shift angle during power flow solutions:
• 0 - for fixed tap and fixed phase shift
• ±1 - for voltage control
• ±2 - for reactive power flow control
• ±3 - for active power flow control
• ±4 - for control of a dc line quantity (valid only for two-winding transformers)
• ±5 - for asymmetric active power flow control
If the control mode is entered as a positive number, automatic adjustment of this

transformer winding is enabled when the corresponding adjustment is activated
during power flow solutions; a negative control mode suppresses the automatic
adjustment of this transformer winding.
COD1 = 0 by default.
CONT1 cont1 The bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer to Ex-
tended Bus Names), of the bus for which voltage is to be controlled by the trans-
former turns ratio adjustment option of the power flow solution activities when
COD1 is 1. CONT1 should be non-zero only for voltage controlling transformer
windings.
PSS®E 35.3.0
38

CONT1 may specify a bus other than I, J, or K; in this case, the sign of CONT1
defines the location of the controlled bus relative to the transformer winding.
If CONT1 is entered as a positive number, or a quoted extended bus name, the
ratio is adjusted as if bus CONT1 is on the Winding 2 or Winding 3 side of the
transformer; if CONT1 is entered as a negative number, or a quoted extended bus
name with a minus sign preceding the first character, the ratio is adjusted as if
bus |CONT1| is on the Winding 1 side of the transformer.
CONT1 = 0 by default.
NODE1 node1 A node number of bus CONT1. The bus section of bus CONT1 to which node
NODE1 is connected is the bus section for which voltage is to be controlled by the
transformer turns ratio adjustment option of the power flow solution activities
when COD1 is 1. NODE1 should be non-zero only for voltage controlling trans-
former windings. If bus CONT1 is not in a substation, NODE1 must be specified
as 0.
NODE1 = 0 by default.
RMA1, RMI1 rma1, rmi1 When |COD1| is 1, 2, 3, or 5, the upper and lower limits, respectively, of one of
the following:
• Off-nominal turns ratio in pu of Winding 1 bus base voltage when |COD1| is 1

or 2 and CW is 1; RMA1 = 1.1 and RMI1 = 0.9 by default.
• Actual Winding 1 voltage in kV when |COD1| is 1 or 2 and CW is 2. No default

is allowed.
• Off-nominal turns ratio in pu of nominal Winding 1 voltage (NOMV1) when |

COD1| is 1 or 2 and CW is 3; RMA1 = 1.1 and RMI1 = 0.9 by default.
• Phase shift angle in degrees when |COD1| is 3 or 5. No default is allowed.
Not used when |COD1| is 0 or 4; RMA1 = 1.1 and RMI1 = 0.9 by default.
VMA1, VMI1 vma1, vmi1 When |COD1| is 1, 2, 3, or 5, the upper and lower limits, respectively, of one of
the following:
• Voltage at the controlled bus (bus |CONT1|) in pu when |COD1| is 1. VMA1 =

1.1 and VMI1 = 0.9 by default.
• Reactive power flow into the transformer at the Winding 1 bus end in Mvar
when |COD1| is 2. No default is allowed.
• Active power flow into the transformer at the Winding 1 bus end in MW when
|COD1| is 3 or 5. No default is allowed.
Not used when |COD1| is 0 or 4.
VMA1 = 1.1 and VMI1 = 0.9 by default.

NTP1 ntp1 The number of tap positions available; used when COD1 is 1 or 2. NTP1 must be
between 2 and 9999.
PSS®E 35.3.0
39

NTP1 = 33 by default.
TAB1 tab1 The number of a transformer impedance correction table if this transformer
winding’s impedance is to be a function of either off-nominal turns ratio or phase
shift angle (refer to Transformer Impedance Correction Tables), or 0 if no trans-
former impedance correction is to be applied to this transformer winding. TAB1
= 0 by default.
For three winding transformers, these impedance correction factors are applied
to the equivalent T-model impedance Z1 when ZCOD=0 and to the bus-to-bus
impedance Z12 when ZCOD=1.
CR1, CX1 cr1, cx1 The load drop compensation impedance for voltage controlling transformers en-
tered in pu on system base quantities; used when COD1 is 1.
CR1 + j CX1 = 0.0 by default

CNXA1 cnxa1 Winding connection angle in degrees; used when COD1 is 5. There are no restric-
tions on the value specified for CNXA1; if it is outside of the range from -90.0 to
+90.0, CNXA1 is normalized to within this range.
CNXA1 = 0.0 by default.
The first two data items on the fourth record are read for both two- and three-winding transformers; the
remaining data items are used only for three-winding transformers:

the base voltage of bus J by default.

NOMV2 nomv2 The nominal (rated) Winding 2 voltage base in kV, or zero to indicate that nominal
Winding 2 voltage is assumed to be identical to the base voltage of bus J. NOMV2
is used in converting tap ratio data between values in per unit of nominal Winding
2 voltage and values in per unit of Winding 2 bus base voltage when CW is 3.
NOMV2 = 0.0 by default.

ANG2 ang2 The winding two phase shift angle in degrees. ANG2 is ignored for a two-winding
transformer. For a three-winding transformer, ANG2 is positive when the winding
two bus voltage leads the T (or star) point bus voltage. ANG2 must be greater
than -180.0º and less than or equal to +180.0º.
ANG2 = 0.0 by default.

RATE2n wdg2rate1, Winding 2’s twelve three-phase ratings, entered in either MVA or current ex-
wdg2rate2, pressed as MVA, according to the value specified for XFRRAT specified on the first
wdg2rate3, data record (refer to Case Identification Data). Each RATEn2 = 0.0 (bypass loading
wdg2rate4, limit check for this transformer winding) by default.
wdg2rate5,
wdg2rate6,
PSS®E 35.3.0
40

wdg2rate7,
wdg2rate8,
wdg2rate9,
wdg2rate10,
wdg2rate11,
wdg2rate12

COD2 = 0 by default.
windings.
CONT2 = 0 by default.
as 0.
the following:
PSS®E 35.3.0
41


is allowed.

Not used when |COD2| is 0.
RMA2 = 1.1 and RMI2 = 0.9 by default.

the following:

VMA2 = 1.1 and VMI2 = 0.9 by default

between 2 and 9999.
NTP2 = 33 by default
former impedance correction is to be applied to this transformer winding.
TAB2 = 0 by default.
CR2 + j CX2 = 0.0 by default.

PSS®E 35.3.0
42

CNXA2 = 0.0 by default.
The fifth data record is specified only for three-winding transformers:


the base voltage of bus K by default.

NOMV3 nomv3 The nominal (rated) Winding 3 voltage base in kV, or zero to indicate that nominal
Winding 3 voltage is assumed to be identical to the base voltage of bus K. NOMV3
is used in converting tap ratio data between values in per unit of nominal Winding
3 voltage and values in per unit of Winding 3 bus base voltage when CW is 3.
NOMV3 = 0.0 by default

ANG3 ang3 The winding three phase shift angle in degrees. ANG3 is positive when the wind-
ing three bus voltage leads the T (or star) point bus voltage. ANG3 must be greater
than -180.0º and less than or equal to +180.0º.
ANG3 = 0.0 by default

RATE3n wdg3rate3, Winding 3’s twelve three-phase ratings, entered in either MVA or current ex-
wdg3rate2, pressed as MVA, according to the value specified for XFRRAT specified on the first
wdg3rate3, data record (refer to Case Identification Data).
wdg3rate4,
wdg3rate5, Each RATEn3 = 0.0 (bypass loading limit check for this transformer winding) by
wdg3rate6, default.
wdg3rate7,
wdg3rate8,
wdg3rate9,
wdg3rate10,
wdg3rate11,
wdg3rate12

PSS®E 35.3.0
43

COD3 = 0 by default
windings.
CONT3 = 0 by default
as 0.
the following:


is allowed.

RMA3 = 1.1 and RMI3 = 0.9 by default

the following:

PSS®E 35.3.0
44
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Three-Winding Transformer Notes

VMA3 = 1.1 and VMI3 = 0.9 by default

between 2 and 9999.
NTP3 = 33 by default
former impedance correction is to be applied to this transformer winding.
TAB3 = 0 by default
CR3 + j CX3 = 0.0 by default

CNXA3 = 0.0 by default
Transformer data input is terminated with a record specifying a Winding 1 bus number of zero.
1.13.1. Three-Winding Transformer Notes

The transformer data record blocks described in Transformer Data provide for the specification of both two-
winding transformers and three-winding transformers. A three-winding transformer is modeled in PSSE as
a grouping of three two-winding transformers, where each of these two-winding transformers models one
of the windings. While most of the three-winding transformer data is stored in the two-winding transformer
data arrays, it is accessible for reporting and modification only as three-winding transformer data.
In deriving winding impedances from the measured impedance data input values, one winding with a small
impedance, in many cases negative, often results. In the extreme case, it is possible to specify a set of mea-
sured impedances that themselves do not individually appear to challenge the precision limits of typical
power system calculations, but which result in one winding impedance of nearly (or identically) 0.0. Such
data could result in precision difficulties, and hence inaccurate results, when processing the system matrices
in power flow and short circuit calculations.
PSS®E 35.3.0
45
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Example Two-Winding Transformer Da-
ta Records
Whenever a set of measured impedance results in a winding reactance that is identically 0.0, a warning
message is printed by the three-winding transformer data input or data changing function, and the winding’s
reactance is set to the zero impedance line threshold tolerance (or to 0.0001 if the zero impedance line
threshold tolerance itself is 0.0). Whenever a set of measured impedances results in a winding impedance for
which magnitude is less than 0.00001, a warning message is printed. As with all warning and error messages
produced during data input and data modification phases of PSSE, the user should resolve the cause of the
message (e.g., was correct input data specified?) and use engineering judgement to resolve modeling issues
(e.g., is this the best way to model this transformer or would some other modeling be more appropriate?).
Activity BRCH may be used to detect the presence of branch reactance magnitudes less than a user-specified
threshold tolerance; its use is always recommended whenever the user begins power system analysis work
using a new or modified system model.
1.13.2. Example Two-Winding Transformer Data Records

Figure1-10 shows the data records for a 50 MVA, 138/34.5 kV two-winding transformer connected to system
buses with nominal voltages of 134 kV and 34.5 kV, and sample data on 100 MVA system base and winding
voltage bases of 134 kV and 34.5 kV.
Example of 2-Winding Transformer:
Data Formats
I,J,K,CKT,CW,CZ,CM,MAG1,MAG2,NMETR,'NAME';,STAT,O1,F1,...,O4,F4,VECGRP
R1-2,X1-2,SBASE1-2
WINDV2,NOMV2
Data
6150, 6151, 0, '1', 1, 1, 1, 0.0, 0.0, 2, 'TWO-WINDINGS', 1, 5, 1.0
0.0, 0.30, 100.0
1.0299, 0.0, 0.0, 50.0, 60.0, 75.0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 6151, 0, 1.1, 0.9, 1.025, 1.0, 33, 0, 0.0, 0.0
1.0, 0.0
PSS®E 35.3.0
46
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Example Three-Winding Transformer
Data Records
Sample Data for Two-Winding Transformer
1.13.3. Example Three-Winding Transformer Data Records

Figure 1-11 shows the data records for a 300 MVA, 345/138/13.8 kV three-winding transformer connected
to system buses with nominal voltages of 345 kV, 138 kV and 13.8 kV, respectively, and sample data on 100
MVA system base and winding base voltages of 345 kV, 138 kV and 13.8 kV.
Example of 3-Winding Transformer:
Data Formats
I,J,K,CKT,CW,CZ,CM,MAG1,MAG2,NMETR,'NAME';,STAT,O1,F1,...,O4,F4,VECGRP,ZCOD
R1-2,X1-2,SBASE1-2,R2-3,X2-3,SBASE2-3,R3-1,X3-1,SBASE3-1,VMSTAR,ANSTAR
Data
3001, 3002, 3000, '1', 1, 1, 1, 0.0, 0.0, 2, 'THREEWINDING', 1, 5, 1.0
0.003, 0.03, 100.0, 0.001, 0.03, 100.0, 0.001, 0.035, 100.0, 1.025, 0.0
1.00, 0.0, 0.0, 300, 400, 600, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3001, 0, 1.1, 0.9, 1.04, 1.0, 33, 0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
1.02, 0.0, 0.0, 300, 400, 600
1.00, 0.0, 0.0, 50, 60, 75
Sample Data for Three-Winding Transformer
1.13.4. Two Winding Transformer Vector Groups

Table 1-1, Examples of Two Winding Transformer Vector Groups shows examples of two winding transformer
vector groups, corresponding phase angles and connection codes. A different winding clock position can be
used by appropriately specifying the phase angle ANG1.
PSS®E 35.3.0
47
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Two Winding Transformer Vector
Groups
Table 1.1. Examples of Two Winding Transformer Vector Groups

Vector Group PSSE Phase Transformer Connection Transformer Connection
Angle (ANG1) Type Code (CC) Type Code (CC)
YNyn0 0 shell 11 core 20

YNyn6 180 shell 11 core 20
YNd1 30 shell 12
YNd11 -30 shell 12
YNd5 150 shell 12
YNd7 -150 shell 12
ZNd0 0 shell 12 core 17
ZNd7 -150 shell 12 core 17
ZNyn1 30 shell 12 core 17
ZNyn11 -30 shell 12 core 17
ZNyn5 150 shell 12 core 17
ZNyn7 -150 shell 12 core 17
ZNy1 30 shell 12 core 17
ZNy11 -30 shell 12 core 17
ZNy5 150 shell 12 core 17
ZNy7 -150 shell 12 core 17
Dyn1 30 shell 13
Dyn11 -30 shell 13
Dyn5 150 shell 13
Dyn7 -150 shell 13
Dzn0 0 shell 13 core 16
Dzn7 -150 shell 13 core 16
YNzn1 30 shell 13 core 16
YNzn11 -30 shell 13 core 16
YNzn5 150 shell 13 core 16
YNzn7 -150 shell 13 core 16
Yzn1 30 shell 13 core 16
Yzn11 -30 shell 13 core 16
Yzn5 150 shell 13 core 16
Yzn7 -150 shell 13 core 16
Dd0 0 shell 14
Dd6 180 shell 14
Dy1 30 shell 14
PSS®E 35.3.0
48
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Three Winding Transformer Vector
Groups
Dy11 -30 shell 14

Dy5 150 shell 14
Dy7 -150 shell 14
Yd1 30 shell 14
Yd11 -30 shell 14
Yd5 150 shell 14
Yd7 -150 shell 14
YNy0 0 shell 14 core 12
YNy6 180 shell 14 core 12
Yyn0 0 shell 14 core 13
Yyn6 180 shell 14 core 13
Yy0 0 shell 14
Yy6 180 shell 14
YNa0 0 core 18 or 19 shell 21
Ya0 0 core 22 shell 14
1.13.5. Three Winding Transformer Vector Groups

Table 5-1, Branch Parameter Data Check Options shows examples of three winding transformer vector
groups, corresponding phase angles and connection codes. A different winding clock position can be used
by appropriately specifying the phase angles ANG1, ANG2 and ANG3.
Vector groups are specified forming combinations of allowed winding connections and clock positions for
various transformer connection codes.
1.13.6. Clock Positions and Phase Angles specified in Transformer Power

Flow Data
Clock Position Phase Angles (ANG1/ANG2/ANG3)
0 0
6 180
1 -30
5 -150
7 150
11 30
1.13.7. CC=11
Allowed Winding Configurations Allowed Clock Positions
Winding 1 YN 0, 6
Winding 2 yn 0, 6
Winding 3 yn 0, 6
Examples YN0yn6yn0, ANG1=0, ANG2=180, ANG3=0
YN0yn0yn0, ANG1=0, ANG2=0, ANG3=0
PSS®E 35.3.0
49
Power Flow Data File (RAW) CC=12
1.13.8. CC=12
Winding 1 YN 0, 6
Winding 2 yn 0, 6
Winding 3 y 0, 6
d 1, 5, 7, 11
Examples YN0yn6d5, ANG1=0, ANG2=180, ANG3=-150
YN6yn0y0 ANG1=180, ANG2=0, ANG3=0
1.13.9. CC=13
Winding 1 D 1, 5, 7, 11
Winding 2 yn 0, 6
Winding 3 d 1, 5, 7, 11
Examples D1YN0d1, ANG1=-30, ANG2=0, ANG3=0
D5YN0d5, ANG1=-150, ANG2=0, ANG3=-150
1.13.10. CC=14
Winding 1 Y 0, 6
D 1, 5, 7, 11
Winding 2 y 0, 6
d 1, 5, 7, 11
Winding 3 y 0, 6
d 1, 5, 7, 11
Examples Y6d11d7, ANG1=180, ANG2=30, ANG3=150
D1d1y6, ANG1=-30, ANG2=-30, ANG3=180
1.13.11. CC=15
Winding 1* D 1, 5, 7, 11
Winding 2 yn 0, 6
Winding 3* d 1, 5, 7, 11
Examples D1yn0d1, ANG1=-30, ANG2=0, ANG3=-30
D1yn6d11, ANG1= -30, ANG2=180, ANG3=30
* Note: Windings 1 and 3 form auto-transformer. So their clock positions are always identical.
PSS®E 35.3.0
50
Power Flow Data File (RAW) CC=16
1.13.12. CC=16
Winding 1 YN 0, 6
Winding 2 yn 0, 6
Winding 3 yn 0, 6
Examples YN0yn0yn0, ANG1=0, ANG2=0, ANG3=0
YN6yn0yn6, ANG1=180, ANG2=0, ANG3=180
1.13.13. CC=17
Winding 1 YNa 0
Winding 2
Winding 3 d 1, 5, 7, 11
Examples YNa0d1, ANG1=0, ANG2=0, ANG3=-30
YNa0d7, ANG1=0, ANG2=0, ANG3=150
1.13.14. CC=18
Winding 1 Ya 0
Winding 2
Winding 3 d 1, 5, 7, 11
Examples Ya0d5, ANG1=0, ANG2=0, ANG3=-150
Ya0d11, ANG1=0, ANG2=0, ANG3=30
1.14. Areas, Zones and Owners

In the analysis of large scale power systems for both planning and operations purposes, it is often convenient
to be able to restrict the processing or reporting of PSSE functions to one or more subsets of the complete
power system model. PSSE provides three groupings of network elements which may be used for these
purposes: areas, zones, and owners.
Areas are commonly used to designate sections of the network that represent control areas between which
there are scheduled flows. PSSE provides for the identification of areas and their schedules. Alternatively, the
network can be subdivided between utility companies or any other subdivisions useful for specific analyses.
Each ac bus, load, and induction machine, as well as each dc bus of each multi-terminal dc line, is assigned
to an area.
Assigning buses to specific zones allows an additional subdivision of the network to facilitate analyses and
documentation. While PSSE provides documentation of zone interchange, it provides no analytical facility to
schedule interchange between zones. Each ac bus, load, and induction machine as well as each dc bus of
each multi-terminal dc line, is assigned to a zone.
PSS®E 35.3.0
51
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Areas, Zones and Owners
Although areas cannot overlap other areas and zones cannot overlap other zones, areas and zones can over-
lap each other.
Figure 1-12 shows a system subdivided into three areas and three zones, each with a unique name. Notice
the following:
• An area does not have to be contiguous. Area #1 covers two separate parts of the network.
• Zone #1 lies entirely in Area #1.
• Zone #2 lies partly in Area #1 and partly in Area #4.
• Zone #3 lies partly in Area 4 and Area 2.
Overlapping Areas and Zones
Assigning ownership attributes to buses and other equipment allows an additional subdivision of the network
for analysis and documentation purposes. PSSE provides neither analytical facility to schedule interchange
between owners, nor documentation of owner interchange. Each of the following power system elements
is assigned to a single owner:
• ac bus
• load
• induction machine
PSS®E 35.3.0
52
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Area Interchange Data
• dc bus of a multi-terminal dc line
• FACTS device
• GNE device
Each of the following elements may have up to four owners:
• synchronous machine
• non-transformer branch
• two-winding and three-winding transformer
• VSC dc line
Area, zone and owner assignments are established at the time the network element is introduced into the
working case, either as specified by the user or to a documented default value. Assignments may be modified
either through the standard power flow data modification functions (refer to Section 5.9, Changing Service
Status and Power Flow Parametric Data) or via activities ARNM, OWNM and ZONM.
Additional Information
See also: Section 4.8, Subsystem Selection Section 4.9, Subsystem Reporting Adjusting Net Inter-
change Area Interchange Control Area Interchange Data Interarea Transfer Data Owner Data Zone
Data Bus Data Load Data Generator Data Non-Transformer Branch Data Transformer Data Volt-
age Source Converter (VSC) DC Transmission Line Data Multi-Terminal DC Transmission Line Data
Induction Machine Data FACTS Device Data
1.15. Area Interchange Data

Area identifiers and interchange control parameters are specified in area interchange data records. Data for
each interchange area may be specified either at the time of raw/rawx data input or subsequently via activity
CHNG or the area [Spreadsheet]. Each area interchange data record has the following format:
RAW Record Format
I, ISW, PDES, PTOL, 'ARNAME'
"area":{
"fields":["iarea", "isw", "pdes", "ptol", "arname"],
"data":[
[1, 101, -2800.0, 10.0, "CENTRAL"],
...
PSS®E 35.3.0
53
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Area Interchange Data Notes
[6, 402, 300.0, 20.0, "EAST_COGEN2"]

]
}

I iarea Area number (1 through 9999).
No default allowed.
ISW isw Bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer to Extended
Bus Names), of the area slack bus for area interchange control. The bus must be a
generator (Type 2) bus in the specified area. Any area containing a system swing
bus (Type 3) must have either that swing bus or a bus number of zero specified
for its area slack bus number. Any area with an area slack bus number of zero is
considered a floating area by the area interchange control option of the power
flow solution activities.
ISW = 0 by default.
PDES pdes Desired net interchange leaving the area (export); entered in MW. PDES must be
specified such that is consistent with the area interchange definition implied by
the area interchange control code (tie lines only, or tie lines and loads) to be spec-
ified during power flow solutions (refer to Section 6.3.20, Automatic Adjustments
and Area Interchange Control).
PDES = 0.0 by default.

PTOL ptol Interchange tolerance bandwidth; entered in MW.
PTOL = 10.0 by default

ARNAME arname Alphanumeric identifier assigned to area I. ARNAME may be up to twelve char-
and special characters. ARNAME must be enclosed in single or double quotes if it
ARNAME is twelve blanks by default
Area interchange data input is terminated with a record specifying an area number of zero.
1.15.1. Area Interchange Data Notes

All buses (ac and dc), loads and induction machines can be assigned to an area. The area number is entered
as part of the data records for the buses, loads, and induction machines (see Areas, Zones and Owners, Bus
Data, Load Data and Multi-Terminal DC Transmission Line Data).
Area interchange is a required net export of power from, or net import of power to, a specific area. This does
not imply that the power is destined to be transferred to or from any other specific area. To specify transfers
between specific pairs of areas, see Interarea Transfer Data.
Each bus in the PSSE working case may be designated as residing in an interchange area, for purposes of
both interchange control and selective output and other processing. When the interchange control option
is enabled during a power flow solution, each interchange area for which an area slack bus is specified has
the active power output of its area slack bus modified such that the desired net interchange for the area falls
PSS®E 35.3.0
54
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Two-Terminal DC Transmission Line Da-
ta
within a desired band. Refer to Area Interchange Control for further discussion on this option of the power
flow solution activities.
1.16. Two-Terminal DC Transmission Line Data

The two-terminal dc transmission line model is used to simulate either a point-to-point system with rectifier
and inverter separated by a bipolar or mono-polar transmission system or a back-to-back system where the
rectifier and inverter are physically located at the same site and separated only by a short bus-bar.
The data requirements fall into three groups:
• Control parameters and set-points
• Converter transformers
• The dc line characteristics
RAW Record Format (3 lines)
'NAME',MDC,RDC,SETVL,VSCHD,VCMOD,RCOMP,DELTI,METER,DCVMIN,CCCITMX,CCCACC
IPR,NBR,ANMXR,ANMNR,RCR,XCR,EBASR,TRR,TAPR,TMXR,TMNR,STPR,ICR,NDR, ...
IPI,NBI,ANMXI,ANMNI,RCI,XCI,EBASI,TRI,TAPI,TMXI,TMNI,STPI,ICI,NDI, ...
"twotermdc":{
"fields":["name", "mdc", "rdc", "setvl", "vschd", "vcmod", "rcomp",
"delti", "met", "dcvmin", "cccitmx", "cccacc", "ipr", "nbr",
"anmxr", "anmnr", "rcr", "xcr", "ebasr", "trr", "tapr",
"tmxr","tmnr", "stpr", "icr", "ndr", "ifr", "itr", "idr",
"xcapr", "ipi", "nbi", "anmxi", "anmni", "rci", "xci", "ebasi",
"tri", "tapi", "tmxi", "tmni", "stpi", "ici", "ndi", "ifi",
"iti", "idi", "xcapi"],
"data":[
["TWO_TERM_DC1", 1, 7.8543, 1490.65, 525.0, 400.0, 3.942, 0.1556,
"I", 0.00, 20, 1.0, 301, 2, 13.00, 7.50, 0.0111, 3.88, 500.0, 0.44,
1.06275, 1.1, 0.9, 0.00525, 0, 0, 0, 0, "1 ", 2.0034, 3021, 2, 21.00,
18.5, 0.0, 3.047, 230.0, 0.95652, 1.075, 1.1, 0.8, 0.00625, 0, 0,
152, 3021, "T4", 2.0],
...
["TWO_TERM_DC2", 1, 8.2, 1500.0, 525.0, 400.0, 4.1, 0.15, "I", 0.00,

20, 1.0, 301, 2, 12.0, 8.0, 0.011, 3.88, 500.0, 0.44, 1.0545, 1.112,
0.9, 0.00515, 0, 0, 0, 0, "1 ", 0.0098, 3022, 2, 20.0, 18.0, 0.012,
PSS®E 35.3.0
55
ta
3.047, 230.0, 0.95652, 1.06250, 1.1, 0.8, 0.00625, 0, 0, 152, 3022,

"T5", 0.0074]
]
}
The first of the three dc line data records defines the following line quantities and control parameters:

NAME name The non-blank alphanumeric identifier assigned to this dc line. Each two-terminal
dc line must have a unique NAME. NAME may be up to twelve characters and
may contain any combination of blanks, uppercase letters, numbers and special
characters. NAME must be enclosed in single or double quotes if it contains any
blanks or special characters.
No default allowed
MDC mdc Control mode: 0 for blocked, 1 for power, 2 for current.
MDC = 0 by default
RDC rdc The dc line resistance; entered in ohms.
No default allowed
SETVL setvl Current (amps) or power (MW) demand. When MDC is one, a positive value of
SETVL specifies desired power at the rectifier and a negative value specifies de-
sired inverter power.
No default allowed
VSCHD vschd Scheduled compounded dc voltage; entered in kV.
No default allowed
VCMOD vcmod Mode switch dc voltage; entered in kV. When the inverter dc voltage falls below
this value and the line is in power control mode (i.e., MDC = 1), the line switches to
current control mode with a desired current corresponding to the desired power
at scheduled dc voltage.
VCMOD = 0.0 by default

RCOMP rcomp Compounding resistance; entered in ohms. Gamma and/or TAPI is used to attempt
to hold the compounded voltage (VDCI + DCCUR*RCOMP) at VSCHD. To control
the inverter end dc voltage VDCI, set RCOMP to zero; to control the rectifier end
dc voltage VDCR, set RCOMP to the dc line resistance, RDC; otherwise, set RCOMP
to the appropriate fraction of RDC.
RCOMP = 0.0 by default

DELTI delti Margin entered in per unit of desired dc power or current. This is the fraction
by which the order is reduced when ALPHA is at its minimum and the inverter is
controlling the line current.
DELTI = 0.0 by default

METER met Metered end code of either R (for rectifier) or I (for inverter).
METER = I by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
56
ta

DCVMIN dcvmin Minimum compounded dc voltage; entered in kV. Only used in constant gamma
operation (i.e., when ANMXI = ANMNI) when TAPI is held constant and an ac
transformer tap is adjusted to control dc voltage (i.e., when IFI, ITI, and IDI specify
a two-winding transformer).
DCVMIN = 0.0 by default

CCCITMX cccitmx Iteration limit for capacitor commutated two-terminal dc line Newton solution
procedure.
CCCITMX = 20 by default
CCCACC cccacc Acceleration factor for capacitor commutated two-terminal dc line Newton solu-
tion procedure.
CCCACC = 1.0 by default
The second of the three dc line data records defines rectifier end data quantities and control parameters:

IPR ipr, ipi Rectifier converter bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes
(refer to Extended Bus Names).
No default allowed
NBR nbr, nbi Number of bridges in series (rectifier).
No default allowed
ANMXR anmxr, an- Nominal maximum rectifier firing angle; entered in degrees.
mxi
No default allowed
ANMNR anmnr, an- Minimum steady-state rectifier firing angle; entered in degrees.
mni
No default allowed
RCR rcr, rci Rectifier commutating transformer resistance per bridge; entered in ohms.
No default allowed
XCR xcr, xci Rectifier commutating transformer reactance per bridge; entered in ohms.
No default allowed
EBASR ebasr, ebasi Rectifier primary base ac voltage; entered in kV.
No default allowed
TRR trr, tri Rectifier transformer ratio.
TRR = 1.0 by default

TAPR tapr, tapi Rectifier tap setting. TAPR = 1.0 by default.
If no two-winding transformer is specified by IFR, ITR, and IDR, TAPR is adjusted to

keep alpha within limits; otherwise, TAPR is held fixed and this transformer’s tap
ratio is adjusted. The adjustment logic assumes that the rectifier converter bus is
on the Winding 2 side of the transformer. The limits TMXR and TMNR specified
PSS®E 35.3.0
57
ta

here are used; except for the transformer control mode flag (COD1 of Transformer
Data), the ac tap adjustment data is ignored.
TMXR tmxr, tmxi Maximum rectifier tap setting.
TMXR = 1.5 by default

TMNR tmnr, tmni Minimum rectifier tap setting.
TMNR = 0.51 by default

STPR stpr, stpi Rectifier tap step; must be positive.
STPR = 0.00625 by default

ICR icr, ici Bus number of the rectifier commutating bus (rectifier firing angle measuring
bus), or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer to Extended Bus
Names). The firing angle and angle limits used inside the dc model are adjusted
by the difference between the phase angles at this bus and the ac/dc interface
(i.e., the converter bus, IPR).
ICR = 0 by default
NDR ndr, ndi A node number of bus ICR. The bus section of bus ICR to which node NDR is con-
nected is the bus section used as the rectifier commutating bus. If bus ICR is not
in a substation, NDR must be specified as 0.
NDR = 0 by default
IFR ifr, ifi Winding 1 side from bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single
quotes, of a two-winding transformer.
IFR = 0 by default
ITR itr, iti Winding 2 side to bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes,
of a two-winding transformer.
ITR = 0 by default
IDR idr, idi Circuit identifier; the branch described by IFR, ITR, and IDR must have been en-
tered as a two-winding transformer; an ac transformer may control at most only
one dc converter.
IDR = '1' by default

XCAPR xcapr, xcapi Commutating capacitor reactance magnitude per bridge; entered in ohms.
XCAPR = 0.0 by default
Data on the third of the three dc line data records contains the inverter quantities corresponding to the
rectifier quantities specified on the second record described above. The significant difference is that the
control angle ALFA for the rectifier is replaced by the control angle GAMMA for the inverter.
IPI, NBI, ANMXI, ANMNI, RCI, XCI, EBASI, TRI, TAPI, TMXI, TMNI, STPI, ICI,
NDI, IFI, ITI, IDI, XCAPI
DC line data input is terminated with a record specifying a blank dc line name or a dc line name of ’0’.
PSS®E 35.3.0
58
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Two-Terminal DC Line Data Notes
1.16.1. Two-Terminal DC Line Data Notes

The steady-state two-terminal dc line model used in power flow analysis establishes the initial steady state
for dynamic analysis.
DC line converter buses, IPR and IPI, may be Type 1, 2, or 3 buses. Generators, loads, fixed and switched
shunt elements, induction machines other dc line converters, FACTS device sending ends, and GNE devices
are permitted at converter buses.
When either XCAPR > 0.0 or XCAPI > 0.0, the two-terminal dc line is treated as capacitor commutated. Capac-
itor commutated two-terminal dc lines preclude the use of a remote ac transformer as commutation trans-
former tap and remote commutation angle buses at either converter. Any data provided in these fields are
ignored for capacitor commutated two-terminal dc lines.
For additional information on dc line modeling in power flow solutions, refer to Section 6.3.17, DC Lines.
1.17. Voltage Source Converter (VSC) DC Transmission

Line Data
The voltage source converter (VSC) two-terminal dc transmission line model is used to simulate either a
point-to-point system or a back-to-back system using voltage source converters.
RAW Record Format (three lines)
'NAME', MDC, RDC, O1, F1, ... O4, F4

IBUS,TYPE,MODE,DCSET,ACSET,ALOSS,BLOSS,MINLOSS,SMAX,IMAX,PWF,...
IBUS,TYPE,MODE,DCSET,ACSET,ALOSS,BLOSS,MINLOSS,SMAX,IMAX,PWF,...
"vscdc":{
"fields":["name", "mdc", "rdc", "o1", "f1", "o2", "f2", "o3", "f3", "o4",
"f4", "ibus1", "type1", "mode1", "dcset1", "acset1", "aloss1",
"bloss1","minloss1", "smax1", "imax1", "pwf1", "maxq1", "minq1",
"vsreg1", "nreg1", "rmpct1", "ibus2", "type2", "mode2", "dcset2",
"acset2", "aloss2", "bloss2", "minloss2", "smax2", "imax2", "pwf2",
"maxq2", "minq2", "vsreg2", "nreg2", "rmpct2"],
"data":[
["VDCLINE1", 1, 0.710, 1, 0.3204, 2, 0.3883, 3, 0.1942, 4, 0.0971,
3005, 2, 2, -209.0, 0.950, 100.0, 0.1, 50.0, 400.0, 1200.0, 0.1,
100.00, -110.00, 3005, 0, 100.0, 3008, 1, 1, 100.0, 0.99, 90.0,
0.150, 40.0, 350.0, 1200.0, 0.15, 150.0, -140.0, 3008, 0, 100.0],
PSS®E 35.3.0
59
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Voltage Source Converter (VSC) DC
Transmission Line Data
...
["VDCLINE2", 1, 0.35, 1, 0.3705, 2, 0.3597, 3, 0.1799, 4, 0.0899,
203, 2, 1, -100.0, 1.0, 100.0, 0.15, 123.0, 200.0, 1200.0, 1.0,
200.0, -150.0, 203, 0, 100.0, 205, 1, 1, 100.0, 1.0, 93.0, 0.12,
98.0, 250.0, 1250.0, 1.0, 225.0, -250.0, 205, 0, 99.0]
]
}
The first of the three VSC dc line data records defines the following line quantities and control parameters:
NAME name The non-blank alphanumeric identifier assigned to this dc line. Each VSC dc line
must have a unique NAME. NAME may be up to twelve characters and may contain
any combination of blanks, uppercase letters, numbers and special characters.
NAME must be enclosed in single or double quotes if it contains any blanks or
special characters.
No default allowed.
MDC mdc Control mode:
• 0 - for out-of-service
• 1 - for in-service
MDC = 1 by default.
RDC rdc The dc line resistance; entered in ohms. RDC must be positive.
No default allowed
Oi o1, o2, o3, An owner number (1 through 9999). Each VSC dc line may have up to four own-
o4 ers. By default, O1 is 1, and O2, O3 and O4 are zero.
Fi f1, f2, f3, f4 The fraction of total ownership assigned to owner Oi; each Fi must be positive.
The Fi values are normalized such that they sum to 1.0 before they are placed in
the working case.
The remaining two data records define the converter buses (converter 1 and converter 2), along with their
data quantities and control parameters:
IBUS ibus Converter bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer to
Extended Bus Names).
No default allowed
TYPE type Code for the type of converter dc control:
• 0 - for converter out-of-service
• 1 - for dc voltage control
• 2 -for MW control
PSS®E 35.3.0
60
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Voltage Source Converter (VSC) DC
Transmission Line Data

When both converters are in-service, exactly one converter of each VSC dc line
must be TYPE 1.
No default allowed
MODE mode Converter ac control mode:
• 1 - for ac voltage control
• 2 - for fixed ac power factor
MODE = 1 by default
DCSET dcset Converter dc setpoint. For TYPE = 1, DCSET is the scheduled dc voltage on the dc
side of the converter bus; entered in kV. For TYPE = 2, DCSET is the power demand,
where a positive value specifies that the converter is feeding active power into
the ac network at bus IBUS, and a negative value specifies that the converter is
withdrawing active power from the ac network at bus IBUS; entered in MW.
No default allowed
ACSET acset Converter ac setpoint. For MODE = 1, ACSET is the regulated ac voltage setpoint;
entered in pu. For MODE = 2, ACSET is the power factor setpoint.
ACSET = 1.0 by default

ALOSS, aloss, bloss Coefficients of the linear equation used to calculate converter losses:
BLOSS
KWconv loss = ALOSS + (Idc * BLOSS)
ALOSS is entered in kW. BLOSS is entered in kW/amp.
ALOSS = BLOSS = 0.0 by default

MINLOSS minloss Minimum converter losses; entered in kW.
MINLOSS = 0.0 by default

SMAX smax Converter MVA rating; entered in MVA. SMAX = 0.0 to allow unlimited converter
MVA loading.
SMAX = 0.0 by default

IMAX imax Converter ac current rating; entered in amps. IMAX = 0.0 to allow unlimited con-
verter current loading. If a positive IMAX is specified, the base voltage assigned
to bus IBUS must be positive.
IMAX = 0.0 by default

PWF pwf Power weighting factor fraction (0.0 <= PWF <= 1.0) used in reducing the active
power order and either the reactive power order (when MODE is 2) or the reactive
power limits (when MODE is 1) when the converter MVA or current rating is vio-
lated. When PWF is 0.0, only the active power is reduced; when PWF is 1.0, only
the reactive power is reduced; otherwise, a weighted reduction of both active and
reactive power is applied.
PWF = 1.0 by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
61
Power Flow Data File (RAW) VSC DC Line Data Notes

MAXQ maxq Reactive power upper limit; entered in Mvar. A positive value of reactive power
indicates reactive power flowing into the ac network from the converter; a nega-
tive value of reactive power indicates reactive power withdrawn from the ac net-
work. Not used if MODE = 2.
MAXQ = 9999.0 by default

MINQ minq Reactive power lower limit; entered in Mvar. A positive value of reactive power
indicates reactive power flowing into the ac network from the converter; a nega-
tive value of reactive power indicates reactive power withdrawn from the ac net-
work. Not used if MODE = 2.
MINQ = -9999.0 by default

VSREG vsreq Bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer to Extended
Bus Names), of the bus for which voltage is to be regulated by this converter to
the value specified by ACSET. If VSREG specifies a remote bus (i.e., a bus other
than bus IBUS), bus VSREG must be a Type 1 or 2 bus (if it is other than a Type
1 or 2 bus, bus IBUS regulates its own voltage to the value specified by ACSET).
VSREG may be entered as zero if the converter is to regulate its own voltage. Not
used if MODE = 2.
VSREG = 0 by default
NREG nreg A node number of bus VSREG. The bus section of bus VSREG to which node NREG
is connected is the bus section for which voltage is to be regulated by this con-
verter to the value specified by ACSET. If bus VSREG is not in a substation, NREG
must be specified as 0.
NREG = 0 by default
RMPCT rmpct Percent of the total Mvar required to hold the voltage at the bus controlled by bus
IBUS that are to be contributed by this VSC converter; RMPCT must be positive.
voltage controlling device (plant, switched shunt, FACTS device shunt element,
or VSC dc line converter) controlling the voltage at bus VSREG.
VSC dc line data input is terminated with a record specifying a blank dc line name or a dc line name of ’0’.
1.17.1. VSC DC Line Data Notes

Each VSC dc line converter bus must have the following characteristics:
• It must be a Type 1 or 2 bus. Generators, loads, fixed and switched shunt elements, induction machines,
other dc line converters, FACTS device sending ends, and GNE devices are permitted at converter buses.
• It must not have the terminal end of a FACTS device connected to the same bus.
• It must not be connected by a zero impedance line to another bus that violates any of the above restrictions.
In specifying reactive power limits for converters that control ac voltage (i.e., those with unequal reactive
power limits where the MODE is 1), the use of very narrow var limit bands is discouraged. The Newton-Raph-
son based power flow solutions require that the difference between the controlling equipment's high and
PSS®E 35.3.0
62
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Transformer Impedance Correction Ta-
bles
low reactive power limits be greater than 0.002 pu for all setpoint mode voltage controlling equipment (0.2
Mvar on a 100 MVA system base). It is recommended that voltage controlling VSC converters have Mvar
ranges substantially wider than this minimum permissible range.
For interchange and loss assignment purposes, the dc voltage controlling converter is assumed to be the
non-metered end of each VSC dc line. As with other network branches, losses are assigned to the subsystem
of the non-metered end, and flows at the metered ends are used in interchange calculations.
For additional information on dc line modeling in power flow solutions, refer to Section 6.3.17 DC Lines.
1.18. Transformer Impedance Correction Tables

Transformer impedance correction tables are used to model a change of transformer impedance as off-nom-
inal turns ratio or phase shift angle is adjusted. Data for each table may be specified either at the time of raw
data input, or subsequently via activity CHNG or the impedance table [Spreadsheet].
Each impedance correction table may have up to 99 points. The scaling factors are complex numbers; the
imaginary components of these factors may be specified as 0.0. Points are specified six per line in the im-
pedance correction table data block. As many records as are needed (with six points per record) are entered.
End of data for a table is specified by specifying an additional point with the three values defining the point
all specified as 0.0.
RAW Record Format
I, T1, Re(F1), Im(F1), T2, Re(F2), Im(F2), ... T6, Re(F6), Im(F6)
T7, Re(F7), Im(F7), T8, Re(F8), Im(F8), ... T12, Re(F12), Im(F12)
.
.
Tn, Re(Fn), Im(Fn), 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
RAWX Parameter Set Format (one data row for each point)
"impcor":{
"fields":["itable", "tap", "refact", "imfact"]
"data":[
[1, -30.0, 1.100, 0.000],
[1, -24.0, 1.091, 0.000],
...
[1, 30.0, 1.110, 0.000],
[2, 0.6, 1.060, 0.000],
...
[2, 1.4, 0.950, 0.000]
]
}

I itable Impedance correction table number (1 through the maximum number of imped-
ance correction tables at the current size level; refer to Table 3-1, Standard Max-
imum PSS®E Program Capacities).
PSS®E 35.3.0
63
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Impedance Correction Table Notes

No default allowed
Ti tap Either off-nominal turns ratio in pu of the controlling windings bus voltage base
or phase shift angle in degrees.
Ti = 0.0 by default
Fi refact, im- Complex scaling factor by which transformer nominal impedance is to be mul-
fact tiplied to obtain the actual transformer impedance for the corresponding Ti. Fi
= (0.0+j0.0) by default. The impedances used in calculation of Fi should be ex-
pressed in percent or pu on on winding voltage base at specified tap position Ti
and MVA base used in power flow data. This is the same base as per CZ of power
flow data but winding voltage at tap Ti.
Transformer impedance correction data input is terminated with a record specifying a table number of zero.
Example: Transformer Test Data, MVA=50, Nominal Tap position=10, winding voltage=132 kV,
Impedance=123.1118 ohms/phase
Tap Position Winding kV Z12 Data (ohms/phase) Base Z (ohms) PU Z

1 112.20 81.7016 251.7768 0.3245
10 132.0 123.1118 346.48 0.3532
19 151.8 178.8155 460.8648 0.3880
Corresponding Impedance Correction Table data would be as below (CZ=2).
Ti Fi
0.85=112.2/132.0 0.9187=0.3245/0.3532
1.0=132.0/132.0 1.0=0.3532/0.3532
1.15=151.8/132.0 1.098277=0.3880/0.3532
1.18.1. Impedance Correction Table Notes

The Ti values on a transformer impedance correction table record block must all be either tap ratios or phase
shift angles. They must be entered in strictly ascending order; i.e., for each i, Ti+1>Ti. Each Fi entered must be
non-zero. For each table, at least 2 sets of values must be specified (plus the additional end-of-table point
of zeros), and up to 99 may be entered. For a graphical view of a correction table for which the imaginary
component of each scaling factor is 0.0, see Figure 1-13.
The Ti values for tables that are a function of tap ratio (rather than phase shift angle) in pu of the controlling
winding bus voltage base.
A transformer impedance is assigned to an impedance correction table either on the third, fourth or fifth
record of the transformer data record block of activities READ, TREA, RDCH (refer to Trans), or via activity
CHNG or the two-winding and three-winding transformer [Spreadsheets]. Each table may be shared among
many transformer impedances. If the first T in a table is less than 0.5 or the last T entered is greater than
1.5, T is assumed to be the phase shift angle and each transformer impedance dependent on the table is
treated as a function of phase shift angle. Otherwise, the transformer impedances dependent on the table
are made sensitive to off-nominal turns ratio.
PSS®E 35.3.0
64
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Impedance Correction Table Notes
For three-winding transformers, a data item associated with the transformer (ZCOD) indicates whether im-
pedance adjustment is to be applied to winding impedances or to the bus-to-bus impedances. If applied to
winding impedances, the input to the table look-up is the winding tap ratio or phase shift angle, as appro-
priate, and the scaling factor is applied to the winding’s nominal impedance.
When impedance adjustment is applied to the bus-to-bus impedances of a three-winding transformer, the
following requirements must be met:
• exactly one winding of the transformer must be automatically adjustable.
• at least one winding must have an impedance correction table assigned to it.
• the impedance correction table(s) must be sensitive to the quantity that is automatically adjustable (tap
ratio or phase shift angle, as appropriate).
In this case, the input to each of the tables is the appropriate quantity (tap ratio or phase shift angle) of the
adjustable winding. If an impedance correction table is specified for winding 1, impedance adjustment is
applied to Z1-2; if an impedance correction table is specified for winding 2, impedance adjustment is applied
to Z2-3; and if an impedance correction table is specified for winding 3, impedance adjustment is applied
to Z3-1.
The power flow case stores both a nominal and actual impedance for each transformer winding imped-
ance. The value of transformer impedance entered in activities READ, TREA, RDCH, CHNG, or the transformer
[Spreadsheets] is taken as the nominal value of impedance. Each time the complex tap setting of a trans-
former is changed, either automatically by the power flow solution activities or manually by the user, and
the modified quantity is an input to the table look-up function of any impedance correction table associated
with the transformer, actual transformer impedances are redetermined if appropriate. First, the scaling fac-
tor is established from the appropriate table by linear interpolation; then nominal impedance is multiplied
by the scaling factor to determine actual impedance. An appropriate message is printed any time the actual
impedance is modified.
Typical Impedance Correction Factor Curve
PSS®E 35.3.0
65
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Multi-Terminal DC Transmission Line
Data
1.19. Multi-Terminal DC Transmission Line Data

PSSE allows the representation of up to 12 converter stations on one multi-terminal dc line. The dc network of
each multi-terminal dc line may consist of up to 20 dc network buses connected together by up to 20 dc links.
Each multi-terminal dc transmission line to be represented in PSSE is introduced by reading a series of data
records.
Each set of multi-terminal dc line data records begins with a record that defines the number of converters,
number of dc buses and number of dc links as well as related bus numbers and the control mode. Following
this first record there are subsequent records for each converter, each dc bus, and each dc link.
Each set of multi-terminal dc line data records begins with a record of system definition data in the following
format:
RAW Format
'NAME', NCONV, NDCBS, NDCLN, MDC, VCONV, VCMOD, VCONVN
"ntermdc":{
"fields":["name","nconv","ndcbs","ndcln","mdc","vconv","vcmod","vconvn"],
"data":[
["MULTERM_DC_1", 4, 5, 4, 1, 212, 400.0, 0]
]
}

NAME name The non-blank alphanumeric identifier assigned to this dc line. Each multi-termi-
nal dc line must have a unique NAME. NAME may be up to twelve characters and
No default allowed
NCONV nconv Number of ac converter station buses in multi-terminal dc line I.
No default allowed
NDCBS ndcbs Number of dc buses in multi-terminal dc line I (NCONV NDCBS).
No default allowed
NDCLN ndcln Number of dc links in multi-terminal dc line I.
PSS®E 35.3.0
66
Data

No default allowed
MDC mdc Control mode:
• 0 - for blocked
• 1 - for power control
• 2 - for current control
MDC = 0 by default
VCONV vconv Bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer to Extended
Bus Names), of the ac converter station bus that controls dc voltage on the posi-
tive pole of multi-terminal dc line I. Bus VCONV must be a positive pole inverter.
No default allowed
VCMOD vcmod Mode switch dc voltage; entered in kV. When any inverter dc voltage magnitude
falls below this value and the line is in power control mode (i.e., MDC = 1), the line
switches to current control mode with converter current setpoints corresponding
to their desired powers at scheduled dc voltage.
VCMOD = 0.0 by default

VCONVN vconvn Bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes, of the ac converter
station bus that controls dc voltage on the negative pole of multi-terminal dc line
I. If any negative pole converters are specified (see below), bus VCONVN must be
a negative pole inverter. If the negative pole is not being modeled, VCONVN must
be specified as zero.
VCONVN = 0 by default
This data record is followed by NCONV converter records.
RAW Record Format
IB,N,ANGMX,ANGMN,RC,XC,EBAS,TR,TAP,TPMX,TPMN,TSTP,SETVL,DCPF,MARG,CNVCOD
"ntermdcconv":{
"fields":["name", "ib", "n", "angmx", "angmn", "rc", "xc", "ebas", "tr",
"tap", "tpmx", "tpmn", "tstp", "setvl", "dcpf", "marg", "cnvcod"],
"data":[
["MULTERM_DC_1", 402, 4, 10.0, 8.0, 0.0, 19.0, 500.0, 0.22, 1.01,
1.1, 0.97, 0.01, 321.0, 1.0, 0.15, 3],
...
["MULTERM_DC_1", 213, 4, 20.0, 18.0, 0.0, 10.0, 230.0, 0.452, 1.1,

1.1, 0.9, 0.01, -303.8, 1.0, 0.0, 4]
PSS®E 35.3.0
67
Data
]
}

IB ib ac converter bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer
No default allowed
N n Number of bridges in series.
No default allowed.
ANGMX angmx Nominal maximum ALPHA or GAMMA angle; entered in degrees.
No default allowed
ANGMN angmn Minimum steady-state ALPHA or GAMMA angle; entered in degrees.
No default allowed
RC rc Commutating resistance per bridge; entered in ohms.
No default allowed
XC xc Commutating reactance per bridge; entered in ohms.
No default allowed
EBAS ebs Primary base ac voltage; entered in kV.
No default allowed
TR tr Actual transformer ratio.
TR = 1.0 by default
TAP tap Tap setting.
TAP = 1.0 by default

TPMX tpmx Maximum tap setting.
TPMX = 1.5 by default

TPMN tpmn Minimum tap setting.
TPMN = 0.51 by default

TSTP tstp Tap step; must be a positive number.
TSTP = 0.00625 by default

SETVL setvl Converter setpoint. When IB is equal to VCONV or VCONVN, SETVL specifies the
scheduled dc voltage magnitude, entered in kV, across the converter. SETVL is
positive for positive pole inverter and negative for negative pole inverter. For other
converter buses, SETVL contains the converter current (amps) or power (MW)
demand; a positive value of SETVL indicates that bus IB is a rectifier, and a negative
value indicates an inverter.
No default allowed
PSS®E 35.3.0
68
Data

DCPF dcpf Converter participation factor. When the order at any rectifier in the multi-termi-
nal dc line is reduced, either to maximum current or margin, the orders at the
remaining converters on the same pole are modified according to their DCPFs to:
SETVL + (DCPF/SUM)*R
where SUM is the sum of the DCPFs at the unconstrained converters on the same
pole as the constrained rectifier, and R is the order reduction at the constrained
rectifier.
DCPF = 1. by default
MARG marg Rectifier margin entered in per unit of desired dc power or current. The converter
order reduced by this fraction, (1.-MARG)*SETVL, defines the minimum order for
this rectifier. MARG is used only at rectifiers.
MARG = 0.0 by default

CNVCOD cnvcod Converter code. A positive value or zero must be entered if the converter is on
the positive pole of multi-terminal dc line I. A negative value must be entered for
negative pole converters.
CNVCOD = 1 by default
RAW Record Format
These data records are followed by NDCBS dc bus records of the following format:
IDC, IB, AREA, ZONE, 'DCNAME', IDC2, RGRND, OWNER
"ntermdcbus":{
"fields":["name","idc","ib","area","zone","dcname","idc2","rgrnd","owner"],
"data":[
["MULTERM_DC_1", 1, 401, 4, 4, "DC1", 0, 0.0, 4],
...
["MULTERM_DC_1", 5, 0, 4, 4, "DC5", 0, 0.0, 4]

]
}

IDC idc dc bus number (1 to NDCBS). The dc buses are used internally within each mul-
ti-terminal dc line and must be numbered 1 through NDCBS.
No default allowed
PSS®E 35.3.0
69
Data

IB ib ac converter bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer
to Extended Bus Names), or zero. Each converter station bus specified in a con-
verter record must be specified as IB in exactly one dc bus record. DC buses that
are connected only to other dc buses by dc links and not to any ac converter buses
must have a zero specified for IB. A dc bus specified as IDC2 on one or more other
dc bus records must have a zero specified for IB on its own dc bus record.
IB = 0 by default
AREA area Area number (1 through 9999).
AREA = 1 by default
ZONE zone Zone number (1 through 9999).
ZONE = 1 by default
DCNAME dcname Alphanumeric identifier assigned to dc bus IDC. DCNAME may be up to twelve
characters and may contain any combination of blanks, uppercase letters, num-
bers and special characters. DCNAME must be enclosed in single or double quotes
if it contains any blanks or special characters.
DCNAME is twelve blanks by default

IDC2 idc2 Second dc bus to which converter IB is connected, or zero if the converter is con-
nected directly to ground. For voltage controlling converters, this is the dc bus
with the lower dc voltage magnitude and SETVL specifies the voltage difference
between buses IDC and IDC2. For rectifiers, dc buses should be specified such that
power flows from bus IDC2 to bus IDC. For inverters, dc buses should be specified
such that power flows from bus IDC to bus IDC2. IDC2 is ignored on those dc bus
records that have IB specified as zero.
IDC2 = 0 by default
RGRND rgrnd Resistance to ground at dc bus IDC; entered in ohms. During solutions RGRND is
used only for those dc buses specified as IDC2 on other dc bus records.
RGRND = 0.0 by default

RAW Record Format
These data records are followed by NDCLN dc link records of the following format:
IDC, JDC, CKT, MET, RDC, LDC
"ntermdclink":{
PSS®E 35.3.0
70
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Multi-Terminal DC Line Notes
"fields":["name", "idc", "jdc", "dcckt", "met", "rdc", "ldc"],

"data":[
["MULTERM_DC_1", 1, 5, "1", 1, 29.0000, 0.00],
...
["MULTERM_DC_1", 4, 5, "1", 1, 29.0000, 0.00]

]
}

IDC idc Branch from bus dc bus number.
No default allowed
JDC jdc Branch to bus dc bus number.
No default allowed
CKT ckt One-character uppercase alphanumeric branch circuit identifier. It is recommend-
ed that single circuit branches be designated as having the circuit identifier '1'.

MET met Metered end flag:
• <= 1 - to designate bus IDC as the metered end
• >= 2 - to designate bus JDC as the metered end
MET = 1 by default
RDC rdc dc link resistance, entered in ohms.
No default allowed
LDC ldc dc link inductance, entered in mH. LDC is not used by the power flow solution
activities but is available to multi-terminal dc line dynamics models.
LDC = 0.0 by default
Multi-terminal dc line data input is terminated with a record specifying a dc line number of zero.
1.19.1. Multi-Terminal DC Line Notes

The following points should be noted in specifying multi-terminal dc line data:
• Conventional two-terminal (refer to Two-Terminal DC Transmission Line Data) and multi-terminal dc lines
are stored separately in PSSE working memory. Therefore, there may simultaneously exist, for example, a
two-terminal dc line identified as dc line ABC along with a multi-terminal line for which the name is ABC.
• Multi-terminal lines should have at least three converter terminals; conventional dc lines consisting of two
terminals should be modeled as two-terminal lines (refer to Two-Terminal DC Transmission Line Data).
• AC converter buses may be Type 1, 2, or 3 buses. Generators, loads, fixed and switched shunt elements,
induction machines, other dc line converters, FACTS device sending ends, and GNE devices are permitted
at converter buses.
PSS®E 35.3.0
71
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Multi-Terminal DC Line Notes
• Each multi-terminal dc line is treated as a subnetwork of dc buses and dc links connecting its ac converter
buses. For each multi-terminal dc line, the dc buses must be numbered 1 through NDCBS.
• Each ac converter bus must be specified as IB on exactly one dc bus record; there may be dc buses con-
nected only to other dc buses by dc links but not to any ac converter bus.
• AC converter bus IB may be connected to a dc bus IDC, which is connected directly to ground. IB is specified
on the dc bus record for dc bus IDC; the IDC2 field is specified as zero.
• Alternatively, ac converter bus IB may be connected to two dc buses IDC and IDC2, the second of which
is connected to ground through a specified resistance. IB and IDC2 are specified on the dc bus record for
dc bus IDC; on the dc bus record for bus IDC2, the ac converter bus and second dc bus fields (IB and IDC2,
respectively) must be specified as zero and the grounding resistance is specified as RGRND.
• The same dc bus may be specified as the second dc bus for more than one ac converter bus.
• All dc buses within a multi-terminal dc line must be reachable from any other point within the dc subnet-
work.
• The area numbers assigned to dc buses and the metered end designations of dc links are used in calculating
area interchangeand assigning losses in activities AREA, INTA, TIES, and SUBS as well as in the interchange
control option of the power flow solution activities. Similarly, the zone assignments and metered end
specifications are used in activities ZONE, INTZ, TIEZ, and SUBS.
• Section 5.7.2 Reading RDCH Data Files Created by Previous Releases of PSS®E describes the specification of
NCONV, NDCBS and NDCLN when specifying changes to an existing multi-terminal dc line in activity RDCH.
For additional information on dc line modeling in power flow solutions, refer to Section 6.3.17, DC Lines.
A multi-terminal layout is shown in Figure 1-14. There are 4 convertors, 5 dc buses and 4 dc links.
Multi-Terminal DC Network
PSS®E 35.3.0
72
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Multi-Section Line Grouping Data
1.20. Multi-Section Line Grouping Data

Transmission lines commonly have a series of sections with varying physical structures. The section might
have different tower configurations, conductor types and bundles, or various combinations of these. The
physical differences can result in the sections having different resistance, reactance and charging.
A transmission line with several distinct sections can be represented as one multisection line group.
RAW Record Format
I, J, ID, MET, DUM1, DUM2, ... DUM9
RAWX Parameter Set Format
"msline":{
"fields":["ibus", "jbus", "mslid", "met", "dum1", "dum2", "dum3", "dum4",
"dum5", "dum6", "dum7", "dum8", "dum9"],
"data":[
[101, 201, "&1", 2, 102, 103, 104, null, null, null, null, null, null]
...
]
}

I ibus From bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer to Ex-
tended Bus Names).
No default allowed
J jbus To bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes.
No default allowed
ID mslid Two-character upper case alphanumeric multi-section line grouping identifier.
The first character must be an ampersand (' ').
ID = '1' by default
MET met Metered end flag:
• <= 1 - to designate bus I as the metered end
• >= 2 - to designate bus J as the metered end
MET = 1 by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
73
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Multi-Section Line Example

DUMi dum1, Bus numbers, or extended bus names enclosed in single quotes (refer to Extended
dum2, Bus Names), of the dummy buses connected by the branches that comprise this
dum3, multi-section line grouping.
dum4,
dum5, No defaults allowed
dum6,
dum7,
dum8,
dum9
Multi-section line grouping data input is terminated with a record specifying a from bus number of zero.
1.20.1. Multi-Section Line Example

The DUMi values on each record define the branches connecting bus I to bus J, and are entered so as to trace
the path from bus I to bus J. Specifically, for a multi-section line grouping consisting of three line sections
(and hence two dummy buses):
The path from I to J is defined by the following branches:

I D1 C1
D1 D2 C2
D2 J C3
If this multi-section line grouping is to be assigned the line identifier 1, the corresponding multi-section line
grouping data record is given by:
I J 1 1 D1 D2
1.20.2. Multi-Section Line Notes

Up to 10 line sections (and hence 9 dummy buses) may be defined in each multi-section line grouping. A
branch may be a line section of at most one multi-section line grouping.
Each dummy bus must have exactly two branches connected to it, both of which must be members of the
same multi-section line grouping. A multi-section line dummy bus may not be a converter bus of a dc trans-
mission line. A FACTS control device may not be connected to a multi-section line dummy bus.
The status of line sections and type codes of dummy buses are set such that the multi-section line is treated
as a single entity with regards to its service status.
When the multi-section line reporting option is enabled (refer to Section 3.3.3, Program Run-Time Option
Settings and activity OPTN), several power flow reporting activities such as POUT and LOUT do not tabulate
conditions at multi-section line dummy buses. Accordingly, care must be taken in interpreting power flow
output reports when dummy buses are other than passive nodes (e.g., if load or generation is present at a
dummy bus).
PSS®E 35.3.0
74
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Zone Data
1.21. Zone Data

Zone identifiers are specified in zone data records. Zone names may be specified either at the time of raw/
rawx data input or subsequently via activity CHNG or the zone [Spreadsheet].
RAW Record Format
I, 'ZONAME'
"zone":{
"fields":["izone", "zoname"],
"data":[
[1, "NORTH_A1"],
...
[9, "ALL_A4_A6"]
]
}

I izone Zone number (1 through 9999).
No default allowed
ZONAME zoname Alphanumeric identifier assigned to zone I. ZONAME may be up to twelve char-
and special characters. ZONAME must be enclosed in single or double quotes if it
ZONAME is twelve blanks by default
Zone data input is terminated with a record specifying a zone number of zero.
1.21.1. Zone Data Notes

All buses (ac and dc), loads, and induction machines can be assigned to a zone. The zone number is entered
as part of the data records for the buses, loads, and induction machines (see Areas, Zones and Owners, Bus
Data, Load Data and Multi-Terminal DC Transmission Line Data).
The use of zones enables the user to develop reports and to check results on the basis of zones and, conse-
quently, be highly specific when reporting and interpreting analytical results.
1.22. Interarea Transfer Data

The PSSE user has the ability to assign each bus, load, and induction machine to an area (see Bus Data,
Load Data, Multi-Terminal DC Transmission Line Data, Area Interchange Data and Areas, Zones and Owners).
Furthermore, the user can schedule active power transfers between pairs of areas.
PSS®E 35.3.0
75
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Interarea Transfer Data Notes
These active power transfers are specified in interarea transfer data records.
RAW Record Format
ARFROM, ARTO, TRID, PTRAN
"iatransfer":{
"fields":["arfrom", "arto", "trid", "ptran"],
"data":[
[1, 2, "A", 1000.0],
...
[3, 5, "D", 2900.0]

]
}

ARFROM arfrom From area number (1 through 9999).
No default allowed
ARTO arto To area number (1 through 9999).
No default allowed
TRID trid Single-character (0 through 9 or A through Z) upper case interarea transfer iden-
tifier used to distinguish among multiple transfers between areas ARFROM and
ARTO.
TRID = '1' by default

PTRAN ptran MW comprising this transfer. A positive PTRAN indicates that area ARFROM is sell-
ing to area ARTO.
PTRAN = 0.0 by default
Interarea transfer data input is terminated with a record specifying a from area number of zero.
1.22.1. Interarea Transfer Data Notes

Following the completion of interarea transfer data input, activity READ generates an alarm for any area for
which at least one interarea transfer is present and where the sum of transfers differs from its desired net
interchange, PDES (refer to Area Interchange Data).
PSS®E 35.3.0
76
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Owner Data
1.23. Owner Data

PSSE allows the user to identify which organization or utility actually owns a facility, a piece of equipment
or a load. Buses (ac and dc), loads, induction machines, FACTS devices, and GNE devices have provision for
an owner, while machines, ac branches, and VSC dc lines can have up to four different owners. Ownership
is specified as part of the data records for these network elements (see Bus Data, Load Data, FACTS Device
Data, Generator Data, Non-Transformer Branch Data, Transformer Data, Voltage Source Converter (VSC) DC
Transmission Line Data, Multi-Ter, and GNE Device Data).
The use of the ownership attribute enables the user to develop reports and to check results on the basis of
ownership and, consequently, be highly specific when reporting and interpreting analytical results.
Owner identifiers are specified in owner data records. Owner names may be specified either at the time of
raw/rawx data input or subsequently via activity CHNG or the owner [Spreadsheet].
RAW Record Format
I, 'OWNAME'
"owner":{
"fields":["iowner", "owname"],
"data":[
[1, "OWNER 1"],
...
[5, "OWNER 5"]

]
}

I iowner Owner number (1 through 9999).
No default allowed
OWNAME owner Alphanumeric identifier assigned to owner I. OWNAME may be up to twelve char-
and special characters. OWNAME must be enclosed in single or double quotes if
it contains any blanks or special characters.
PSS®E 35.3.0
77
Power Flow Data File (RAW) FACTS Device Data

OWNAME is twelve blanks by default
Owner data input is terminated with a record specifying an owner number of zero.
1.24. FACTS Device Data

There are a variety of Flexible AC Transmission System (FACTS) devices currently available. These include
shunt devices, such as the Static Compensator (STATCOM), series devices such as the Static Synchronous
Series Compensator (SSSC), combined devices such as the Unified Power Flow Controller (UPFC), and parallel
series devices such as the Interline Power Flow Controller (IPFC).
PSSE accepts data for all of these devices through one generic set of data records. Each FACTS device to be
represented in PSSE is specified in FACTS device data records.
RAW Record Format (on a single line)
'NAME', I, J, MODE, PDES, QDES, VSET, SHMX, TRMX, VTMN, VTMX, VSMX, IMX, LINX,
RMPCT, OWNER, SET1, SET2, VSREF, FCREG, NREG, 'MNAME'
"facts":{
"fields":["name", "ibus", "jbus", "mode", "pdes", "qdes", "vset", "shmx",
"trmx", "vtmn", "vtmx", "vsmx", "imx", "linx", "rmpct", "owner",
"set1", "set2", "vsref", "fcreg", "nreg", "mname"],
"data":[
["FACTS_DVCE_1", 153, 0, 1, 0.0, 0.0, 1.015, 50.0,100.0, 0.9263, 1.134,
1.0, 0.0, 0.05652, 100.0, 1, 0.0, 0.0, 0, 153, 0, ""],
...
["FACTS_DVCE_2", 153, 155, 1, 350.0, 40.0, 1.015, 25.0, 9999.0, 0.9,

1.1, 1.0, 0.0, 0.05, 100.0, 1, 0.0, 0.0, 0, 153, 0, ""]
]
}
PSS®E 35.3.0
78

NAME name The non-blank alphanumeric identifier assigned to this FACTS device. Each FACTS
device must have a unique NAME. NAME may be up to twelve characters and
No default allowed
I ibus Sending end bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer
No default allowed
J jbus Terminal end bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes; 0 for
a STATCON.
J = 0 by default
MODE mode Controlmode:
For a STATCON (i.e., a FACTS devices with a shunt element but no series element),
J must be 0 and MODE must be either 0 or 1):
• 0 - out-of-service (i.e., shunt link open)
• 1 - shunt link operating
For a FACTS device with a series element (i.e., J is not 0), MODE may be:
• 0 - out-of-service (i.e., series and shunt links open)
• 1 - series and shunt links operating
• 2 - series link bypassed (i.e., like a zero impedance line) and shunt link operating
as a STATCON
• 3 - series and shunt links operating with series link at constant series impedance
• 4 - series and shunt links operating with series link at constant series voltage
• 5 - master device of an IPFC with P and Q setpoints specified; another FACTS

device must be designated as the slave device (i.e., its MODE is 6 or 8) of this
IPFC
• 6 - slave device of an IPFC with P and Q setpoints specified; the FACTS device
specified in MNAME must be the master device (i.e., its MODE is 5 or 7) of this
IPFC. The Q setpoint is ignored as the master device dictates the active power
exchanged between the two devices.
• 7 - master device of an IPFC with constant series voltage setpoints specified;

another FACTS device must be designated as the slave device (i.e., its MODE is
6 or 8) of this IPFC
PSS®E 35.3.0
79

• 8 - slave device of an IPFC with constant series voltage setpoints specified; the
FACTS device specified in MNAME must be the master device (i.e., its MODE is 5
or 7) of this IPFC. The complex Vd + jVq setpoint is modified during power flow
solutions to reflect the active power exchange determined by the master device
MODE = 1 by default
PDES pdes Desired active power flow arriving at the terminal end bus; entered in MW.
PDES = 0.0 by default

QDES qdes Desired reactive power flow arriving at the terminal end bus; entered in MVAR.
QDES = 0.0 by default

VSET vset Voltage setpoint at the sending end bus; entered in pu.
VSET = 1.0 by default

SHMX shmx Maximum shunt current at the sending end bus; entered in MVA at unity voltage.
SHMX = 9999.0 by default

TRMX trmx Maximum bridge active power transfer; entered in MW.
TRMX = 9999.0 by default

VTMN vtmn Minimum voltage at the terminal end bus; entered in pu.
VTMN = 0.9 by default

VTMX vtmx Maximum voltage at the terminal end bus; entered in pu.
VTMX = 1.1 by default

VSMX vsmx Maximum series voltage; entered in pu.
VSMX = 1.0 by default

IMX imx Maximum series current, or zero for no series current limit; entered in MVA at
unity voltage.
IMX = 0.0 by default

LINX linx Reactance of the dummy series element used during power flow solutions; en-
tered in pu.
LINX = 0.05 by default

RMPCT pmpct Percent of the total Mvar required to hold the voltage at the bus controlled by
the shunt element of this FACTS device that are to be contributed by the shunt
element; RMPCT must be positive. RMPCT is needed only if there is more than one
local or remote setpoint mode voltage controlling device (plant, switched shunt,
FACTS device shunt element, or VSC dc line converter) controlling the voltage at
bus FCREG.

PSS®E 35.3.0
80
Power Flow Data File (RAW) FACTS Device Notes

SET1, SET2 set1, set2 If MODE is 3, resistance and reactance respectively of the constant impedance,
entered in pu; if MODE is 4, the magnitude (in pu) and angle (in degrees) of the
constant series voltage with respect to the quantity indicated by VSREF; if MODE is
7 or 8, the real (Vd) and imaginary (Vq) components (in pu) of the constant series
voltage with respect to the quantity indicated by VSREF; for other values of MODE,
SET1 and SET2 are read, but not saved or used during power flow solutions.
SET1 = 0.0 and SET2 = 0.0 by default

VSREF vsref Series voltage reference code to indicate the series voltage reference of SET1 and
SET2 when MODE is 4, 7 or 8:
• 0 - for sending end voltage
• 1 - for series current
VSREF = 0 by default
FCREG fcreg Bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer to Extended
Bus Names), of the bus for which voltage is to be regulated by the shunt element
of this FACTS device to the value specified by VSET. If FCREG specifies a remote
bus (i.e., a bus other than bus I), bus FCREG must be a Type 1 or 2 bus (if it is other
than a Type 1 or 2 bus, the shunt element regulates voltage at the sending end
bus to the value specified by VSET). FCREG may be entered as zero if the shunt
element is to regulate voltage at the sending end bus and must be zero if the
sending end bus is a Type 3 (swing) bus.
FCREG = 0 by default
NREG nreg A node number of bus FCREG. The bus section of bus FCREG to which node NREG
is connected is the bus section for which voltage is to be regulated by the shunt
element to the value specified by VSET. If bus FCREG is not in a substation, NREG
must be specified as 0.
NREG = 0 by default
MNAME mname The name of the FACTS device that is the IPFC master device when this FACTS
device is the slave device of an IPFC (i.e., its MODE is specified as 6 or 8). MNAME
must be enclosed in single or double quotes if it contains any blanks or special
characters.
MNAME is blank by default
FACTS device data input is terminated with a record specifying a FACTS device number of zero.
1.24.1. FACTS Device Notes

PSSE’s FACTS device model contains a shunt element that is connected between the sending end bus and
ground, and a series element connected between the sending and terminal end buses.
A static synchronous condenser (STATCON) or static compensator (STATCOM) is modeled by a FACTS device
for which the terminal end bus is specified as zero (i.e., the series element is disabled).
A unified power flow controller (UPFC) has both the series and shunt elements active, and allows for the
exchange of active power between the two elements (i.e., TRMX is positive). A static synchronous series
PSS®E 35.3.0
81
Power Flow Data File (RAW) FACTS Device Notes
compensator (SSSC) is modeled by setting both the maximum shunt current limit (SHMX) and the maximum
bridge active power transfer limit (TRMX) to zero (i.e., the shunt element is disabled).
An Interline Power Flow Controller (IPFC) is modeled by using two series FACTS devices. One device of this
pair must be assigned as the IPFC master device by setting its control mode to 5 or 7; the other must be
assigned as its companion IPFC slave device by setting its control mode to 6 or 8 and specifying the name
of the master device in its MNAME. In an IPFC, both devices have a series element but no shunt element.
Therefore, both devices typically have SHMX set to zero, and VSET of both devices is ignored. Conditions at
the master device define the active power exchange between the two devices. TRMX of the master device
is set to the maximum active power transfer between the two devices, and TRMX of the slave device is set
to zero.
Figure 1-15 shows the PSSE FACTS control device model with its various setpoints and limits.
Each FACTS sending end bus must be a Type 1 or 2 bus, and each terminal end bus must be a Type 1 bus. Refer
to Section 6.3.16, FACTS Devices and Section 6.3.18, AC Voltage Control for other topological restrictions
and for details on the handling of FACTS devices during the power flow solution activities.
FACTS Control Device Setpoints and Limits
PSS®E 35.3.0
82
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Switched Shunt Data
1.25. Switched Shunt Data

Automatically switched shunt devices may be represented on a network bus.
The switched shunt elements at a bus may consist entirely of blocks of shunt reactors (each Bi is a negative
quantity), entirely of blocks of capacitor banks (each Bi is a positive quantity), or of both reactors and capac-
itors.
Each network bus to be represented in PSSE with switched shunt admittance devices must have a switched
shunt data record specified for it. The switched shunts are represented with up to eight blocks of admittance,
each one of which consists of up to nine steps of the specified block admittance.
I, ID, MODSW, ADJM, STAT, VSWHI, VSWLO, SWREG, NREG, RMPCT, 'RMIDNT', BINIT,
S1, N1, B1, S2, N2, B2,...S8, N8, B8
"swshunt":{
"fields":["ibus", "shntid", "modsw", "adjm", "stat", "vswhi", "vswlo",
"swreg", "nreg", "rmpct", "rmidnt", "binit", "s1", "n1", "b1",
"s2", "n2", "b2", "s3", "n3", "b3", "s4", "n4", "b4", "s5", "n5",
"b5", "s6", "n6", "b6", "s7", "n7", "b7", "s8", "n8", "b8"],
"data":[
[152, "1 ", 1, 0, 1, 1.045, 0.955, 152, 0, 100.0, "", -233.00,
1, 1, -15.0, 1, 2, -5.0, 1, 3, -10.0, 1, 4, -8.0, 1, 5, -7.0, 1, 6,
-5.0, 1, 7, -7.0, 1, 8, -4.0],
...
[93002, "1 ", 1, 0, 1, 0.99628, 0.99628, 93002, 0, 100.0, "", 1.44,

1, 1, 1.44, null, null, null, null, null, null, null, null, null,
null, null, null, null, null, null, null, null, null, null, null,
null]
]
}
PSS®E 35.3.0
83

Bus Names).
No default allowed
ID shntid One- or two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric switched shunt iden-
tifier used to distinguish among multiple switched shunts at bus I. It is recom-
mended that, at buses for which a single switched shunt is present, the switched
shunt be designated as having the switched shunt identifier '1'.
ID = '1' by default
MODSW modsw Control mode:
• 0 - locked
• 1 - discrete adjustment, controlling voltage locally or at bus SWREG
• 2 - continuous adjustment, controlling voltage locally or at bus SWREG
• 3 - discrete adjustment, controlling the reactive power output of the plant at

bus SWREG
• 4 - discrete adjustment, controlling the reactive power output of the VSC dc

line converter at bus SWREG of the VSC dc line for which the name is specified
as RMIDNT
• 5 - discrete adjustment, controlling the admittance setting of the switched

shunt at bus SWREG
• 6 - discrete adjustment, controlling the reactive power output of the shunt el-
ement of the FACTS device for which the name is specified as RMIDNT
MODSW = 1 by default
ADJM adjm Adjustment method:
• 0 - steps and blocks are switched on in input order, and off in reverse input or-
der; this adjustment method was the only method available prior to PSSE-32.0.
• 1 - steps and blocks are switched on and off such that the next highest (or
lowest, as appropriate) total admittance is achieved.
ADJM = 0 by default
STAT stat Initial status for entire switched shunt. Status of one for in-service and zero for
out-of-service.
STAT = 1 by default
VSWHI vswhi When MODSW is 1 or 2, the controlled voltage upper limit; entered in pu.
PSS®E 35.3.0
84

When MODSW is 3, 4, 5 or 6, the controlled reactive power range upper limit;
entered in pu of the total reactive power range of the controlled voltage control-
ling device.
VSWHI is not used when MODSW is 0.
VSWHI = 1.0 by default

VSWLO vswlo When MODSW is 1 or 2, the controlled voltage lower limit; entered in pu.
When MODSW is 3, 4, 5 or 6, the controlled reactive power range lower limit;

entered in pu of the total reactive power range of the controlled voltage control-
ling device.
VSWLO is not used when MODSW is 0.
VSWLO = 1.0 by default

SWREG swreg Bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer to Extended
Bus Names), of the bus for which voltage or connected equipment reactive power
output is controlled by this switched shunt.
When MODSW is 1 or 2, SWREG specifies the bus for which voltage is regulated.
If SWREG specifies a remote bus (i.e., a bus other than bus I), bus SWREG must be
a Type 1 or 2 bus (if it is other than a Type 1 or 2 bus, the switched shunt controls
its own voltage). SWREG may be entered as 0 if the switched shunt is to regulate
its own voltage.
When MODSW is 3, SWREG specifies the Type 2 or 3 bus where plant reactive
power output is to be regulated by this switched shunt. Set SWREG to I if the
switched shunt and the plant that it controls are connected to the same bus.
When MODSW is 4, SWREG specifies the converter bus of a VSC dc line where
converter reactive power output is to be regulated by this switched shunt. Set
SWREG to I if the switched shunt and the VSC dc line converter that it controls are
connected to the same bus.
When MODSW is 5, SWREG specifies the remote bus to which the switched shunt
for which the admittance setting is to be regulated by this switched shunt is con-
nected.
SWREG is not used when MODSW is 0 or 6.
SWREG = 0 by default
NREG nreg A node number of bus SWREG. The bus section of bus SWREG to which node
NREG is connected is the bus section for which voltage or connected equipment
reactive power output is controlled by this switched shunt. If bus SWREG is not in
a substation, NREG must be specified as 0.
NREG = 0 by default
RMPCT rmpct Percent of the total Mvar required to hold the voltage at the bus controlled by
bus I that are to be contributed by this switched shunt; RMPCT must be positive.
PSS®E 35.3.0
85
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Switched Shunt Notes

voltage controlling device (plant, switched shunt, FACTS device shunt element, or
VSC dc line converter) controlling the voltage at bus SWREG. Only used if MODSW
= 1 or 2.

RMIDNT rmindt When MODSW is 4, the name of the VSC dc line containing the converter bus that
is specified in SWREG. When MODSW is 5, the identifier of the switched shunt
connected to the bus that is specified in SWREG. When MODSW is 6, the name of
the FACTS device where the shunt element’s reactive output is to be controlled.
RMIDNT is not used for other values of MODSW.
RMIDNT is a blank name by default

BINIT binit Initial switched shunt admittance; entered in Mvar at unity voltage.
BINIT = 0.0 by default

Si s1, s2, s3, Initial switched shunt status of one for in-service and zero for out-of-service for
s4, s5, s6, block i (1 through 8)
s7, s8
Si = 1 by default
Ni n1, n2, n3, Number of steps for block i (1 through 8). The first zero value of Ni or Bi is inter-
n4, n5, n6, preted as the end of the switched shunt blocks for bus I.
n7, n8
Ni = 0 by default
Bi b1, b2, b3, Admittance increment for each of Ni steps in block i; entered in Mvar at unity
b4 ,b5, b6, voltage.
b7, b8
Bi = 0.0 by default
Switched shunt data input in the RAW file is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.
1.25.1. Switched Shunt Notes

BINIT needs to be set to its actual solved case value only when the network, as entered into the working case
via activity READ, is to be considered solved as read in, or when the device is to be treated as locked (i.e.,
MODSW is set to zero or switched shunt adjustment is disabled during power flow solutions).
The switched shunt elements at a bus may consist entirely of reactors (each Bi is a negative quantity) or
entirely of capacitor banks (each Bi is a positive quantity). In these cases, when ADJM is zero, the shunt blocks
are specified in the order in which they are switched on the bus; when ADJM is one, the shunt blocks may
be specified in any order.
The switched shunt devices at a bus may be comprised of a mixture of reactors and capacitors. In these cases,
when ADJM is zero, the reactor blocks are specified first in the order in which they are switched on, followed
by the capacitor blocks in the order in which they are switched on; when ADJM is one, the reactor blocks are
specified first in any order, followed by the capacitor blocks in any order.
In specifying reactive power limits for setpoint mode voltage controlling switched shunts (i.e., those with
MODSW of 1 or 2), the use of a very narrow admittance range is discouraged. The Newton-Raphson based
power flow solutions require that the difference between the controlling equipment's high and low reactive
PSS®E 35.3.0
86
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Switched Shunt Example
power limits be greater than 0.002 pu for all setpoint mode voltage controlling equipment (0.2 Mvar on a
100 MVA system base). It is recommended that voltage controlling switched shunts have admittance ranges
substantially wider than this minimum permissible range.
When MODSW is 3, 4, 5 or 6, VSWLO and VSWHI define a restricted band of the controlled device’s reactive
power range. They are specified in pu of the total reactive power range of the controlled device (i.e., the
plant QMAX - QMIN when MODSW is 3, MAXQ - MINQ of a VSC dc line converter when MODSW is 4, SNiBi
- SNjBj when MODSW is 5 where i are those switched shunt blocks for which Bi is positive and j are those
for which Bi is negative, and 2.*SHMX of the shunt element of the FACTS device, reduced by the current
corresponding to the bridge active power transfer when a series element is present, when MODSW is 6).
VSWLO must be greater than or equal to 0.0 and less than VSWHI, and VSWHI must be less than or equal to
1.0. That is, the following relationship must be honored:
0.0 ≤ VSWLO < VSWHI ≤ 1.0
The reactive power band for switched shunt control is calculated by applying VSWLO and VSWHI to the re-
active power band extremes of the controlled plant or VSC converter. For example, with MINQ of -50.0 pu
and MAXQ of +50.0 pu, if VSWLO is 0.2 pu and VSWHI is 0.75 pu, then the reactive power band defined by
VSWLO and VSWHI is:
-50.0 + 0.2*(50.0 - (-50.0)) = -50.0 + 0.2*100.0 = -50.0 + 20.0 = -30.0 Mvar
through:
-50.0 + 0.75*(50.0 - (-50.0)) = -50.0 + 0.75*100.0 = -50.0 + 75.0 = +25.0 Mvar
The switched shunt admittance is kept in the working case and reported in output tabulations separately
from the fixed bus shunt, which is entered on the fixed bus shunt data record (refer to Fixed Bus Shunt Data).
Refer to Section 6.3.15, Switched Shunt Devices and Section 6.3.17, DC Lines and Switched Shunt Adjust-
ment for details on the handling of switched shunts during power flow solutions.
It is required that the data record for a switched shunt for which the control mode is 5 (i.e., it controls
the setting of another switched shunt) be placed in the file after the data record for the switched shunt
that it controls. Otherwise, a warning message indicating that the controlled switched shunt is not found is
printed, and control of the switched shunt will not be implemented. It is recommended that data records for
switched shunts for which the control mode is 5 be grouped together following all other switched shunt data
records. This practice will eliminate the behavior described above simply because the controlled switched
shunt record has not as yet been read.
1.25.2. Switched Shunt Example

Figure 1-16 shows the data record that may be specified to match the combination of switched elements on
Bus 791. Note that the quantity shown as Load is entered as Load Data, and the fixed bus shunt indicated
as B SHUNT and G SHUNT is entered as Fixed Bus Shunt Data.
PSS®E 35.3.0
87
Power Flow Data File (RAW) GNE Device Data
Example Data Record for Combination of Switched Shunts
1.26. GNE Device Data

PSSE accepts data for Generic Network Element (GNE) devices that are modeled in BOSL ".mac" or ".xmac"
files. Each instance of a GNE device to be represented in PSSE is specified in a GNE device data record block.
RAW Record Format
'NAME','MODEL',NTERM, BUS1,...,BUSNTERM,NREAL,NINTG,NCHAR
STATUS,OWNER,NMET
REAL1, ..., REALmin(10,NREAL)
INTG1, ..., INTGmin(10,NINTG)
CHAR1, ..., CHARmin(10,NCHAR)
"gne":{
"fields":["name", "model", "nterm", "bus1", "bus2", "nreal", "nintg",
"nchar", "stat", "owner", "nmet", "real1", "real2", "real3",
"real4", "real5", "real6", "real7", "real8", "real9", "real10",
"intg1", "intg2", "intg3", "intg4", "intg5", "intg6", "intg7",
"intg8", "intg9", "intg10", "char1", "char2", "char3", "char4",
"char5", "char6", "char7", "char8", "char9", "char10"],
"data":[
]
PSS®E 35.3.0
88
Power Flow Data File (RAW) GNE Device Data

NAME name The non-blank alphanumeric identifier assigned to this GNE device. Each GNE de-
vice instance must have a unique NAME. NAME may be up to twelve characters
and may contain any combination of blanks, uppercase letters, numbers and spe-
cial characters. NAME must be enclosed in single or double quotes if it contains
any blanks or special characters.
No default allowed
MODEL model The name of the BOSL model. NAME is the root name of the ".mac" or ".xmac" file
containing the BOSL model.
No default allowed
NTERM nterm The number of buses to which this instance of the model is connected. NTERM
may be either 1 or 2 for a variable admittance model, and must be 1 for a variable
power model and a variable current model.
NTERM = 1 by default
BUSi bus1, bus2 Bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer to Extended
Bus Names).
For RAWX, if the value of nterm is equal to 1, data for bus2 will be ignored (treated
as null).
No default allowed
NREAL nreal Number of floating point data items required by model MODEL. NREAL must be
identical to the number required by the ".mac" or ".xmac" file.
NREAL = 0 by default
NINTG nintg Number of buses required in calculating the inputs required by model MODEL.
NINTG must be identical to the number required by the ".mac" or .".xmac" file.
NINTG = 0 by default
NCHAR nchar Number of two-character identifiers (e.g., machine identifiers, circuit identifiers,
etc.) required in calculating the inputs required by model MODEL. NCHAR must
be identical to the number required by the ".mac" or ".xmac" file.
NINTG = 0 by default
STATUS stat Device status of one for in-service and zero for out-of-service.
OWNER owner Owner to which the device is assigned (1 through 9999). By default, OWNER is
the owner to which BUS1 is assigned (refer to Bus Data).
NMET nmet Bus number, or extended bus name enclosed in single quotes (refer to Extended
Bus Names), of the non-metered end bus. NMET is used for GNE devices with
NTERM > 1.
NMET = BUSNTERM by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
89
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Induction Machine Data

REALI real1, real2, NREAL floating point data items required by model MODEL.
real3, real4,
real5, real6, Data items are entered 10 per line, with as many lines as required to supply NREAL
real7, real8, data items. If NREAL is 0, no record is specified.
real9, real10
REALI = 0.0 by default
INTG I intg1, intg2, NINTG bus numbers or extended bus names required by model MODEL. INTG I =
intg3, intg4, BUS1 by default.
intg5, intg6,
intg7, intg8, Data items are entered 10 per line, with as many lines as required to supply NINTG
intg9, data items. If NINTG is 0, no record is specified.
intg10
INTG I = BUS1 by default
CHARI char1, NCHAR two-character identifiers required by model MODEL.
char2,
char3, Data items are entered 10 per line, with as many lines as required to supply NCHAR
char4, data items. If NCHAR is 0, no record is specified.
char5,
char6, CHARI = '1' by default
char7,
char8,
char9,
char10
GNE device data input is terminated with a record specifying a blank GNE device name or a GNE device name
of ’0’.
GNE devices are not recognized in all forms of analysis available in PSS®E. For example, they are ignored
in the fault analysis activities. Those analysis functions from which they are excluded print an appropriate
message if any in-service GNE devices are present in the working case.
1.27. Induction Machine Data

Each network bus at which an induction machine is to be represented must be specified in at least one
induction machine data record. Multiple induction machines may be represented at a bus by specifying more
than one induction machine data record for the bus, each with a different machine identifier.
I, ID, STATUS, CODE, DCODE, AREA, ZONE, OWNER, TCODE, BCODE, MBASE, RATEKV,
PCODE, PSET, H, A, B, D, E, RA, XA, XM, R1, X1, R2, X2, X3, E1, SE1, E2, SE2,
IA1, IA2, XAMULT
"indmach":{
"fields":["ibus", "imid", "stat", "sc", "dc", "area", "zone", "owner",
"tc", "bc", "mbase", "ratekv", "pcode", "pset", "hconst",
PSS®E 35.3.0
90
"aconst", "bconst", "dconst", "econst", "ra", "xa", "xm",

"r1", "x1", "r2", "x2", "x3", "e1", "se1", "e2", "se2", "ia1",
"ia2", "xamult"],
"data":[
[3010, "1", 1, 1, 2, 5, 4, 5, 1, 1, 1.0, 21.6, 1, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0,
1.0, 1.0, null, null, null, null, null, null, null, null, null, null,
null, null, null, null, null],
...
[93002, "1 ", 1, 1, 2, 5, 6, 5, 1, 2, 5.62, 0.69, 2, -5.0, 1.00, 1.0,

1.0, -1.0, 1.0, null, null, null, null, null, null, null, null, null,
null, null, null, null, null, null]
]
}

Bus Names).
No default allowed
ID imid One- or two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric machine identifier
used to distinguish among multiple induction machines at bus I. It is recommend-
ed that, at buses for which a single induction machine is present, it be designated
as having the machine identifier '1'.
ID = '1' by default
STATUS stat Machine status of 1 for in-service and 0 for out-of-service.
SCODE scode Machine standard code:
• 1 - for NEMA
• 2 - for IEC
SCODE = 1 by default
DCODE dcode Machine design code. Following are allowed machine design codes:
• 0 - for Custom design with equivalent circuit reactances specified
• 1 - for NEMA Design A
• 2 - for NEMA Design B / IEC Design N
• 3 - for NEMA Design C / IEC Design H
• 4 - for NEMA Design D
• 5 - for NEMA Design E
DCODE = 2 by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
91

AREA area Area to which the induction machine is assigned (1 through 9999). By default,
AREA is the area to which bus I is assigned (refer to Bus Data).
ZONE zone Zone to which the induction machine is assigned (1 through 9999). By default,
ZONE is the zone to which bus I is assigned (refer to Bus Data).
OWNER owner Owner to which the induction machine is assigned (1 through 9999). By default,
OWNER is the owner to which bus I is assigned (refer to Bus Data).
TCODE tcode Type of mechanical load torque variation:
• 1 - for the simple power law
• 2 - for the WECC model
TCODE = 1 by default
BCODE bcode Machine base power code:
• 1 - for 1 for mechanical power (MW) output of the machine
• 2 - for apparent electrical power (MVA) drawn by the machine
BCODE = 1 by default
MBASE mbase Machine base power; entered in MW or MVA. This value is specified according to
BCODE, and could be either the mechanical rating of the machine or the electrical
input. It is necessary only that the per unit values entered for the equivalent circuit
parameters match the base power.
MBASE = system base MVA by default

RATEKV ratekv Machine rated voltage; entered in kV line-to-line, or zero to indicate that machine
rated voltage is assumed to be identical to the base voltage of bus I.
RATEKV = 0.0 by default

PCODE pcode Scheduled power code:
• 1 - for mechanical power (MW) output of the machine
• 2 - for electrical real power (MW) drawn by the machine
PCODE = 1 by default
PSET pset Scheduled active power for a terminal voltage at the machine of 1.0 pu of the
machine rated voltage; entered in MW. This value is specified according to PCODE,
and is either the mechanical power output of the machine or the real electrical
power drawn by the machine. The sign convention used is that PSET specifies
power supplied to the machine:
A positive value of electrical power means that the machine is operating as a mo-
tor; similarly, a positive value of mechanical power output means that the ma-
chine is driving a mechanical load and operating as a motor.
No default allowed.
H hconst Machine inertia; entered in per unit on MBASE base.
PSS®E 35.3.0
92

H = 1.0 by default
A, B, D, E aconst, Constants that describe the variation of the torque of the mechanical load with
bconst, speed. If TCODE is 1 (simple power law model), only D is used; if TCODE is 2 (WECC
cconst, model), all of these constants are used.
dconst
A = B = D = E = 1.0 by default.
RA ra Armature resistance, Ra (> 0.0); entered in per unit on the power base MBASE and
voltage base RATEKV.
RA = 0.0 by default
XA xa Armature leakage reactance, Xa (> 0.0); entered in per unit on the power base
MBASE and voltage base RATEKV.
XA = 0.0 by default
XM xm Unsaturated magnetizing reactance, Xm (> 0.0); entered in per unit on the power
base MBASE and voltage base RATEKV.
XM = 2.5 by default
R1 r1 Resistance of the first rotor winding ("cage"), r1 (> 0.0); entered in per unit on the
power base MBASE and voltage base RATEKV.
R1 = 999.0 by default
X1 x1 Reactance of the first rotor winding ("cage"), X1 (>0.0); entered in per unit on the
power base MBASE and voltage base RATEKV.
X1 = 999.0 by default
R2 r2 Resistance of the second rotor winding ("cage"), r2 (> 0.0); entered in per unit on
the power base MBASE and voltage base RATEKV.
R2 = 999.0 by default
X2 x2 Reactance of the second rotor winding ("cage"), X2 (>0.0); entered in per unit on
the power base MBASE and voltage base RATEKV.
X2 = 999.0 by default
X3 x3 Third rotor reactance, X3 (> 0.0); entered in per unit on the power base MBASE
and voltage base RATEKV.
X3 = 0.0 by default
E1 e1 First terminal voltage point from the open circuit saturation curve, E1 (> 0.0);
entered in per unit on RATEKV base.
E1 = 1.0 by default
SE1 se1 Saturation factor at terminal voltage E1, S(E1).
SE1 = 0.0 by default

E2 e2 Second terminal voltage point from the open circuit saturation curve, E2 (> 0.0);
entered in per unit on RATEKV base.
E2 = 1.2 by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
93
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Machine Electrical Data

SE2 se2 Saturation factor at terminal voltage E2, S(E2).
SE2 = 0.0 by default

IA1, IA2 ia1, ia2 Stator currents in PU specifying saturation of the stator leakage reactance, XA.
IA1 =IA2 = 0.0 by default

XAMULT xamult Multiplier for the saturated value. Allowed value 0 to 1.0.
XAMULT = 1.0 by default
Induction machine data input in the RAW file is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.
1.27.1. Machine Electrical Data

The positive sequence steady state equivalent circuit for the induction machine is shown in Figure 1-17.
Induction Machine Equivalent Circuit
The machine model is described by eight electrical elements: three resistive and five inductive. Values are
specified in per unit on the base power, MBASE, and rated voltage, RATEKV, which are also specified on the
data record.
The left side of the circuit is the machine armature: ra is the armature resistance and Xa is the armature leak-
age reactance. The armature and the rotor are linked through the magnetizing reactance X m; the unsaturated
value of the mutual reactance is specified.
The rotor is described by two parallel resistance and reactance branches, r1, X1 and r2, X2, that represent the
"cages" or windings in the rotor. To model a single cage machine, the resistance and reactance of the second
of these parallel branches must both be specified as 999.0; i.e., to model a single cage machine, specify r2
= X2 = 999.0 on the data record.
The reactance X3 is included to allow a more general model.
The mutual reactance Xm saturates. The saturation curve is for the induction machine operating with no load.
Two points on the saturation curve must be specified. These are normally chosen such that E1 is near the
PSS®E 35.3.0
94
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Load Mechanical Data
"knee" of the saturtion curve and E2 is near its ceiling. Saturation is neglected if E1 * S(E1) = 0.0; therefore,
to neglect saturation, specify either E1 or SE1 as 0.0.
If a non-zero machine design code (DCODE) value is specified, all data items from RA to the end of the record
are ignored, and pre-programmed machine electrical and saturation data values are assigned to the machine.
If you wish to modify any of these data items after they have been assigned, you may change the machine
design code to 0 (custom).
1.27.2. Load Mechanical Data

Five data items (TCODE, A, B, D and E) are used to describe how the torque of the mechanical load varies with
speed. When TCODE is 1, a simple power law is applied that uses the constant specified as D. The equation is
where Tload0 is the load torque and S0 is the slip at a terminal voltage of 1.0 pu.
The WECC model applies the following equations:

2 E
Tload = Tload0 [A(1-s) +B(1-s)+D(1-s) +C 0] WECC Model
2 E
C0=1-A(1-s0) -B(1-s0)+D(1-s 0)
1.28. Substation Data

Each substation to be represented in PSS®E is introduced by reading a substation data record block. Each
substation block consists of:
• A substation data record
• Several node data records
• Several substation switching device data records
• Several equipment terminal data records
1.28.1. Substation Data Record

The first record in each substation block is a substation data record. Exactly one such record is specified in
each substation block.
RAW Format
IS, NAME, LATI, LONG, SGR
"sub":{
"fields":["isub", "name", "lati", "long", "srg"],
"data":[
PSS®E 35.3.0
95
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Node Data
[1, "SS01_NILE_TYP_3_DBDB", 34.61, -86.67, 0.1100],

...
[18, "SS18_PILCOMAYO_TYP_2_RB", 31.42, -81.02, 0.2900]
]
}
IS Substation number (1 through 99999).
No default allowed
NAME Substation name, NAME may be up to forty characters and may contain any combi-
nation of blanks, uppercase letters, numbers and special characters. NAME must be
NAME is forty blanks by default

LATI Substation latitude in degrees (-90.0 to 90.0).
It is positive for North and negative for South, 0.0 by default

LONG Substation longitude in degrees. (-180.0 to 180.0).
It is positive for East and negative for West, 0.0 by default

SRG Substation grounding DC resistance in ohms.
Substation grounding DC resistance in ohms 0.1 ohms by default
Substation data input is terminated with a record specifying a substation number of zero.
1.28.2. Node Data

The substation data record is followed by substation node data. Each node in the substation is specified in
a node data record.
RAW Format
NI, NAME, I, STATUS, VM, VA
"subnode":{
"fields":["isub", "inode", "name", "ibus", "stat", "vm", "va"],
"data":[
[1, 1, "SS_NILE_NODE_1", 101, 1, null, null],
...
[18, 2, "SS_PILCOMAYO_NODE_2", 3009, 1, null, null]
]
}
NI Node number (1 through 999).
No default allowed
PSS®E 35.3.0
96
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Station Switching Device Data
NAME Node name, NAME may be up to 40 characters and may contain any combination of
blanks, uppercase letters, numbers and special characters. NAME must be enclosed in
single or double quotes if it contains any blanks or special characters.
NAME is 40 blanks by default

I Electrical Bus number (1 through 999997) in bus branch model. The electrical bus
represents this node NI and others that are connected by closed switching devices.
No default allowed
STATUS Node status. One for in-service and zero for out-of-service.
VM Node voltage magnitude; entered in pu.
VM = -1.0 by default
VA Node voltage phase angle; entered in degrees.
VA = 0.0 by default
Node data input for this substation is terminated with a record specifying a node number of zero.
Node Data Notes

VM and VA need to be set to their actual solved case values only under the following conditions:
• The network, as entered into the working case via activity READ, is to be considered solved as read in
• Substation bus “I” is represented in the bus branch model by multiple bus sections
The voltage of each bus representing one of the bus sections is set to the node voltage corresponding to the
bus section number (e.g., if bus 154 is represented by the bus sections154-1 and 154-4, the voltage at bus
154-1 is set to the voltage specified for node 1 and the voltage at bus 154-4 is set to the voltage specified
for node 4).
Otherwise, unless some better estimate of the solved voltage and/or phase angle is available, VM and VA
may be omitted. In this case, the voltage at each of the bus sections is set to the voltage specified for bus “I”.
1.28.3. Station Switching Device Data

The node data records are followed by substation switching device data. Each station switching device in the
substation is specified in a station switching device data record.
RAW Format
NI,NJ,CKT,NAME,TYPE,STATUS,NSTAT,X,RATE1,RATE2,RATE3
"subswd":{
"fields":["isub", "inode", "jnode", "swdid", "name", "type", "stat",
"nstat", "xpu", "rate1", "rate2", "rate3"],
"data":[
PSS®E 35.3.0
97
Power Flow Data File (RAW) Equipment Terminal Data
[1, 1, 3, "1", "BREAKER_0103", 2, 1, 1, 0.0001, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0],

...
[18, 1, 2, "1", "BREAKER_0102", 2, 1, 1, 0.0001, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0]
]
}
NI From node number (1 through 999). The from node must be in the substation IS.
No default allowed
NJ To node number (1 through 999). The to node must be in the substation IS.
No default allowed
CKT Two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric switching device identifier.

NAME Switching device name, NAME may be up to 40 characters and may contain any com-
bination of blanks, uppercase letters, numbers and special characters. NAME must be
NAME is 40 blanks by default

TYPE Switching device type
1 - Generic connector
2 - Circuit breaker
3 - Disconnect switch
STATUS Switching device status. One for close and zero for open.
NSTAT Switching device normal status. One for close and zero for open.
NSTAT = 1 by default
X Switching device reactance; entered in pu. A non-zero value of X must be entered for
each switching device.
X = 0.0001 by default
RATE1 First rating; entered in either MVA or current expressed as MVA.
RATE2 Second rating; entered in either MVA or current expressed as MVA.
RATE3 Third rating; entered in either MVA or current expressed as MVA.
Station switching device data input for this substation is terminated with a record specifying a from node
number of zero.
1.28.4. Equipment Terminal Data

The substation switching device data records are followed by equipment terminal data. Equipment items
that are connected to substation buses are specified in equipment terminal data records. The following para-
graphs describe the record formats of the various types of terminal equipment that may be specified. Within
the set equipment terminal data records specified for a substation, records maybe specified in any order.
PSS®E 35.3.0
98
Equipment terminal data input for this substation in the RAW file is terminated with a record specifying a
bus number of zero.
RAWX Data Table Format for Equipment Terminal Data
Unlike RAW, all terminal data have a common format in RAWX regardless of terminal device type. This has
the form:
"subterm":{
"fields":["isub", "inode", "type", "eqid", "ibus", "jbus", "kbus"],
"data":[
[1, 25, "L", "SC", 201, null, null], // Load
[1, 16, "F", "F1", 151, null, null], // Shunt
[1, 4, "M", "1 ", 101, null, null], // Machine
[1, 11, "B", "1 ", 151, 152, null], // AC Line
[1, 14, "2", "T1", 151, 101, null], // 2-winding
[5, 49, "3", "3 ", 208, 205, 215 ], // 3-winding
[7, 19, "S", "1 ", 93002, null, null], // Sw Shunt
[7, 18, "I", "1 ", 93002, null, null], // Ind Mach
[2, 30, "D", "TWO_TERM_DC1", 3021, null, null], // 2-Term DC
[4, 17, "V", "VDCLINE2 ", 203, null, null], // VSC DC
[12, 3, "N", "MULTERM_DC_1", 212, null, null], // N-Term DC
[2, 19, "A", "FACTS_DVCE_1", 153, null, null] // FACTS
]
}
Where the following terminal device type codes and required field apply for each terminal type:
Terminal Type Type Code Required Fields in RAWX Record

Load "L" isub, inode, type, eqid, ibus
Fixed Shunt "F" isub, inode, type, eqid, ibus
Machine "M" isub, inode, type, eqid, ibus
AC Line or Two-wind- "B" or "2" isub, inode, type, eqid, ibus, jbus
ing Transformer
Three-winding Trans- "3" isub, inode, type, eqid, ibus, jbus, kbus
former
Switched Shunt "S" isub, inode, type, eqid, ibus
Induction Machine "I" isub, inode, type, eqid, ibus
Two-terminal DC Line "D" isub, inode, type, eqid (as 12 character name), ibus
VSC DC Line "V" isub, inode, type, eqid (as 12 character name), ibus
Multi-terminal DC "N" isub, inode, type, eqid (as 12 character name), ibus
Line
FACTS Device "A" isub, inode, type, eqid (as 12 character name), ibus
Load Terminal Data
Each load terminal data record has the following format in RAW:
PSS®E 35.3.0
99
I, NI, 'L', ID
I Bus number.
No default allowed
NI Node number (1 through 999). If the electrical bus has node breaker model, in other
words it represents a set of nodes in a substation, the node must be one node in the
set and indicates the connections of the load within the substation. If the electrical
bus has no node breaker model, it is zero.
No default allowed
L Single character ‘L’ to indicate the record contains terminal information for a Load.
ID One or two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric load identifier used to dis-
tinguish among multiple loads at bus I. It is recommended that, at buses for which a
single load is present, the load be designated as having the load identifier '1'.
ID = '1' by default
Fixed Shunt Terminal Data
Each fixed shunt terminal data record has the following format:
I, NI, 'F', ID
I Bus number.
No default allowed
words it represents a set of nodes in a substation, the node must be one node in the
set and indicates the connections of the shunt within the substation. If the electrical
No default allowed
F Single character ‘F’ to indicate the record contains terminal information for a Fixed
Shunt.
ID One or two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric fixed shunt identifier used
to distinguish among multiple fixed shunts at bus I. It is recommended that, at buses
for which a single fixed shunt is present, the fixed shunt be designated as having the
fixed shunt identifier '1'.
ID = '1' by default
Machine Terminal Data
Each machine terminal data record has the following format in RAW:
I, NI, 'M', ID
I Bus number.
No default allowed
PSS®E 35.3.0
100
words it represents a set of nodes in a substation, the node must be one node in the set
and indicates the connections of the machine within the substation. If the electrical
No default allowed
M Single character ‘M’ to indicate the record contains terminal information for a Machine.
ID One or two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric machine identifier used to
distinguish among multiple machines at bus I. It is recommended that, at buses for
which a single machine is present, the machine be designated as having the machine
identifier '1'.
ID = '1' by default
Branch and two winding Transformer Terminal Data

Each non-transformer branch and two-winding transformer terminal data record has the following format
in RAW:
I,NI,'B',J,CKT or: I,NI,'2',J,CKT
I From bus number.
No default allowed
NI From node number (1 through 999). If the electrical from bus has node breaker model,
in other words it represents a set of nodes in a substation, the from node must be one
node in the set and indicates the connections of branch within the substation. If the
electrical from bus has no node breaker model, it is zero.
No default allowed
'B' or 2 Specifies that the record contains terminal information for a non-transformer or two-
winding transformer.
J To bus number.
No default allowed
CKT One or two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric switching device identifier.
Three winding Transformer Terminal Data

Each three winding transformer terminal data record has the following format in RAW:
I, NI, '3', J, K, CKT
I From bus number.
No default allowed
NI From node number (1 through 999). If the electrical from bus I has node breaker mod-
el, in other words it represents a set of nodes in a substation, the from node must be
one node in the set and indicates the connections of branch within the substation. If
the electrical from bus has no node breaker model, it is zero.
PSS®E 35.3.0
101
No default allowed
3 Single character ‘3’ to indicate the record contains terminal information for a three-
winding transformer.
J To bus number.
No default allowed
K To bus number.
No default allowed
CKT One or two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric switching device identifier.
Switched Shunt Terminal Data
Each switched shunt terminal data record has the following format in RAW:
I, NI, 'S', ID
I Bus number.
No default allowed
words it represents a set of nodes in a substation, the node must be one in the set and
indicates the connections of the switched shunt within the substation. If the electrical
No default allowed
S Single character ‘S’ to indicate the record contains terminal information for a switched
shunt.
ID One or two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric switched shunt identifier
used to distinguish among multiple switched shunts at bus I. It is recommended that,
at buses for which a single switched shunt is present, the switched shunt be designat-
ed as having the switched shunt identifier '1'.
ID = '1' by default
Induction Machine Terminal Data
Each induction machine terminal data record has the following format in RAW:
I, NI, 'I', ID
I Bus number.
No default allowed
NI Node number (1 through 999). Must be one of the nodes of the bus within the sub-
station to which the induction machine is to be connected to. If the bus has no node
breaker model, it is zero.
No default allowed
PSS®E 35.3.0
102
I Single character ‘I’ to indicate the record contains terminal information for an induction
machine.
ID One or two-character uppercase non-blank alphanumeric machine identifier used to
distinguish among multiple machines at bus I. It is recommended that, at buses for
which a single machine is present, the machine be designated as having the machine
identifier '1'.
ID = '1' by default
Two-terminal DC Line Terminal Data

Each two-terminal DC line terminal data record has the following format in RAW:
I, NI, 'D', "NAME'
I Rectifier or Inverter converter bus number.
No default allowed
NI Node number (1 through 999). Must be one of the nodes of the bus within the sub-
station to which one end of the two-terminal dc line is to be connected to. If the elec-
trical bus has no node breaker model, it is zero.
No default allowed
D Single character ‘D’ to indicate that the record contains terminal information for a two-
terminal dc line connection.
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric identifier of the two-terminal dc line.
No default allowed
Voltage Source Converter (VSC) DC Line Terminal Data

Each VSC DC line terminal data record has the following format in RAW:
I, NI, 'V', "NAME'
I Converter bus number.
No default allowed
NI Node number (1 through 999). Must be one of the nodes of a converter bus within a
substation to which one end of the VSC dc line is to be connected to. If the bus has
no node breaker model, it is zero.
No default allowed
V Single character ‘V’ to indicate that the record contains terminal information for a VSC
dc line connection.
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric identifier of the VSC dc line.
No default allowed
Multi-terminal DC Line Terminal Data

Each multi-terminal DC line terminal data record has the following format in RAW:
PSS®E 35.3.0
103
Power Flow Data File (RAW) End of Data Indicator
I, NI, 'N', "NAME'
I AC converter station bus number.
No default allowed
NI Node number (1 through 999). Must be one of the nodes of the ac converter station
bus within the substation to which the multi-terminal dc line is to be connected to. If
the bus has no node breaker model, it is zero.
No default allowed
N Single character ‘N’ to indicate that the record contains terminal information for a mul-
ti-terminal dc line connection.
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric identifier of the multi-terminal dc line.
No default allowed
FACTS Device Terminal Data
Each FACTS device terminal data record has the following format in RAW:
I, NI, 'A', "NAME'
I Sending or terminal end bus number of the FACTS device.
No default allowed
NI Node number (1 through 999). Must be one of the nodes of the ac converter station
bus within the substation to which the FACTS device is to be connected to. If the bus
has no node breaker model, it is zero.
No default allowed
A Single character ‘A’ to indicate that the record contains terminal information for a FAC-
TS device connection.
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric identifier of the FACTS device.
No default allowed
1.29. End of Data Indicator

It is good practice to end the Power Flow Raw Data File with a Q Record. Then, if new data categories are
®
introduced in a point release of PSS E, no modification of the file is required.
PSS®E 35.3.0
104
Chapter 2
Extensible Power Flow Data File (RAWX)
2.1. Overview
The RAWX format is a JSON-compliant, human-readable data storage and exchange format for PSS®E data.
Version 35 of PSS®E will support both the non-extensible, traditional RAW format along with RAWX. It is
expected that the RAWX format will become the standard text-based data format for PSS®E in the future, and
that updates to the functions that read and create the traditional RAW format will not be fully supported in a
future version of PSS®E. Therefore, it is recommended that your current use of the RAW format be migrated
to RAWX as soon as possible. PSS®E has tools for generating RAWX files from RAW and SAV files.
A RAWX files consist of two types of data objects, RAWX Parameter Sets and RAWX Data Tables. A minimal
example of the content of a RAWX file looks like the example below, where "caseid" section is an example of
a RAWX Parameter Set, and the "bus" section is an example of a RAWX Data Table (which has multiple data
rows, one for each bus record).
{
"network":{
"caseid":{
"fields": ["title1", "company:string", "modelyear:int"],
"data": ["SIMPLE EXAMPLE", "ElectroCorp", 2026]
},
"bus":{
"fields": ["ibus", "name", "rdfid:string", "baskv", "ide"],
"data":[
[101, "Bus1", "c9bca33c8fcb4df5bbfae15a9a9157c7", 500.0, 3]
[102, "Bus2", "8d4653380d374901bf856fa07c88c23a", 230.0, 1]
]
}
}
}
Note that the above example is not sufficient to create a viable power flow case in PSS®E, but simply shows
the general structure of the format. This document describes the specification of the underlying JSON format,
the details of the RAWX objects, and a complete field key reference.
2.1.1. Additional RAWX Documentation

Documentation for the Extensible Power Flow Data File (RAWX) is located in two places. While this chapter
contains the documentation for JSON, the RAWX specification, custom fields, and the RAWX Field Key refer-
ence, the Power Flow Data File (RAW) chapter contains consolidated syntax and data field documentation
for both RAW and RAWX. The purpose of the consolidated documentation in to provide a side-by-side com-
parison of the traditional RAW and the RAWX formats.
PSS®E 35.3.0
105
Extensible Power Flow Data File Introduction to JSON
(RAWX)
2.2. Introduction to JSON

JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) is a lightweight data-interchange format. It is easy for humans to read and
write. It is easy for machines to parse and generate. It has been chosen as the basis for the RAWX format
because it provides all the extensibility and data-tagging that XML provides, while also providing much more
efficient storage of large data tables than XML. The JSON format is also very close to the format of the Python
dictionary, and conversion between the two is straight-forward and JSON support is built into the Python
standard library. Because the preferred language for using the public API of PSS®E is Python, the similarity
of JSON to Python dictionaries is especially advantageous.
2.2.1. JSON Data Types

A JSON-compliant file consist of one or more JSON data types. These are the only data types allowed in a
JSON-compliant file.
• JSON Object
The JSON Object is an unordered collection of name–value pairs where the names (also called keys) are
strings. Since objects are intended to represent associative arrays, it is recommended, though not required,
that each key is unique within an object. Objects are delimited with curly brackets { }, and use commas to
separate each pair, while within each pair the colon ':' character separates the key or name from its value.
The RAWX format consist of two types of named JSON objects. These are referred to the RAWX Parameter
Set, and the RAWX Data Table. An example of a JSON Object used in RAWX is:
"area":
{
object attributes...
}
• JSON Array
A JSON array in an ordered list of zero or more values, each of which may be of any type. Arrays use square
bracket [ ] notation and elements are comma-separated.
In the RAWX Format, JSON Arrays are used for Field Lists and Data Rows. Field Lists are attributes of RAWX
Parameter Sets and Data Tables to indicate the order and subset of fields for which data is provided, for
example:
"fields": ["iarea", "isw", "pdes", "ptol", "arname"]
And Data Rows are JSON arrays that provide the data records for each element, for example:
"data": [
[1, 101, 250.000, 10.000, "FLAPCO"],
[2, 206, -100.000, 10.000, "LIGHTCO"]
]
PSS®E 35.3.0
106
Extensible Power Flow Data File RAWX Format Specification
(RAWX)
• JSON String
A JSON string is a sequence of zero or more Unicode characters. Strings are delimited with double-quota-
tion marks " " and support a backslash escaping syntax for certain special characters.
JSON strings are used in RAWX data for data the field names in Field Lists, as well as values in Data Rows
that are encoded in PSS®E as character data, such as equipment ids, equipment names, etc.
• JSON Number
A JSON Number a signed decimal number that may contain a fractional part and may use exponential E
notation, but cannot include non-numbers such as NaN. The format makes no distinction between integer
and floating-point. JavaScript uses a double-precision floating-point format for all its numeric values, but
other languages implementing JSON may encode numbers differently.
Data values in Data Rows that correspond to either Integer or Real data in PSS®E are encoded as JSON
numbers in the RAWX file. Note that these number values are interpreted as either Fortran Integers or
Fortran Real values in PSS®E during the READX process that reads RAWX data into the PSS®E internal arrays.
• JSON Boolean
The JSON boolean can be either of the values true or false, denoted by the literal symbols true and false,
without quotes.
The RAWX format does not have any boolean fields in the native RAWX data schema. However, custom
fields may be included of type boolean, and these are stored as used as Fortran logical values in PSS®E.
• JSON Null
An empty value, using the word null, without quotes.
In RAWX, a value of null in a Data Row indicates a skipped value, which forces the data value to use the
appropriate default value. In other words
2.3. RAWX Format Specification

2.3.1. RAWX File Structure
A RAWX file is a JSON-compliant text file. Any application that can validate JSON data will be able to validate
a RAWX file. Therefore, the first step in validating the contents of a RAWX file is verifying that the file is valid
JSON. However, the requirements for a valid RAWX go beyond JSON compliance.
A valid RAWX contains:
• An outer, top-level, unnamed object denoted with an opening curly bracket { and ending with a closing
curly bracket }:
{
file contents...
}
PSS®E 35.3.0
107
Extensible Power Flow Data File RAWX File Structure
(RAWX)
• A named object within the top-level object in which the network data parameter sets and data tables
reside. This object is a data set with the key "network":
{
"network":
{
parameter sets and data tables...
}
}
• A comma-separated, unordered set of named objects within the "network" object. These objects are the
parameter sets and the data tables. The names (keys) of the object are the documented names of the
parameter sets and data tables, such as "caseid", "newton", "bus" or "generator":
{
"network":
{
"caseid":
{
parameter set contents...
},
"bus":
{
data table contents...
}
additional, comma-separated parameter set and data table objects...

}
}
The order of these does not matter, but when exporting RAWX data from PSS®E, the order will match the
prescribed order of the sections of the traditional RAW format. Not all parameter sets or data tables need
to be included, but only the subset of these objects need to be included in the file for which data will be
provided. For example, if not FACTS devices exist in the power flow case encoded in the RAWX file, the
data table object with key "facts" can be excluded completely in the file.
Additional considerations for the structure of the RAWX file:
• Additional objects included under the top-level object will be ignored and not stored or exported from
PSS®E during a RAWX export (RAWDX command). In other words, the RAWX system currently only supports
the data set "network".
• Any additional objects within the "network" object with unrecognized names will be ignored and not stored
or exported from PSS®E during a RAWX export (RAWDX command). In other words, custom tables and pa-
rameter sets are not supported (Custom fields within known parameter sets and data table are supported,
and will be discussed in the following sub sections).
• Indentation, additional whitespace, and new lines are all optional. The convention used in this document
and in the PSS®E RAWX export is based on JSON best-practices for readability.
PSS®E 35.3.0
108
Extensible Power Flow Data File Parameter Sets
(RAWX)
• Commas are required between parameter sets and data tables. JSON validation will fail if these commas
are missing. Also, the last object in the set must not have a trailing comma.
As and example, A minimal working case in the form of a RAWX file, available as mincas.rawx in the PSS®E
EXAMPLE folder, is listed below.
{
"network":{
"caseid":{
"fields":["title1"],
"data":["PSS(R)E MINIMUM RAWX CASE"]
},
"bus":{
"fields":["ibus", "name", "ide"],
"data":[
[101, "Source", 3],
[102, "Sink", 1]
]
},
"load":{
"fields":["ibus", "loadid", "pl", "ql"],
"data":[
[102, "1", 500.0, 200.0]
]
},
"generator":{
"fields":["ibus", "machid"],
"data":[
[101, "1"]
]
},
"acline":{
"fields":["ibus", "jbus", "ckt", "xpu"],
"data":[
[101, 102, "1", 0.01]
]
}
}
}
Note that only the parameter sets and data tables for which data is provided are present in the file. Also, only
the parameters and fields for which data is provided are included in the field lists and data rows. The details
of the contents of the parameter sets and data tables are described in the following section.
2.3.2. Parameter Sets

Parameter sets are structures that contain values for various PSS®E parameters. Parameter sets consist of the
Parameter set name as the key of the JSON object, a field list, and a data array. The field list specifies the set
and order of fields for which data will be provided, and the data array provides the corresponding values.
PSS®E 35.3.0
109
Extensible Power Flow Data File Data Tables
(RAWX)
The syntax of the parameter set is:
"parameter_set_name":
{
"fields": [ "key1", "key2", ... , "keyN" ],
"data": [ value1, value2, ... , valueN ]
}
An example with real field keys and data values looks like:
"solver":
{
"fields": ["method", "actaps", "phshft", "swshnt"],
"data": ["FDNS", 0, 0, 0]
}
2.3.3. Data Tables

RAWX data tables are similar to the parameter sets, but with the key difference that the data array is an array
of data rows, allowing multiple data rows (ie. element data records) to be defined.
The syntax of the data table is:
"data_table_name":
{
"fields": [ "key1", "key2", ... , "keyN" ],
"data": [
[ value1, value2, ... , valueN ],
[ value1, value2, ... , valueN ],
...
[ value1, value2, ... , valueN ]

]
}
An example with real field keys and data values is:
"fixshunt":{
"fields":["ibus", "shntid", "stat", "gl", "bl"],
"data":[
[151, "1", 1, 0.000, -600.0],
[201, "1", 1, 0.000, 300.0],
[205, "1", 1, 0.000, 300.0]
]
PSS®E 35.3.0
110
Extensible Power Flow Data File Field List Customization
(RAWX)
2.3.4. Field List Customization

Field lists can be customized by changing the field order and by excluding unused fields. For example, the
default field list for the "fixshunt" data table is
["ibus", "shntid", "stat", "gl", "bl"]
This field list can be customized by excluding the "gl" field (which is typically zero) and moving the "stat" field
to the end. This customized field list specification is:
["ibus", "shntid", "bl", "stat"]
The rows must provide the data values according to the customized field list specification. For this example,
the new "fixshunt" data table object will appear as:
"fixshunt":{
"fields":["ibus", "shntid", "bl", "stat"],
"data":[
[151, "1", -600.0, 1],
[201, "1", 300.0, 1],
[205, "1", 300.0, 1]
]
}
Primary key fields, or the fields that are used to uniquely define a PSS®E element, may not be excluded and
must be present in the field list and data rows. For example, the primary key of the "bus" data table is the
"ibus" field, and the primary keys for the "acline" table are the "ibus", "jbus", and "ckt" fields. Whether a field
is a primary key can be determined from the "Is Primary Key" column in the RAWX Field Key Reference.
The only data values that can be excluded from the data rows, are trailing fields. In other words, if the number
of elements in a data row is less than the number of elements the field list, the RAWX parser will assume that
the data values matches the field list positionally, and the data values for the missing trailing data will be
null. The effect of excluding a field is to force PSS®E to assume the default value for that field. For example,
if one wishes to leave out the "stat" data for some rows, this can be achieved by simply excluding the data
value and inserting an explicit null. Both methods have the same effect:
"fixshunt":{
"data":[
[151, "1", -600.0],
[201, "1", 300.0, null],
[205, "1", 300.0, 1]
]
PSS®E 35.3.0
111
Extensible Power Flow Data File Custom Field Definitions
(RAWX)
In order to skip fields that are not at the end of the field list, the data value must be null. Again, the effect
of skipping a field is to force PSS®E to assume the default value for that field. An example of this, where the
default value for the field "bl" is desired at bus 201, appears as:
"fixshunt":{
"data":[
[151, "1", -600.0, 1],
[201, "1", null, 1],
[205, "1", 300.0, 1]
]
}
The default value of a field can be determined from the "Default" column in the RAWX Field Key.
2.3.5. Custom Field Definitions

Custom field can be added to most RAWX Parameter Sets and Data Tables. Custom fields are defined in the
field list of the RAWX object, and their corresponding data values are adding in the data rows. Custom fields
are read into PSS®E, stored internally, and exported when saving network data as RAWX. In this way, custom
data can make a "roundup-trip" into and out of PSS®E.
The rules for defining and using custom fields are as follows:
• Custom fields may not have the same name as any known RAWX fields. See the RAWX Field Key Reference
for a full list of known fields and the PSS®E minor version in which they have been introduced.
• Custom fields have one of several data types. Data types are specified in the field definition, delimited
from the field name by a colon (eg. "myfield:integer"). Custom fields without a data type specification are
assumed to be of type string. For example, a custom field of "myfield" without a data type specification,
is interpreted and stored as a string.
• Custom fields may appear anywhere in the field list, however, the field order is not guaranteed to be
retained when exporting RAWX data from PSS®E.
• PSS®E will attempt to read and store the custom data according to the defined data type of the custom
field. If the data conversion fails, such as in the case of providing a String of characters for an integer field,
a warning will be given in progress, and the data value will be null.
• Custom data is currently not supported in the following Data Tables:
• Transformer Impedance Correction Tables (impcor)
• All Multi-terminal DC Line Component Tables (ntermdcconv, ntermdcbus, and ntermdclink). (Note that
the primary data record (ntermdc) does support custom fields)
• Generic Network Element (gne) records
A full description of the custom field data type specification and examples are shown in the below table.
PSS®E 35.3.0
112
Extensible Power Flow Data File Partial Datasets (Read and Change)
(RAWX)
Data Type JSON Data Type Valid RAWX Example Field Example Da-
Keywords Definitions ta Values
String JSON String string "company" "ElectroCorp"
(default) strg "loadtype:string" "industrial"
str "fueltype:str" "solar"
character
char
Integer JSON Number int "normalstatus:int" 1
intg "modelyear:integer" 2030
integer
Floating Point JSON Number float "scalfact:float" 1.25
flt "sil:real" 869.3
real
double
Boolean JSON Boolean bool "baseload:bool" true
boolean "firm:boolean" false
logical
An example of a fixshunt data table with two custom fields is:
"fixshunt":{
"fields":["ibus", "shntid", "stat", "normalstat:int", "gl", "bl", "type:string"],
"data":[
[151, "1", 1, 1, 0.000, -600.0, "reactor"],
[201, "1", 1, 0, 0.000, 300.0, "capacitor"],
[205, "1", 1, 1, 0.000, 300.0, "capacitor"]
]
}
2.3.6. Partial Datasets (Read and Change)

A RAWX file can be used to import partial datasets. Partial datasets are RAWX tables that include data records
meant to be added to existing tables, or data records that include new or custom data to add to existing
records. This is similar to the behavior of activity Read and Change (RDCH). The key to using RAWX is this
way to set the "ic" field in the "caseid" parameter set to 1 (The default value of this field is 0). Therefore,
somewhere in the RAWX file, the following parameter set definition must be present and must at least include
the "ic" field:
PSS®E 35.3.0
113
Extensible Power Flow Data File Partial Datasets (Read and Change)
(RAWX)
"caseid":{
"fields":["ic"],
"data":[1]
}
If "ic" is set to 1, all of the parameter sets and data tables in the RAWX file are interpreted as data to update
or add to the previously loaded loadflow data already in PSS®E.
For example, if one wishes to update only the area number of a few buses, the RAWX file contents would
read as follows:
{
"network":
{
"caseid":
{
"fields":["ic"],
"data":[1]
},
"bus":
{
"fields":["ibus", "area"],
"data":
[
[101, 10],
[102, 10]
]
}
}
}
Assuming a loadflow case that includes at least buses 101 and 102 has been loaded into PSS®E using READ,
READX, or CASE, when the above RAWX file is read into PSS®E using the activity READX, the existing loadflow
data remains intact, except the area number for buses 101 and 102 are updated to the value 10. If bus 101
or bus 102 are not present in the case, new bus record(s) will be added with default data (except for the area
number of 10). This is analogous to the behavior of the data change APIs (eg. psspy.bus_data) where some
arguments are the "default" or "do not change" values of _i or _f.
All or some of the fields included in partial datasets may be custom fields. For example, if one wishes to add
latitude and longitude data to the buses in a case while leaving all other data intact, the following RAWX
file could be used:
{
"network":
{
"caseid":
{
PSS®E 35.3.0
114
Extensible Power Flow Data File Custom Table Definitions
(RAWX)
"fields":["ic"],
"data":[1]
},
"bus":
{
"fields":["ibus", "lati:real", "long:real"],
"data":
[
[101, 81.34, -34.51],
[102, 81.85, -34.12],
[151, 82.31, -33.51],
[152, 82.87, -33.61],
[153, 83.33, -32.81],
... additional data rows...
]
}
}
}
2.3.7. Custom Table Definitions

Custom tables can be added to the RAWX file via READX, stored in PSS®E, and exported via RAWDX.
The rules for defining and using custom tables are as follows:
• The name of the table must be unique within the file. If there are more than one table in the network data
section of the rawx file with the same name, only one of the tables with that name will be stored in PSS®E.
• The field specifications in the field list follow the rules of the previous section (Custom Field Definitions).
Note that all fields in a custom table are by definition custom fields.
• User defined tables do not have to be located at the end of the rawx file. They can be located anywhere
within the network node. When rawx data is exported from PSS®E, however, the original order of the tables
may not be maintained.
An example of two customs tables that encode simple interface definitions:
"interface":{
"fields":["name", "rating:real"],
"data":[
["InterfaceA", 600.0],
["InterfaceB", 850.0]
]
},
"interfaceBranch":{
"fields":["intname", "ibus:int", "jbus:int", "ckt"],
"data":[
["InterfaceA", 152, 3004, "1"],
PSS®E 35.3.0
115
Extensible Power Flow Data File Importing/Exporting from CSV files
(RAWX)
["InterfaceA", 3005, 3006, "1"],

["InterfaceA", 154, 3008, "1"],
["InterfaceB", 151, 201, "1"],
["InterfaceB", 152, 202, "1"],
["InterfaceB", 154, 203, "1"],
["InterfaceB", 154, 205, "1"]
]
}
Once the custom tables are imported into PSS®E via readx, the data in the custom tables are accessible
using the Extension Data APIs (in the form get_ext_, set_ext_, etc.). An example of accessing the data using
Python is given below. In this example, the get_ext_rowcount api is used to get the number of rows of each
custom table, the get_ext_char, get_ext_int, and get_ext_real apis are used to get the ratings and flows of
an interface, and a message is printed if the interface flow exceeds its rating.
ierr, nrows = psspy.get_ext_rowcount("interface")
rating = 0.0
for irow in range(1, nrows+1):

ierr, name = psspy.get_ext_char("interface", "name", irow)
if name == "InterfaceA"
ierr, rating = psspy.get_ext_real("interface", "rating", irow)
ierr, nrows = psspy.get_ext_rowcount("interfaceBranch")
intflow = 0.0
for irow in range(1, nrows+1):

ierr, intname = psspy.get_ext_char("interfaceBranch", "intname", irow)
if intname == "InterfaceA"
ierr, ibus = psspy.get_ext_int("interfaceBranch", "ibus", irow)
ierr, jbus = psspy.get_ext_int("interfaceBranch", "jbus", irow)
ierr, ckt = psspy.get_ext_char("interfaceBranch", "ckt", irow)
ierr, sflow = psspy.brnflo(ibus, jbus, ckt)
intflow += sflow
if abs(intflow) > rating:

print("Interface A flow of {} MVA > rating of {} MVA".format(abs(intflow), rating))
2.4. Importing/Exporting from CSV files

2.4.1. Importing RAWX tables from CSV
RAWX data can be imported from Comma-separated values (CSV) files. Each CSV file imported cooresponds
to one RAWX parameter set or data table. Partial data sets, custom fields and custom tables are supported.
PSS®E 35.3.0
116
Extensible Power Flow Data File Exporting RAWX tables to CSV
(RAWX)
The only required field(s) are the primary keys (unique identifiers) for the element for built-in (non-custom)
data tables (primary keys are shown in the RAWX Field Reference Section of this document for each data
table). Currently, the API CSV_TO_RAWX is the only method to perform this import. And example of an area
table before and after a CSV import is shown below.
Original RAWX Table:
"area":{
"fields":["iarea", "isw", "pdes", "ptol", "arname"],
"data":[
[1, 101, -2800.000, 10.000, "CENTRAL"],
[2, 206, -1600.000, 10.000, "EAST"],
[4, 401, 300.000, 15.000, "EAST_COGEN1"],
[5, 3011, 900.000, 10.000, "WEST"]
]
}
Imported CSV File Contents
iarea, ptol, companyname:char

1, 5.000, "ElectroCorp"
2, 5.000, "Tesla Power and Light"
4, 10.000, "Gigawatt Industries"
5, 5.000, "Electron Wholesalers"
Resultant RAWX Table after CSV Import:
"area":{
"fields":["iarea", "isw", "pdes", "ptol", "arname", "companyname:char"],
"data":[
[1, 101, -2800.000, 5.000, "CENTRAL" , "ElectroCorp" ],
[2, 206, -1600.000, 5.000, "EAST" , "Tesla Power and Light" ],
[4, 401, 300.000, 10.000, "EAST_COGEN1", "Gigawatt Industries" ],
[5, 3011, 900.000, 5.000, "WEST" , "Electron Wholesalers" ]
]
}
2.4.2. Exporting RAWX tables to CSV

Parameter sets and data tables loaded into PSS®E can be exported to Comma-separated values (CSV) files.
Each parameter set or data table is exported to its own CSV file one at a time. In otherwords, one CSV file
cooresponds to one RAWX parameter set or data table. Currently, the API RAWX_TO_CSV is the only method
to perform this export.
When exporting RAWX to CSV, all fields, built-in and custom, are included in the export, and the field order-
ing is identical to the ordering of RAWDX data export. Custom fields will retain their dataype specification
PSS®E 35.3.0
117
Extensible Power Flow Data File RAWX Field Key Reference
(RAWX)
(eg. "latitude:real" vs. just "latitude") in the header row of the CSV file. An example of a Zone table and its
cooresponding CSV output is shown below:
RAWX Table:
"zone":{
"fields":["izone", "zoname", "loadfactor:real"],
"data":[
[1, "NORTH", 0.54],
[2, "MID", 0.47],
[3, "SOUTH", 0.56],
[4, "EAST", 0.59]
]
}
Exported CSV File Contents:
izone, zoname, loadfactor:real

1, "NORTH", 0.54
2, "MID", 0.47
3, "SOUTH", 0.56
4, "EAST", 0.59
2.5. RAWX Field Key Reference

Parameter Sets
Case Identification (caseid)
General parameters (general)
Gaussian solution parameters (gauss)
Newton solution parameters (newton)
Adjustment parameters (adjust)
TYSL parameters (tysl)
Solver settings (solver)
Data Tables
Rating Data (rating)
Bus Data (bus)
Load Data (load)
PSS®E 35.3.0
118
Extensible Power Flow Data File Case Identification (caseid)
(RAWX)
Fixed Bus Shunt Data (fixshunt)
Generator Data (generator)
Non-transformer Branch Data (acline)
System Switching Device Data (sysswd)
Transformer Data (transformer)
Area Interchange Data (area)
Two-Terminal DC Line Data (twotermdc)
VSC DC Line Data (vscdc)
Transformer Impedance Correction Table Data (impcor)
Multi-Terminal DC Line Data (ntermdc)
Multi-Terminal DC Line Converter Data (ntermdcconv)
Multi-Terminal DC Line DC Bus Data (ntermdcbus)
Multi-Terminal DC Line DC Link Data (ntermdclink)
Multi-Section Line Data (msline)
Zone Data (zone)
Interarea Transfer Data (iatrans)
Owner Data (owner)
FACTS Device Data (facts)
Switched Shunt Data (swshunt)
GNE Device Data (gne)
Induction Machine Data (indmach)
Substation Data (sub)
Substation Node Data (subnode)
Substation Switching Device Data (subswd)
Substation Terminal Data (subterm)
Voltage Droop Control (voltagedroop)
2.5.1. Case Identification (caseid)

Parameter Set Key: caseid
PSS®E 35.3.0
119
Extensible Power Flow Data File General parameters (general)
(RAWX)
Field Key Data Type Default Value Description Introduced

ic integer 0 New case flag 35.0
sbase float 100 System MVA base 35.0
rev float 35 PSSE revision number 35.0
xfrrat integer program op- Units of transformer ratings 35.0
tions
nxfrat integer program op- Units of ratings of non transformer branches 35.0
tions
basfrq float program op- System base frequency in Hertz 35.0
tions
title1 string "" Case Title Line 1 35.0
title2 string "" Case Title Line 2 35.0
2.5.2. General parameters (general)

Parameter Set Key: general

thrshz float solution para- The zero impedance line threshold tolerance 35.0
meters
pqbrak float solution para- The constant power load characteristic volt- 35.0
meters age breakpoint
blowup float solution para- The largest voltage change threshold 35.0
meters
maxisollvls integer solution para-The maximum levels to move outward from 35.0
meters a element when attempting to isolate it by
breaker/switch actions
camaxreptsln integer contingency The maximum number of times to try and 35.0
solution op- solve a contingency/remedial action
tions
chkdupcntlbl integer contingency Check for duplicate contingency labels when 35.0
solution op- create DFAX file and running contingency
tions analysis
2.5.3. Gaussian solution parameters (gauss)

Parameter Set Key: gauss

itmx integer solution para- The maximum number of iterations 35.0
meters
accp float solution para- Real component voltage change acceleration 35.0
meters factor
accq float solution para- Imaginary component voltage change accel- 35.0
meters eration factor
PSS®E 35.3.0
120
Extensible Power Flow Data File Newton solution parameters (newton)
(RAWX)

accm float solution para- Type 1 bus complex voltage change accelera- 35.0
meters tion factor in MSLV
tol float solution para- Voltage magnitude change convergence tol- 35.0
meters erance
2.5.4. Newton solution parameters (newton)

Parameter Set Key: newton

itmxn integer solution para- The maximum number of iterations 35.0
meters
accn float solution para- Voltage magnitude setpoint change acceler- 35.0
meters ation factor at voltage controlled buses
toln float solution para- Mismatch convergence tolerance 35.0
meters
vctolq float solution para- Controlled bus reactive power mismatch con- 35.0
meters vergence tolerance
vctolv float solution para- Controlled bus voltage error convergence tol- 35.0
meters erance
dvlim float solution para- Maximum votlage magnitude change that 35.0
meters may be applied on any iteration
ndvfct float solution para- Non-divergent solution improvement factor 35.0
meters
2.5.5. Adjustment parameters (adjust)

Parameter Set Key: adjust

adjthr float solution para- Cautomatic adjustment threshold tolerance 35.0
meters
acctap float solution para- Tap movement deceleration factor 35.0
meters
taplim integer solution para- Maximum tap ratio change on any iteration 35.0
meters
swvbnd float NONE Percent of voltage band switched shunts with 35.0
voltage violations that are adjusted on any it-
eration
mxtpss integer solution para- Maximum number of tap and/or switched 35.0
meters shunt adjustment cycles
mxswim integer solution para- Maximum number of induction machine 35.0
meters state switchings
PSS®E 35.3.0
121
Extensible Power Flow Data File TYSL parameters (tysl)
(RAWX)
2.5.6. TYSL parameters (tysl)

Parameter Set Key: tysl

itmxty integer solution para- The maximum number of iterations 35.0
meters
accty float solution para- Voltage change acceleration factor 35.0
meters
tolty float solution para- Voltage magnitude change convergence tol- 35.0
meters erance
2.5.7. Solver settings (solver)

Parameter Set Key: solver

method string Last used FDNS, FNSL, NSOL, SOLV or MSLV 35.0
actaps integer Tap adjust- The ac tap adjustment code 35.0
ment option
setting
areain integer Area inter- The area interchange adjustment code 35.0
change adjust-
ment option
setting
phshft integer Phase shift ad- The phase shift adjustment code 35.0
justment op-
tion setting
dctaps integer DC tap ad- The dc tap adjustment code 35.0
justment op-
tion setting
swshnt integer Switched The switched shunt adjustment code 35.0
shunt adjust-
ment option
setting
flatst integer 0 The flat start code 35.0
varlim integer 99 The reactive power limit application code 35.0
nondiv integer Non-divergent The non-divergent solution code 35.0
solution op-
tion setting
2.5.8. Rating Data (rating)

Data Table Key: rating

irate * integer Rating set number 35.0
PSS®E 35.3.0
122
Extensible Power Flow Data File Bus Data (bus)
(RAWX)

name string RATEn Rating set name 35.0
desc string RATING SET n Rating set description 35.0
* Required field. Bold=Primary Key.
2.5.9. Bus Data (bus)

Data Table Key: bus

ibus * integer Bus number 35.0
name string "" Alphanumeric identifier assigned to bus 35.0
baskv float 0.0 Bus base voltage; entered in kV 35.0
ide integer 1 type code (1:Load or passive bus, 2:Genera- 35.0
tor or plant bus, 3:Swing bus, 4:Disconnect-
ed bus)
area integer 1 Area number 35.0
zone integer 1 Zone number 35.0
owner integer 1 Owner number 35.0
vm float 1.0 Bus voltage magnitude pu 35.0
va float 0.0 Bus voltage phase angle deg 35.0
nvhi float 1.1 Normal voltage magnitude high limit pu 35.0
nvlo float 0.9 Normal voltage magnitude low limit pu 35.0
evhi float 1.1 Emergency voltage magnitude high limit pu 35.0
evlo float 0.9 Emergency voltage magnitude low limit pu 35.0
2.5.10. Load Data (load)

Data Table Key: load

loadid string 1 One or two character uppercase non blank al- 35.0
phanumeric load identifier
stat integer 1 Load status 35.0
area integer 1 Area to which the load is assigned 35.0
zone integer 1 Zone to which the load is assigned 35.0
pl float 0.0 Active power component of constant MVA 35.0
load MW
ql float 0.0 Reactive power component of constant MVA 35.0
load MVAR
ip float 0.0 Active power component of constant current 35.0
load MW
PSS®E 35.3.0
123
Extensible Power Flow Data File Fixed Bus Shunt Data (fixshunt)
(RAWX)

iq float 0.0 Reactive power component of constant cur- 35.0
rent load MVAR
yp float 0.0 Active power component of constant admit- 35.0
tance load MW
yq float 0.0 Reactive power component of constant ad- 35.0
mittance load MVAR
owner integer Owner to which the load is assigned 35.0
scale integer 1 Load scaling flag of one for a scalable load 35.0
and zero for a fixed load
intrpt integer 0 Interruptible load flag of one for an interrupt- 35.0
ible load for zero for a non interruptible load
dgenp float 0.0 Distributed Generation active power compo- 35.0
nent
dgenq float 0.0 Distributed Generation reactive power com- 35.0
ponent
dgenm integer 0 Distributed Generation operation mode 35.0
(0:Distributed gen is OFF, 1:Distributed gen is
ON)
loadtype string "" Descriptor used to distinguish among differ- 35.0
ent types of load.
2.5.11. Fixed Bus Shunt Data (fixshunt)

Data Table Key: fixshunt

shntid string 1 One or two character uppercase non blank al- 35.0
phanumeric shunt identifier
stat float 1 Shunt status 35.0
gl float 0.0 Active component of shunt admittance to 35.0
ground MW
bl float 0.0 Reactive component of shunt admittance to 35.0
ground MVAR
2.5.12. Generator Data (generator)

Data Table Key: generator

machid string 1 One or two character uppercase non blank al- 35.0
phanumeric machine identifier
PSS®E 35.3.0
124
Extensible Power Flow Data File Generator Data (generator)
(RAWX)

pg float 0.0 Generator active power output MW 35.0
qg float 0.0 Generator reactive power output MVAR 35.0
qt float 9999 Maximum generator reactive power output 35.0
MVAR
qb float 9999 Minimum generator reactive power output 35.0
MVAR
vs float 1 Regulated voltage setpoint pu 35.0
ireg integer 0 Bus number of the bus for which voltage is to 35.0
be regulated by this plant to the value speci-
fied by VS.
nreg integer 0 A node number of bus IREG 35.0
mbase float SBASE Total MVA base of the units represented by 35.0
this machine MVA
zr float 0.0 Complex machine impedance resistive com- 35.0
ponent
zx float 1 Complex machine impedance reactive com- 35.0
ponent
rt float 0.0 Step up transformer impedance resistive 35.0
component
xt float 0.0 Step up transformer impedance reactive com- 35.0
ponent
gtap float 1 Step up transformer off nominal turns ratio 35.0
pu
stat integer 1 Machine status 35.0
rmpct float 100 Percent of the total Mvar required to hold the 35.0
voltage
pt float 9999 Maximum generator active power output 35.0
MW
pb float 9999 Minimum generator active power output MW 35.0
baslod float 0 Baseload Flag 35.0
o1 integer 0 Owner 1 35.0
f1 float 1 Fraction of total ownership for owner 1 pu 35.0
wmod integer 0 Machine control mode 35.0
wpf float 1 Power factor used in calculating reactive 35.0
power for WMOD is 2 or 3
droopname string "" Voltage droop contol record name 35.3
PSS®E 35.3.0
125
Extensible Power Flow Data File Non-transformer Branch Data (acline)
(RAWX)
2.5.13. Non-transformer Branch Data (acline)

Data Table Key: acline

ibus * integer Branch from bus number 35.0
jbus * integer Branch to bus number 35.0
ckt string 1 One or two character uppercase non blank al- 35.0
phanumeric branch circuit identifier
rpu float 0.0 Branch resistance pu 35.0
xpu float 0.0001 Branch reactance pu 35.0
bpu float 0.0 Total branch charging susceptance pu 35.0
name string 1 Alphanumeric identifier assigned to the 35.0
branch
rate1 float 0.0 Nth rating MVA 35.0
gi float 0.0 Real part of admittance of the line shunt at 35.0
the bus I end of the branch pu
bi float 0.0 Imaginary part of admittance of the line 35.0
shunt at the bus I end of the branch pu
gj float 0.0 Real part of admittance of the line shunt at 35.0
the bus J end of the branch pu
bj float 0.0 Imaginary part of admittance of the line 35.0
shunt at the bus J end of the branch pu
stat integer 1 Branch status (0: out-of-service, 1: in-service) 35.0
met integer 1 Metered end flag (1: ibus, 2: jbus) 35.0
len float 0.0 Line length 35.0
o1 integer 0 Nth Owner number 35.0
f1 float Nth Fraction of total ownership assigned to 35.0
nth owner pu
nth owner pu
PSS®E 35.3.0
126
Extensible Power Flow Data File System Switching Device Data (sysswd)
(RAWX)

nth owner pu
nth owner pu
2.5.14. System Switching Device Data (sysswd)

Data Table Key: sysswd

ibus * integer From bus number. 35.0
jbus * integer To bus number. 35.0
ckt string 1 Two character uppercase non blank alphanu- 35.0
meric switching device identifier
xpu float 0.0 Branch reactance pu 35.0
stat integer 1 Status 35.0
nstat integer 1 Normal status 35.0
met integer 1 Metered end flag 35.0
stype integer 1 Switching device type 35.0
name string "" System switching device name 35.0
2.5.15. Transformer Data (transformer)

Data Table Key: transformer

ibus * integer The bus number of the bus to which Winding 35.0
1 is connected
PSS®E 35.3.0
127
Extensible Power Flow Data File Transformer Data (transformer)
(RAWX)

jbus * integer The bus number of the bus to which Winding 35.0
2 is connected
kbus integer 0 The bus number of the bus to which Winding 35.0
3 is connected
ckt string 1 Two character uppercase non blank alphanu- 35.0
meric transformer identifier
cw integer 1 The winding data IO code defines the units in 35.0
which the turns ratios WINDV1, WINDV2 and
WINDV3 are specified
cz integer 1 IO code for the units of R1_2, X1_2, R2_3, 35.0
X2_3, R3_1 and X3_1
cm integer 1 The magnetizing admittance IO for the units 35.0
og MAG1 and MAG2
mag1 float 0.0 Real part of the transformer magnetizing ad- 35.0
mittance connected to ground at bus I
mag2 float 0.0 Imaginary part of the transformer magnetiz- 35.0
ing admittance connected to ground at bus I
nmet integer 2 The nonmetered end code of either 1 for the 35.0
Winding 1 bus or 2 for the Winding 2 bus or
3 for a three winding
name string "" Alphanumeric identifier assigned to the 35.0
transformer
stat integer 1 Transformer status 35.0
f1 float 1 Nth Fraction of total ownership assigned to 35.0
nth owner pu
nth owner pu
nth owner pu
nth owner pu
vecgrp string "" Alphanumeric identifier specifying vector 35.0
group based on transformer winding connec-
tions and phase angles
zcod integer 0 Method to be used in deriving actual trans- 35.0
former impedances in applying transformer
impedance adjustment tables
r1_2 float 0.0 Real part of the measured impedance of the 35.0
transformer between windings 1 and 2
x1_2 float 0.0 Imaginary part of the measured impedance 35.0
of the transformer between windings 1 and 2
PSS®E 35.3.0
128
(RAWX)

sbase1_2 float SBASE The Winding 1 to 2 three phase base MVA of 35.0
the transformer
of the transform between windings 2 and 3
the transformer
of the transformer between windings 1 and 3
the transformer
vmstar float 1 The voltage magnitude at the hidden star 35.0
point bus pu
anstar float 0.0 The bus voltage phase angle at the hidden 35.0
star point bus deg
windv1 float 1 Winding 1 off nominal turns ratio 35.0
nomv1 float 0.0 The nominal rated Winding 1 voltage base kV 35.0
ang1 float 0.0 The winding one phase shift angle deg 35.0
wdg1rate1 float 0.0 35.0
wdg1rate10 float 0.0 Nth rating MVA 35.0
cod1 integer 0 Control mode for automatic adjustments of 35.0
the Winding 1 tap or phase shift angle
cont1 float 0.0 The bus for which voltage is to be controlled 35.0
by the transformer turns ratio
node1 integer 0 A node number of bus CONT1 35.0
rma1 float 1.1 Real part of the upper and lower limits 35.0
rmi1 float 0.9 Imaginary part of the upper and lower limits 35.0
vma1 float 1.1 Magnitude or Real part of the upper and low- 35.0
er limits
PSS®E 35.3.0
129
(RAWX)

vmi1 float 0.9 Angle or Imaginary part of the upper and low- 35.0
er limits
ntp1 integer 33 The number of tap positions available 35.0
tab1 integer 0 The number of a transformer impedance cor- 35.0
rection table
cr1 float 0.0 Real part of the load drop compensation im- 35.0
pedance for voltage controlling transformers
cx1 integer 0 Imaginary part of the load drop compensa- 35.0
tion impedance for voltage controlling trans-
formers
cnxa1 float 0.0 Winding connection angle deg 35.0
nomv2 float 1 The nominal rated Winding 2 voltage base kV 35.0
ang2 float 0.0 The winding 2 phase shift angle deg 35.0
er limits
er limits
rection table
PSS®E 35.3.0
130
(RAWX)

formers
nomv3 float 1 The nominal rated Winding 3 voltage base kV 35.0
ang3 float 0.0 The winding 3 phase shift angle deg 35.0
er limits
er limits
rection table
formers
PSS®E 35.3.0
131
Extensible Power Flow Data File Area Interchange Data (area)
(RAWX)
2.5.16. Area Interchange Data (area)

Data Table Key: area
iarea * integer Area number 35.0
isw integer 0 Bus number of the area slack bus for area in- 35.0
terchange control
pdes float 0.0 Desired net interchange leaving the area ex- 35.0
port MW
ptol float 10 Interchange tolerance bandwidth MW 35.0
arname string "" Alphanumeric identifier assigned to area I 35.0
2.5.17. Two-Terminal DC Line Data (twotermdc)

Data Table Key: twotermdc
name * string The non blank alphanumeric identifier as- 35.0
signed to this dc line
mdc integer 0 Control mode 35.0
rdc float 0.0 The dc line resistance ohms 35.0
setvl float 0.0 Current amps or power MW demand 35.0
vschd float 0 Scheduled compounded dc voltage kV 35.0
vcmod float 0.0 Mode switch dc voltage kV 35.0
rcomp float 0.0 Compounding resistance ohms 35.0
delti float 0.0 Margin entered in per unit of desired dc pow- 35.0
er or current
met string 1 Metered end code of either R or I 35.0
dcvmin float 0.0 Minimum compounded dc voltage kV 35.0
cccitmx integer 20 Iteration limit for capacitor commutated two 35.0
terminal dc line Newton solution procedure
cccacc float 1 Acceleration factor for capacitor commutated 35.0
two terminal dc line Newton solution proce-
dure
ipr * integer Rectifier converter bus number 35.0
nbr integer 0 Number of bridges in series rectifier. 35.0
anmxr float 90.0 Nominal maximum rectifier firing angle deg 35.0
anmnr float 0.0 Minimum steady state rectifier firing angle 35.0
deg
rcr float 0 Rectifier commutating transformer resis- 35.0
tance per bridge ohms
xcr float 0 Rectifier commutating transformer reactance 35.0
per bridge ohms
ebasr float 0 Rectifier primary base ac voltage kV 35.0
PSS®E 35.3.0
132
Extensible Power Flow Data File VSC DC Line Data (vscdc)
(RAWX)

trr float 1.0 Rectifier transformer ratio 35.0
tapr float 1.0 Rectifier tap setting 35.0
tmxr float 1.5 Maximum rectifier tap setting 35.0
tmnr float 0.51 Minimum rectifier tap setting 35.0
stpr float 0.00625 Rectifier tap step 35.0
icr integer 0 Bus number of the rectifier commutating bus 35.0
ndr integer 0 Node number of bus ICR 35.0
ifr integer 0 Winding 1 side from bus number 35.0
itr integer 0 Winding 2 side to bus number 35.0
idr string 1 Circuit identifier 35.0
xcapr float 0.0 Commutating capacitor reactance magni- 35.0
tude per bridge ohms
ipi * integer Inverter converter bus number 35.0
nbi integer 0 Number of bridges in series inverter. 35.0
anmxi float 90.0 Nominal maximum inverter firing angle deg 35.0
anmni float 0 Minimum steady state inverter firing angle 35.0
deg
rci float 0 Inverter commutating transformer resistance 35.0
per bridge ohms
xci float 0 Inverter commutating transformer reactance 35.0
per bridge ohms
ebasi float 0 Inverter primary base ac voltage kV 35.0
tri float 1.0 Inverter transformer ratio 35.0
tapi float 1.0 Inverter tap setting 35.0
tmxi float 1.5 Maximum inverter tap setting 35.0
tmni float 0.51 Minimum inverter tap setting 35.0
stpi float 0.00625 Inverter tap step 35.0
ici integer 0 Bus number of the inverter commutating bus 35.0
ndi integer 0 Node number of bus ICI 35.0
ifi integer 0 Winding 1 side from bus number 35.0
iti integer 0 Winding 2 side to bus number 35.0
idi string 1 Circuit identifier 35.0
xcapi float 0.0 Commutating capacitor reactance magni- 35.0
tude per bridge ohms
2.5.18. VSC DC Line Data (vscdc)

Data Table Key: vscdc

PSS®E 35.3.0
133
Extensible Power Flow Data File VSC DC Line Data (vscdc)
(RAWX)

rdc float 0.0 The dc line resistance ohms 35.0
f1 float 1.0 Nth Fraction of total ownership assigned to 35.0
nth owner pu
nth owner pu
nth owner pu
nth owner pu
ibus1 * integer Converter bus number 35.0
type1 integer 0 Converter Type 35.0
mode1 integer 1 Converter Mode 35.0
dcset1 float 1.0 Converter dc setpoint 35.0
acset1 float 0.0 Converter ac setpoint 35.0
aloss1 float 0.0 Coefficient A of the linear equation used to 35.0
calculate converter losses
bloss1 float 0.0 Coefficient B of the linear equation used to 35.0
calculate converter losses
minloss1 float 0.0 Minimum converter losses kW 35.0
smax1 float 0.0 Converter MVA rating MVA 35.0
imax1 float 0.0 Converter ac current rating 35.0
pwf1 float 1 Power weighting factor fraction pu 35.0
maxq1 float 9999 Reactive power upper limit MVAR 35.0
minq1 float 9999 Reactive power lower limit MVAR 35.0
vsreg1 integer 0 Bus number 35.0
nreg1 integer 0 A node number of bus VSREG 35.0
rmpct1 float 100 Percent of the total Mvar required to hold the 35.0
voltage
ibus2 * integer Converter bus number 35.0
type2 integer 0 Converter type 35.0
mode2 integer 1 Converter Mode 35.0
dcset2 float Converter dc setpoint 35.0
acset2 float 0.0 Converter ac setpoint 35.0
aloss2 float 0.0 Coefficient A of the linear losses equation 35.0
bloss2 float 0.0 Coefficient B of the linear losses equation 35.0
minloss2 float 0.0 Minimum converter losses kW 35.0
smax2 float 0.0 Converter MVA rating MVA 35.0
PSS®E 35.3.0
134
Extensible Power Flow Data File Transformer Impedance Correction Ta-
(RAWX) ble Data (impcor)

imax2 float 0.0 Converter ac current rating 35.0
pwf2 float 1 Power weighting factor fraction pu 35.0
maxq2 float 9999 Reactive power upper limit MVAR 35.0
minq2 float 9999 Reactive power lower limit MVAR 35.0
vsreg2 integer 0 Bus number 35.0
nreg2 integer 0 A node number of bus VSREG 35.0
rmpct2 float 100 Percent of the total Mvar required to hold the 35.0
voltage
2.5.19. Transformer Impedance Correction Table Data (impcor)

Data Table Key: impcor

itable * integer Impedance correction table number 35.0
tap float 0.0 Either off nominal turns ratio pu or phase 35.0
shift angle deg
refact float 0.0 Real part of scaling factor 35.0
imfact float 0.0 Imaginary part of scaling factor 35.0
2.5.20. Multi-Terminal DC Line Data (ntermdc)

Data Table Key: ntermdc

nconv integer 0 Number of ac converter station buses in multi 35.0
terminal dc line I
ndcbs integer 0 Number of dc buses in multi terminal dc line I 35.0
ndcln integer 0 Number of dc links in multi terminal dc line I 35.0
vconv integer Bus number of the ac converter station bus 35.0
that controls dc voltage on the positive pole
of multi terminal dc line I
vcmod float 0.0 Mode switch dc voltage kV 35.0
vconvn integer 0 Bus number of the ac converter station bus 35.0
that controls dc voltage on the negative pole
of multi terminal dc line I
PSS®E 35.3.0
135
Extensible Power Flow Data File Multi-Terminal DC Line Converter Data
(RAWX) (ntermdcconv)
2.5.21. Multi-Terminal DC Line Converter Data (ntermdcconv)

Data Table Key: ntermdcconv

ib integer 0 ac converter bus number 35.0
nbrdg integer 0 Number of bridges in series 35.0
angmx float 0.0 Nominal maximum ALPHA or GAMMA angle 35.0
deg
angmn float 0.0 Minimum steady state ALPHA or GAMMA an- 35.0
gle deg
rc float 0.0 Commutating resistance per bridge ohms 35.0
xc float 0.0 Commutating reactance per bridge ohms; 35.0
ebas float 0.0 Primary base ac voltage kV 35.0
tr float 1 Actual transformer ratio 35.0
tap float 1 Tap setting 35.0
tpmx float 1.5 Maximum tap sett 35.0
tpmn float 0.51 Minimum tap setting 35.0
tstp float 0.00625 Tap step 35.0
setvl float 0.0 Converter setpoint 35.0
dcpf float 1 Converter participation factor 35.0
marg float 0.0 Rectifier margin of desired dc power or cur- 35.0
rent pu
cnvcod integer 1 Converter code 35.0
2.5.22. Multi-Terminal DC Line DC Bus Data (ntermdcbus)

Data Table Key: ntermdcbus

idc integer 0 dc bus number 35.0
ib integer 0 ac converter bus number 35.0
area integer 1 Area number 35.0
zone integer 1 Zone number 35.0
dcname string "" Alphanumeric identifier assigned to dc bus 35.0
IDC
idc2 integer 0 Second dc bus to which converter IB is con- 35.0
nected, or zero if grounded
rgrnd float 0.0 Resistance to ground at dc bus IDC ohms 35.0
owner integer 1 Owner number 35.0
PSS®E 35.3.0
136
Extensible Power Flow Data File Multi-Terminal DC Line DC Link Data
(RAWX) (ntermdclink)
2.5.23. Multi-Terminal DC Line DC Link Data (ntermdclink)

Data Table Key: ntermdclink
idc * integer Branch from bus dc bus number 35.0
jdc * integer Branch to bus dc bus number 35.0
dcckt string 1 One character uppercase alphanumeric 35.0
branch circuit identifier
met integer 1 35.0
rdc float 0.0 dc link resistance ohms 35.0
ldc float 0.0 dc link inductance mH 35.0
2.5.24. Multi-Section Line Data (msline)

Data Table Key: msline
ibus * integer From bus number 35.0
jbus * integer To bus number 35.0
mslid string 1 Two character upper case alphanumeric multi 35.0
section line grouping identifier
met integer 1 35.0
dum1 integer 0 Nth Dummy bus number 35.0
2.5.25. Zone Data (zone)

Data Table Key: zone
izone * integer Zone number 35.0
zoname string "" Alphanumeric identifier assigned to zone I 35.0
PSS®E 35.3.0
137
Extensible Power Flow Data File Interarea Transfer Data (iatrans)
(RAWX)
2.5.26. Interarea Transfer Data (iatrans)

Data Table Key: iatrans
arfrom * integer From area number 35.0
arto * integer To area number 35.0
trid string 1 Single character 0 through 9 or A through Z 35.0
upper case identifier
ptran float 0.0 MW comprising this transfer. Positive is AR- 35.0
FROM to ARTO
2.5.27. Owner Data (owner)

Data Table Key: owner
iowner * integer Owner number 35.0
owname string "" Alphanumeric identifier assigned to owner I 35.0
2.5.28. FACTS Device Data (facts)

Data Table Key: facts
signed to this FACTS device
ibus * integer Sending end bus number 35.0
jbus integer 0 Terminal end bus number 35.0
mode integer 1 35.0
pdes float 0.0 Desired active power flow arriving at the ter- 35.0
minal end bus MW
qdes float 0.0 Desired reactive power flow arriving at the 35.0
terminal end bus MVAR
vset float 1 Voltage setpoint at the sending end bus pu 35.0
shmx float 9999 Maximum shunt current at the sending end 35.0
bus MVA
trmx float 9999 Maximum bridge active power transfer MW 35.0
vtmn float 0.9 Minimum voltage at the terminal end bus pu 35.0
vtmx float 1.1 Maximum voltage at the terminal end bus pu 35.0
vsmx float 1 Maximum series voltage pu 35.0
imx float 0.0 Maximum series current MVA 35.0
linx float 0.05 Reactance of the dummy series element pu 35.0
PSS®E 35.3.0
138
Extensible Power Flow Data File Switched Shunt Data (swshunt)
(RAWX)

voltage
owner integer Owner number 35.0
set1 float 0.0 Resistance of the constant impedance pu 35.0
set2 float 0.0 Reactance of the constant impedance pu 35.0
vsref integer 0 Series voltage reference code 35.0
fcreg integer 0 Bus number of the bus for which voltage is to 35.0
be regulated
nreg integer 0 A node number of bus FCREG 35.0
mname string "" IPFC master FACTS device name 35.0
2.5.29. Switched Shunt Data (swshunt)

Data Table Key: swshunt
shntid string 1 Two character uppercase non blank alphanu- 35.0
meric switched shunt identifier
modsw integer 1 35.0
adjm integer 0 35.0
stat integer 1 Initial switched shunt status 35.0
vswhi float 1 When MODSW is 1 or 2, the controlled volt- 35.0
age upper limit pu
vswlo integer 1 When MODSW is 1 or 2, the controlled volt- 35.0
age lower limit pu
swreg integer 0 Bus number of controlled bus 35.0
nreg integer 0 A node number of bus SWREG 35.0
voltage at the bus percent
rmidnt string "" The name of the VSC dc line where the con- 35.0
verter bus is specified in SWREG
binit float 0.0 Initial switched shunt admittance MVAR 35.0
s1 integer 0 Number of steps for block 1 35.0
n1 float 0.0 Admittance increment for each of Ni steps in 35.0
block 1 MVAR
b1 float 0.0 Initial switched shunt admittance MVAR for 35.0
block 1
block 2 MVAR
block 2
PSS®E 35.3.0
139
Extensible Power Flow Data File GNE Device Data (gne)
(RAWX)

block 3 MVAR
block 3
block 4 MVAR
block 4
block 5 MVAR
block 5
block 6 MVAR
block 6
block 7 MVAR
block 7
block 8 MVAR
block 8
2.5.30. GNE Device Data (gne)

Data Table Key: gne

signed to this GNE device
model string "" The name of the BOSL model 35.0
nterm integer 1 Number of terminal buses 35.0
bus1 integer 0 Nth Terminal bus 35.0
bus2 integer 0 Nth Terminal bus 35.0
PSS®E 35.3.0
140
Extensible Power Flow Data File Induction Machine Data (indmach)
(RAWX)

nreal integer 0 Number of real values 35.0
nintg integer 0 Number of integer values 35.0
nchar integer 0 Number of character values 35.0
stat integer 1 Device status 35.0
owner integer 1 Owner to which the device is assigned 35.0
nmet integer 0 Bus number of the non metered end bus 35.0
real1 float 0.0 Nth real value 35.0
intg1 integer 0 Nth integer value 35.0
char1 string "" Nth character value 35.0
2.5.31. Induction Machine Data (indmach)

Data Table Key: indmach
PSS®E 35.3.0
141
Extensible Power Flow Data File Induction Machine Data (indmach)
(RAWX)

imid string 1 Two character uppercase non blank alphanu- 35.0
meric induction machine identifier
stat integer 1 Machine status 35.0
sc integer 1 Machine standard code 35.0
dc integer 2 Machine design code 35.0
area integer 1 Area to which the induction machine is as- 35.0
signed
zone integer 1 Zone to which the induction machine is as- 35.0
signed
owner integer 1 Owner to which the induction machine is as- 35.0
signed
tc integer 1 Type of mechanical load torque variation 35.0
bc integer 1 Machine base power code 35.0
mbase float SBASE Machine base power MW or MVA 35.0
ratekv float 0.0 Machine rated voltage kV 35.0
pcode integer 1 35.0
pset float Scheduled active power MW 35.0
hconst float 1 Machine inertia pu 35.0
aconst float 1 The A constant describing the variations of 35.0
torque with speed
bconst float 1 The B constant describing the variations of 35.0
torque with speed
dconst float 1 The D constant describing the variations of 35.0
torque with speed
econst float 1 The E constant describing the variations of 35.0
torque with speed
ra float 0.0 Armature resistance pu 35.0
xa float 0.0 Armature leakage reactance pu 35.0
xm float 2.5 Unsaturated magnetizing reactance pu 35.0
r1 float 999 Resistance of the first rotor winding pu 35.0
x1 float 999 Reactance of the first rotor winding pu 35.0
r2 float 999 Resistance of the second rotor winding pu 35.0
x2 float 999 Reactance of the second rotor winding pu 35.0
x3 float 0.0 Third rotor reactance pu 35.0
e1 float 1 First terminal voltage point from the open cir- 35.0
cuit saturation curve pu
se1 float 0.0 Saturation factor at terminal voltage E1 pu 35.0
e2 float 1.2 Second terminal voltage point from the open 35.0
circuit saturation curve pu
se2 float 0.0 Saturation factor at terminal voltage E2 pu 35.0
ia1 float 0.0 Stator current 1 specifying saturation of the 35.0
stator leakage reactance XA pu
PSS®E 35.3.0
142
Extensible Power Flow Data File Substation Data (sub)
(RAWX)

ia2 float 0.0 Stator current 2 specifying saturation of the 35.0
stator leakage reactance XA pu
xamult float 1 Multiplier for the saturated value 35.0
2.5.32. Substation Data (sub)

Data Table Key: sub

isub * integer Substation number 35.0
name string "" Substation name 35.0
lati float 0 Substation latitude in degrees (-90.0 to 90.0) 35.0
(positive for north, negative for south)
long float 0 Substation longitude in degrees. (-180.0 to 35.0
180.0) (positive for east, negative for west)
srg float 0 Substation grounding DC resistance (ohms) 35.0
2.5.33. Substation Node Data (subnode)

Data Table Key: subnode

inode * integer Node number 35.0
name string "" Node name 35.0
ibus * integer Electrical Bus number in bus branch model 35.0
stat integer 1 Node status (0:out-of-service, 1:in-service) 35.0
vm float 1 Node voltage magnitude (pu) 35.0
va float 0 Node voltage phase angle (degrees) 35.0
2.5.34. Substation Switching Device Data (subswd)

Data Table Key: subswd

inode * integer From node number (must be in station isub). 35.0
jnode * integer To node number (must be in station isub). 35.0
swdid string 1 Two-character case-insensitive non-blank al- 35.0
phanumeric switching device identifier
PSS®E 35.3.0
143
Extensible Power Flow Data File Substation Terminal Data (subterm)
(RAWX)

name string "" Switching Device name 35.0
type integer 1 Switching device type (1:Generic connector, 35.0
2:Circuit breaker, 3:Disconnect switch)
stat integer 1 Node status (0:out-of-service, 1:in-service) 35.0
nstat integer 1 Node normal status (0:out-of-service, 1:in- 35.0
service)
xpu float 0.0001 Switching device reactance (pu) 35.0
rate1 float 0 First rating (MVA) 35.0
rate2 float 0 Second rating (MVA) 35.0
rate3 float 0 Third rating (MVA) 35.0
2.5.35. Substation Terminal Data (subterm)

Data Table Key: subterm

inode * integer Node number connected to ibus terminal of 35.0
device
type * string Equipment type code (L:load, F:fixed shunt, 35.0
M:machine, B or 2:branch, 3:three-winding,
S:switched shunt, I:ind mach, D:dc2term,
V:vscdc, A:facts)
eqid * string 1 Equipment ID or NAME of terminal device 35.0
ibus * integer First bus number of terminal device 35.0
jbus integer Second bus number of terminal device 35.0
kbus integer Third bus number of terminal device 35.0
* Required field.
2.5.36. Voltage Droop Control (voltagedroop) (Added in version 35.3)

Data Table Key: voltagedroop

name * string Voltage droop control name 35.3
status integer 1 Status of volatge droop control 35.3
regbus integer 0 Regulated bus 35.3
qdb float 0 Reactive power level at Deadband (MVAR) 35.3
qmin float 0 Minimum reactive power at regulated bus 35.3
(MVAR)
qmax float 0 Maximum reactive power at regulated bus 35.3
(MVAR)
PSS®E 35.3.0
144
Extensible Power Flow Data File Voltage Droop Control (voltagedroop)
(RAWX) (Added in version 35.3)

vdblow float 0.98 Lower voltage limit of the deadband (pu) 35.3
vdbhigh float 1.02 High voltage limit of the deadband (pu) 35.3
vlow float 0.9 Lower voltage limit (pu) 35.3
vhigh float 1.1 High voltage limit (pu) 35.3
PSS®E 35.3.0
145
Chapter 3
Sequence Data File
3.1. Overview
The input stream to activity RESQ is a Sequence Data File containing 11 groups of records with each group
specifying a particular type of sequence data required for fault analysis work (see Figure 2-1). Any piece of
equipment for which sequence data is to be entered in activity RESQ must be represented as power flow data
in the working case. That is, activity RESQ will not accept data for a bus, generator, branch, switched shunt
or fixed shunt not contained in the working case.
All data is read in free format with data items separated by a comma or one or more blanks. Each category
of data except the change code is terminated by a record specifying an I value of zero. Termination of all
data is indicated by a value of Q.
Change Code
System Wide Data
Generator Sequence Data
Load Sequence Data
Zero Sequence Non-Transformer Branch Data
Zero Sequence Mutual Impedance Data
Zero Sequence Transformer Data
Zero Sequence Switched Shunt Data
Zero Sequence Fixed Shunt Data
Induction Machine Sequence Data
Non-Conventional Source Fault Contribution Characteristics Data
Non-Conventional Source - Generator Data
Q Record
Sequence Data Input Structure
PSS®E 35.3.0
146
Sequence Data File Change Code
3.2. Change Code

The first record in the Sequence Data File contains two data items as follows:
IC, REV
IC IC = 0 indicates the initial input of sequence data for the network contained in the
working case. All buses, generators, branches, switched shunts and fixed shunts for
which no data record is entered in a given category of data have the default values
assigned for those data items.
IC = 1 indicates change case input of sequence data for the network contained in the
working case. All buses, generators, branches, switched shunts and fixed shunts for
which no data record is entered in a given category of data have those data items
unchanged; i.e., they are not set to the default values.
IC=0 by default.
REV PSSE revision number. REV = Current revision by default.
The use of the change case mode in activity RESQ is identical to its use in activity READ: for the addition
of equipment to the working case (e.g., to add a zero sequence mutual coupling to the working case). It
is not valid to set IC to one for the initial execution of activity RESQ for the network in the working case;
in this case, an appropriate message is printed and activity RESQ continues its execution as if IC had been
specified as zero.
3.3. System Wide Data

Through the system-wide data category, data that pertains to the case as a whole (rather than to individual
equipment items) may be included in the Sequence Data File to allow convenient transfer of it with the case.
Records may be included that define:
• Short Circuit Output Report Format
• Metal Var Oxide (MOV) Iteration Options
• Short Circuit Model
Generally, each record specified in the System-Wide Data category begins with a NAME that defines the type
of data specified on the record. The formats of the various records are described in the following paragraphs.
RPTFORMAT Record
The Short Circuit Output Report Format record begins with the name RPTFORMAT and contains unit and co-
ordinates option for reporting current, voltage and Thevenin impedance. Using keyword input, any or all of
the following report format parameters may be specified:
AMPOUT = 0, Current and Voltages in PU) (default)
= 1, Current in Amperes and Voltages in kV
POLROU = 0, Currents and Voltages in Rectangular co-ordinates (default)
PSS®E 35.3.0
147
Sequence Data File Generator Sequence Data
= 1, Currents and Voltages in Polar co-ordinates
AMPOUTZ = 0, Thevenin Impedance in PU (default)
= 1, Thevenin Impedance in ohms
POLROUZ = 0, Thevenin Impedance in Rectangular co-ordinates (default)
= 1, Thevenin Impedance in Polar co-ordinates
Those RPTFORMAT parameters that are specified may be entered n any order. The following is an example
of this record:
RPTFORMAT, AMPOUT=0, POLROU=0, AMPOUTZ=0, POLROUZ=0
MOV Record
The Metal Var Oxide (MOV) Iteration Options record begins with the name MOV and contains linearized MOV
model iteration parameters used by short circuit calculation methods. Using keyword input, any or all of the
following MOV iteration parameters may be specified:
ITERATIONS Maximum number of iterations (default=20)
TOLERANCE Tolerance (default=0.01)
MOVALPHA Acceleration factor (default=0.3)
Those parameters that are specified may be entered in any order. The following is an example of this record:
MOV, ITERATIONS=20, TOLERANCE=0.01, MOVALPHA=0.3
SCMODEL Record
The Short Circuit Model Options record begins with the name SCMODEL and contains fault analysis modeling
option setting. Using keyword input, SCMODEL parameters may be specified:
SCNRML = 0, center tapped two-phase modeling
= 1, Normal three-phase modeling (default)
The following is an example of this record:
SCMODEL, SCNRML=1
3.4. Generator Sequence Data

Each network bus to be represented as a generator bus (i.e., as a current source) in the unbalanced analysis
activities must have sequence generator impedances entered into the PSSE working case for all in-service
machines at the bus.
Each generator sequence impedance data record has the following format:
PSS®E 35.3.0
148
I, ID, ZRPOS, ZXPPDV, ZXPDV, ZXSDV, ZRNEG, ZXNEGDV, ZR0, ZX0DV, CZG, ZRG, ZXG,
REFDEG
I Bus number; bus I must be present in the working case as a generator bus.
ID One or two character machine identifier of the machine bus I for which the data is
specified by this record.
ID = '1' by default
ZRPOS Generator positive sequence resistance; entered in pu on machine base (i.e., on bus
voltage base and MBASE).
ZRPOS = ZR (source resistance in raw data) by default.

ZXPPDV Generator positive sequence saturated subtransient reactance; entered in pu on ma-
chine base (i.e., on bus voltage base and MBASE).
ZXPPDV = ZX (source reactance in raw data) by default

ZXPDV Generator positive sequence saturated transient reactance; entered in pu on machine
base (i.e., on bus voltage base and MBASE).
ZXPDV = ZXPPDV by default

ZXSDV Generator positive sequence saturated synchronous reactance; entered in pu on ma-
chine base (i.e., on bus voltage base and MBASE).
ZXSDV = XPPDV by default.

ZRNEG Generator negative sequence resistance; entered in pu on machine base (i.e., on bus
voltage base and MBASE).
ZRNEG = ZRPOS by default

ZXNEGDV Generator negative sequence saturated reactance; entered in pu on machine base
(i.e., on bus voltage base and MBASE).
ZXNEGDV = ZXPPDV by default

ZR0 Generator zero sequence resistance; entered in pu on machine base (i.e., on bus volt-
age base and MBASE).
ZR0 = ZRPOS by default

ZX0DV Generator zero sequence saturated reactance; entered in pu on machine base (i.e., on
bus voltage base and MBASE).
ZX0DV = ZXPPDV by default

CZG Units of grounding impedance (ZRG and ZXG) values, = 1 for pu (on bus voltage base
and MBASE), = 2 for Ohms
ZRG Generator grounding resistance; entered in pu on machine base (i.e., on bus voltage
base and MBASE) when CZG=1 or in ohms when CZG=2.
ZRG = 0.0 by default

ZXG Generator grounding reactance; entered in pu on machine base (i.e., on bus voltage
base and MBASE) when CZG=1 or in ohms when CZG=2.
ZXG = 0.0 by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
149
REFDEG Generator Reference Angle; entered in degrees.
This angle is used only when fault calculations with for "FLAT" voltage profile is select-
ed.
REFDEG = 0.0 by default
Throughout this Manual, the complex positive sequence generator impedance used in fault analysis will be
referred to as ZPOS. The real component of ZPOS is always ZRPOS. Its imaginary component is either ZXPPDV,
ZXPDV or ZXSDV, according to the selection made in selecting the fault analysis calculation activity. Similarly,
the negative sequence generator impedance, ZNEG, is ZRNEG + j ZXNEGDV, and the zero sequence generator
impedance, ZZERO, is ZR0 + j ZX0DV.
During the initial input of sequence data (i.e., IC = 0 on the first data record), any machine for which no
data record of this category is entered has its positive sequence resistance set to ZR (the real component
of ZSORCE), and all three positive sequence reactances set to ZX (the imaginary component of ZSORCE).
ZSORCE is the generator impedance entered in activities READ, Section Activity, TREA, RDCH, and MCRE; it is
used in switching studies and dynamic simulations (refer to Generator Data).
In subsequent executions of activity RESQ (i.e., IC = 1 on the first data record), any machine for which no data
record of this category is entered has its positive sequence generator impedance values unchanged. Note
that the generator positive sequence impedance values entered in activity RESQ for fault analysis purposes
is not necessarily the same as the generator impedance (ZSORCE) used in dynamics, and that it does not
overwrite ZSORCE. That is, the two different sets of positive sequence impedance data are specified in the
working case simultaneously at different locations.
During the initial input of sequence data (i.e., IC = 0 on the first data record), any machine for which no data
record of this category is entered has its negative sequence generator impedance ZNEG set equal to ZRPOS
+ j ZXPPDV. In subsequent executions of activity RESQ (i.e., IC = 1 on the first data record), any machine for
which no data record of this category is entered has its negative sequence generator impedance unchanged.
For those machines at which the step-up transformer is represented as part of the generator data (i.e., XTRAN
is non-zero), ZZERO is not used and, in the fault analysis activities, the step-up transformer is assumed to be
a delta wye transformer. Refer to Modeling of Generator Step-Up Transformers (GSU).
For those machines that do not include the step-up transformer as part of the generator data (i.e., XTRAN is
zero), a zero sequence impedance(ZR0, ZR0DV) of zero and grounding impedance (ZRG, ZXG) of zero results
in the machine being treated as an open circuit in the zero sequence.
During the initial input of sequence data (i.e., IC = 0 on the first data record), any machine for which no data
record of this category is entered has its zero sequence generator impedance ZZERO set equal to ZRPOS + j
ZXPPDV. In subsequent executions of activity RESQ (i.e., IC = 1 on the first data record), any machine for which
no data record of this category is entered has its zero sequence generator impedance unchanged.Generator
sequence impedance data input is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.
Figure 2-2 shows generator representation in sequence networks.
PSS®E 35.3.0
150
Sequence Data File Load Sequence Data
Figure - Generator Sequence Networks
PSS®E calculates pu grounding impedance from ohm as below:
3.5. Load Sequence Data

Exceptional negative sequence loads (i.e., loads that, in the negative sequence, differ from the positive se-
quence loads) and zero sequence loads are entered into the working case in load sequence data records in
the Sequence Data File. Each load negative and zero sequence data record has the following format:
I, ID, PNEG, QNEG, GRDFLG, PZERO, QZERO

I Bus number, bus I must be present in the working case.
ID One or two character load identifier of the load at bus I for which the data is specified
by this record.
ID = '1' by default
PNEG Active component of negative sequence load; entered in MW at one per unit voltage.
If PNEG=0 or is not specified, PNEG = positive sequence load MW.
QNEG Reactive component of negative sequence load; entered in MVAR at one per unit volt-
age. If QNEG=0 or is not specified, QNEG = positive sequence load MVAR. QNEG is
specified as negative MVAR for lagging (reactive) power factor loads.
GRDFLG Grounding flag; 1 for grounded loads and 0 for ungrounded loads.
GRDFLG=0 by default
PZERO Active component of zero sequence load; entered in MW at 1 pu voltage. If PZERO is
non-zero and GRDFLG=1, PZERO is modelled. If GRDFLG=0, PZERO is ignored.
PZERO=0 by default
QZERO Reactive component of zero sequence load; entered in MVAR at 1 pu voltage. If QZE-
RO is non-zero and GRDFLG=1, QZERO is modelled. If GRDFLG=0, QZERO is ignored.
QZERO is specified as negative MVAR for lagging (reactive) power factor loads.
QZERO = 0.0 by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
151
Sequence Data File Zero Sequence Non-Transformer
Branch Data
For any bus where no load sequence data record is specified, or PNEG and QNEG are both specified as zero,
the load elements are assumed to be equal in the positive and negative sequence networks. For any bus
where no load sequence data record is specified, or PZERO and QZERO are both specified as zero, or GRDFLG
is specified as zero (i.e., an ungrounded load), no load component is represented in the zero sequence.
The user is advised to exercise caution in specifying negative and zero sequence loads. In the fault analysis
calculations, constant power and constant current loads are converted to constant admittance at the pre-
fault voltage. Further, when positive sequence loads are changed, either directly by the user or by activities
such as SCAL, it may be appropriate to change previously specified negative and zero sequence loads. It is
the user’s responsibility to ensure that the positive sequence loading data, as contained in the working case,
is coordinated with the specified negative and zero sequence load data.
Load sequence data input is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.
3.6. Zero Sequence Non-Transformer Branch Data

Zero sequence non-transformer branch parameters are entered into the working case in zero sequence non-
transformer branch data records in the Sequence Data File. Each zero sequence branch data record has the
following format:
I, J, CKT, RLINZ, XLINZ, BCHZ, GI, BI, GJ, BJ, IPR, SCTYP
I Bus number of one end of the branch.

J Bus number of the other end of the branch.
CKT One- or two-character branch circuit identifier; a non-transformer branch with circuit
identifier CKT between buses I and J must be in the working case.

RLINZ Zero sequence branch resistance; entered in pu on system base MVA and bus voltage
base.
RLINZ = 0.0 by default

XLINZ Zero sequence branch reactance; entered in pu on system base MVA and bus voltage
base. Any branch for which RLINZ and XLINZ are both 0.0 is treated as open in the zero
sequence network. XLINZ must be negative for a series capacitor branch.
XLINZ = 0.0 by default

BCHZ Total zero sequence branch charging susceptance; entered in pu.
BCHZ = 0.0 by default

GI,BI Complex zero sequence admittance of the line connected shunt at the bus I end of
the branch; entered in pu.
GI + jBI = 0.0 by default

GJ,BJ Complex zero sequence admittance of the line connected shunt at the bus J end of
the branch; entered in pu.
GJ + jBJ = 0.0 by default

IPR MOV rated current for a series capacitor branch; entered in kA. It must be positive.
IPR = 0.0 by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
152
Sequence Data File Zero Sequence Mutual Impedance Data
SCTYP MOV Protection Mode
• 0 for normal branch (i.e., not a MOV protected branch)
• 1 for MOV Protection enabled
• 2 for MOV Protection disabled
• 3 for Spark Gap Protection enabled (information only, not used in any calculations)
SCTPY=0 by default
The zero sequence network is assumed to be a topological subset of the positive sequence network. That is,
it may have a branch in every location where the positive sequence network has a branch, and may not have
a branch where the positive sequence network does not have a branch. The zero sequence network does not
need to have a branch in every location where the positive sequence network has a branch.
A branch treated as a zero impedance line in the positive sequence (refer to Zero Impedance Lines) is treated
in the same manner in the zero sequence, regardless of its specified zero sequence impedance.
During the initial input of sequence data (i.e., IC = 0 on the first data record), any non-transformer branch
for which no data record of this category is entered is treated as open in the zero sequence network (i.e., the
zero sequence impedance is set to zero). In subsequent executions of activity RESQ (i.e., IC = 1 on the first
data record), any branch for which no data record of this category is entered has its zero sequence branch
data unchanged.
Zero sequence branch data input is terminated with a record specifying a from bus number of zero.
3.7. Zero Sequence Mutual Impedance Data

Data describing mutual couplings between branches in the zero sequence network are entered into the
working case in zero sequence mutual impedance data records in the Sequence Data File. Each zero sequence
mutual impedance data record has the following format:
I, J, CKT1, K, L, CKT2, RM, XM, BIJ1, BIJ2, BKL1, BKL2
I Bus number of one end of the first branch

J Bus number of the other end of the first branch
CKT1 One- or two-character branch circuit identifier of the first branch; a non-transformer
branch with circuit identifier ICKT1 between buses I and J must be in the working case.
CKT1 = '1' by default

K Bus number of one end of the second branch
L Bus number of the other end of the second branch
CKT2 One- or two-character branch circuit identifier of the second branch; a non-trans-
former branch with circuit identifier ICKT2 between buses K and L must be in the
working case.
CKT2 = '1' by default

RM,XM Branch-to-branch mutual impedance coupling circuit CKT1 from bus I to bus J with
circuit CKT2 from bus K to bus L; entered in pu.
PSS®E 35.3.0
153
Sequence Data File Zero Sequence Mutual Impedance Data
BIJ1 Starting location of the mutual coupling along circuit CKT1 from bus I to bus J relative
to the bus I end of the branch; entered in per unit of total line length.
BIJ1 = 0.0 by default

BIJ2 Ending location of the mutual coupling along circuit CKT1 from bus I to bus J relative
to the bus I end of the branch; entered in per unit of total line length.
BIJ2 = 1.0 by default

BKL1 Starting location of the mutual coupling along circuit CKT2 from bus K to bus L relative
to the bus K end of the branch; entered in per unit of total line length.
BKL1 = 0.0 by default

BKL2 Ending location of the mutual coupling along circuit CKT2 from bus K to bus L relative
to the bus K end of the branch; entered in per unit of total line length.
BKL2 = 1.0 by default
The following rules must be observed in specifying mutual impedance data:
• The maximum number of zero sequence mutual couplings that may be entered at the standard size levels
of PSSE is defined in Table 3-1 Standard Maximum PSS®E Program Capacities.
• The polarity of a mutual coupling is determined by the ordering of the bus numbers (I,J,K,L) in the data
record. The dot convention applies, with the from buses (I and K) specifying the two dot ends of the
coupled branches.
• RM+jXM specifies the circuit-to-circuit mutual impedance, given the polarity implied by I and K.
• The geographical B factors are required only if one or both of the two mutually coupled lines is to be
involved in an unbalance part way down the line, and only part of the length of one or both of the lines
is involved in the coupling. (Note that the default values of the B factors result in the entire length of the
first line coupled to the entire length of the second line.)
• The values of the B factors must be between zero and one inclusive; they define the portion of the line
involved in the coupling.
• BIJ1 must be less than BIJ2, and BKL1 must be less than BKL2.
• Mutuals involving transformers or zero impedance lines are ignored by the fault analysis solution activities.
The following figure schematically illustrates a mutual coupling with BIJ1 = 0.0, BIJ2 = 0.4, BKL1 = 0.0 and
BKL2 = 1.0 (the first 40% of the first line coupled with the entire second line).
PSS®E 35.3.0
154
Sequence Data File Zero Sequence Transformer Data
As a second example, BIJ1 = 0.6, BIJ2 = 1.0, BKL1 = 0.0 and BKL2 = 0.6 (last 40% of the first line coupled
with the first 60% of the second line) might be depicted as follows:
Zero sequence mutual impedance data input is terminated with a record specifying a from bus number of
zero.
3.8. Zero Sequence Transformer Data

Zero sequence transformer parameters are entered into the working case in zero sequence transformer data
records in the Sequence Data File. Each transformer data record has one of the following formats:
For two-winding transformers:
I,J,K,CKT,CZ0,CZG,CC,RG1,XG1,R01,X01,RG2,XG2,R02,X02,RNUTRL,XNUTRL
For three-winding transformers:
I,J,K,CKT,CZ0,CZG,CC,RG1,XG1,R01,X01,RG2,XG2,R02,X02,
RG3,XG3,R03,X03,RNUTRL,XNUTRL
Notations used in Zero Sequence Networks
PSS®E 35.3.0
155
Z01=R01+jX01 Z02=R02+jX02 Z03=R03+jX03
Zg1=RG1+jXG1 Zg2=RG2+jXG2 Zg3=RG3+jXG3
Znutrl=RNUTRL+jXNUTRL
I Bus number of the bus to which a winding of the transformer is connected.

J Bus number of the bus to which another winding of the transformer is connected.
K Bus number of the bus to which another winding of the transformer is connected. Zero
is used to indicate that no third winding is present (i.e., that a two-winding transformer
is being specified).
K = 0 by default
CKT One- or two-character transformer circuit identifier; a transformer with circuit identi-
fier CKT between buses I and J (and K if K is non-zero) must be in the working case.

CZ0 The non-grounding impedance data I/O code defines the units in which the impedance
values Z01, Z02 and Z03 are specified. In specifying these impedances, the winding
base voltage values are always the nominal winding voltages (NOMV1, NOMV2 and
NOMV3) that are specified on the third, fourth and fifth records of the Transformer
Data block in the Power Flow Raw Data File; see Transformer Data for more details.
If no value for NOMVn is specified, the winding "n" voltage base is assumed to be
identical to the winding "n" bus base voltage.
Legacy Connection Codes
For those connection codes that existed prior to PSS®E-33, CZ0 must be specified as 1.
• For two-winding transformers, these are connection codes 1 through 9;
• for three-winding transformers, these are connection codes 1 through 6, as well as

the three digit connection codes where each digit refers to one of the two-winding
connection codes 1 through 7 that is to be applied to one of the three windings of
the transformer.
• For all two-winding transformers with legacy connection codes, Z01 is specified
in per unit on system MVA base and winding voltage base. Only for two-winding
transformers with connection code 9, Z02 is specified in per unit on system MVA
base and winding 2 voltage base.
• For all three-winding transformers with legacy connection codes, Z01, Z02 and Z03
are specified in per unit on system MVA base and winding "n" voltage base.
Connection Codes Introduced in PSS®E-33
For all two-digit connection codes for two- and three-winding transformers, CZ0 may
be specified as one of the following values:
• 1 for per unit on system MVA base and winding "n" voltage base
• 2 for per unit on a specified MVA base and winding "n" voltage base
PSS®E 35.3.0
156
These are the same units dictated by CZ values 1 and 2 on the transformer data record
of the Power Flow Raw Data File.
CZG The grounding impedance data I/O code defines the units in which the impedance val-
ues Zg1, Zg2, Zg3 and Znutrl are specified. In specifying these impedances, the wind-
ing base voltage values are always the nominal winding voltages (NOMV1, NOMV2
and NOMV3) that are specified on the third, fourth and fifth records of the Transformer
Data block in the Power Flow Raw Data File. If no value for NOMVn is specified, the
winding "n" voltage base is assumed to be identical to the winding "n" bus base volt-
age.
Legacy Connection Codes
For those connection codes that existed prior to PSS®E-33, CZG must be specified as 1.
• For two-winding transformers, these are connection codes 1 through 9;
• For three-winding transformers, these are connection codes 1 through 6, as well as

the three digit connection codes.
• For two-winding transformers with legacy connection codes 2, 3 and 9, Zg1 is spec-
ified in per unit on system MVA base and winding voltage base.
• For two-winding transformers with connection codes 5 through 8, Zg1 is specified

in per unit on system MVA base and winding voltage base.
• For two-winding transformers with connection code 8, Zg2 is specified in per unit
on system MVA base and winding 2 voltage base.
• For three-winding transformers with legacy connection code 1, Zg1 is specified in

per unit on system MVA base and winding 1 voltage base.
• For three-winding transformers with legacy connection code 5, Zg2 is specified in

per unit on system MVA base and winding 2 voltage base.
Connection Codes Introduced in PSS®E-33
For all two-digit connection codes for two- and three-winding transformers, CZG may
be specified as one of the following values:
• 1 for per unit on system MVA base and winding voltage base
• 2 for per unit on a specified MVA base and winding voltage base
• 3 for ohms
For three winding transformers, Zg1 is on SBASE12, Zg2 on SBASE23, Zg3 on SBASE31,
and Znutrl on SABSE12.
For CZG values of 1 and 2, these are the same units dictated by CZ values 1 and 2 on
the transformer data record of the Power Flow Raw Data File
CC Winding connection code indicating the connections and ground paths to be used in
modeling the transformer in the zero sequence network.
PSS®E 35.3.0
157
For a two-winding transformer, valid values are 1 through 9 and 11 through 23. They
define the following zero sequence connections that are shown in Section Two Wind-
ing Transformer Zero Sequence Network Diagrams and Connection Codes.
1, 11 series path, no ground path.
2, 12 no series path, ground path on Winding 1 side.
3, 13 no series path, ground path on Winding 2 side.
4, 14 no series or ground paths.
5, 15 series path, ground path on Winding 2 side (normally only used as part of a
three-winding transformer).
6, 16 no series path, ground path on Winding 1 side, earthing transformer on Winding

2 side.
7, 17 no series path, earthing transformer on Winding 1 side, ground path on Winding

2 side.
8, 18 series path, ground path on each side.
9, 19 series path on each side, ground path at the junction point of the two series
paths.
20 series path on each side, ground path at the junction point of the two series paths;
wye grounded - wye grounded core type transfromer
21 series path, no ground path; wye grounded - wye grounded non core type auto
transfromer
22 series path, no ground path; wye - wye ungrounded core type auto transfromer
For a three-winding transformer, CC may be specified as a three digit number, each

digit of which is 1 through 7; the first digit applies to Winding 1, the second to Wind-
ing 2, and the third to Winding 3, where the winding connections correspond to the
first seven two-winding transformer connections defined above and shown in Section
5.5.6, Three Winding Transformer Zero Sequence Network Diagrams and Connection
Codes.
Alternatively, several common zero sequence three-winding transformer connection

combinations may be specified using the single digit values 1 through 6. These are
defined the zero sequence transformer connections.
The following ' single digit three-winding connection codes are available, where the
connection codes of the three two-winding transformers comprising the three-wind-
ing transformer are shown in parenthesis in winding number order:
1, 11 series path in all three windings, Winding 1 ground path at the star point bus
(5-1-1).
PSS®E 35.3.0
158
2, 12 series path in Windings 1 and 2, Winding 3 ground path at the star point bus
(1-1-3).
3, 13 series path in Winding 2, ground paths from windings one and three at the star
point bus (3-1-3).
4, 14 no series paths, ground paths from all three windings at the star point bus
(3-3-3).
5, 15 series path in windings one and three, ground path at the Winding 2 side bus
(1-2-1).
6, 16 series path in all three windings, no ground path (1-1-1).
17 series path in Windings 1 and 2, Winding 3 ground path at the star point bus; wye
grounded - wye grounded - delta auto transfromer
18 series path in Windings 1 and 2, no ground path in Winding 3;wye - wye - delta
ungrounded neutral auto transfromer
Section 5.5.3, Transformers in the Zero Sequence, includes examples of the proper
specification of CC and the remaining transformer data items for several types of trans-
formers.
CC = 14 by default
RG1, XG1 Zero sequence grounding impedance on for an impedance grounded transformer.
This data is specified in units specified by CZG.
Refer zero sequence network diagrams for each connection code for specifying this
value.
RG1 = 0.0 and XG1 = 0.0 by default

From two winding transformers connection codes ZG1=RG1+jXG1 is interpreted as:
• ZG1 is grounding impedance of winding 1 when CC>9
• ZG1 is grounding impedance of winding 1 when CC=2
• ZG1 is grounding impedance of winding 2 when CC=3
• ZG1 is grounding impedance at winding 2 bus when CC=5,6
• ZG1 is grounding impedance at winding 1 bus when CC=7,8
• ZG1 is grounding impedance at star point of zero-sequence network T-model when

CC=9
From three winding transformers connection codes ZG1=RG1+jXG1 is interpreted as:
• ZG1 is grounding impedance of winding 1 when CC are two digits, like, CC=12
• ZG1 is grounding impedance at star point of zero-sequence network T-model when

CC=1 or User Code Digit=5
PSS®E 35.3.0
159
• ZG1 is grounding impedance of winding 1 when CC=2 or user code digit is 2.
• ZG1 is grounding impedance of winding 2 when CC=3 or user code digit is 3.

R01, X01 Refer zero sequence network diagram for each connection code for specifying this
value. This value could be:
• Two winding transformer: Z01 is equal to the transformer's zero sequence leakage
impedance. Z01 is equal to the transformer's positive sequence impedance by de-
fault.
• Three winding transformers and connection codes CC=11 and higher: Z01 is equal
to the transformer's winding 1 to winding 2 zero sequence impedance. Z01 is equal
to the transformer's winding 1 to winding 2 positive sequence impedance by de-
fault.
• For three winding transformers and connection codes CC=1 through 9 and User
Code: Z01 is equal to the transformer's winding 1 star-circuit equivalent zero se-
quence impedance. is equal to the transformer's winding 1 star-circuit equivalent
positive sequence impedance by default.
This data is specified in units specified by CZ0.

RG2, XG2 Zero sequence grounding impedance on winding 2 for an impedance grounded trans-
former. This data is applicable for connection codes CC=11 and higher.
Refer zero sequence network diagram for each connection code for specifying this
value.
RG2 = 0.0 and XG2 = 0.0 by default
R02, X02 Refer zero sequence network diagram for each connection code for specifying this
value. This value could be:
• For two winding transformer:
Refer zero sequence network diagram for each connection code for specifying Z02
value. R02 = 0.0 and X02 = 0.0 by default.
• For three winding transformer and connection codes CC=11 and higher:
Z02 is equal to the transformer's winding 2 to winding 3 zero sequence impedance.
Z02 is equal to the transformer's winding 2 to winding 3 positive sequence imped-

ance by default.
• For three winding transformer and connection codes CC=1 through 9 and User
Code: Z02 is equal to the transformer's winding 2 star-circuit equivalent zero se-
quence impedance. Z02 is equal to the transformer's winding 2 star-circuit equiva-
lent positive sequence impedance by default.
This data is specified in units specified by CZ0.
PSS®E 35.3.0
160
RG3, XG3 Zero sequence grounding impedance on winding 3 for an impedance grounded trans-
former. This data is applicable for connection codes CC=11 and higher. This data is
specified in units specified by CZG.
value. RG3 = 0.0 and XG3 = 0.0 by default.
R03, X03 Refer zero sequence network diagram for each connection code for specifyingthis val-
ue. This value could be:
• For three winding transformer and connection codes CC=11 and higher: Z03 is equal
to the transformer's winding 3 to winding 1 zero sequence impedance.
Z03 is equal to the transformer's winding 3 to winding 1 positive sequence impedance

by default.
• For three winding transformer and connection codes CC=1 through 9: Z03 is equal
to the transformer's winding 3 star-circuit equivalent zero sequence impedance.
Z03 is equal to the transformer's winding 3 star-circuit equivalent positive sequence

impedance by default. This data is specified in units specified by CZ0.
RNUTRL, XNUTRL Zero sequence common neutral grounding impedance. This data is applicable for con-
nection codes CC=11 and higher.
value.
RNUTRL = 0.0 and XNUTRL = 0.0 by default.
Refer Sections 5.5.4, 5.5.5 and 5.5.6 for transformer winding connections, zero sequence network diagrams
and connection codes.
In specifying zero sequence impedances for three-winding transformers, note that winding impedances are
required, and that the zero sequence impedances return to the default value of the positive sequence wind-
ing impedances. Recall that, in specifying positive sequence data for three-winding transformers (refer to
Transformer Data), measured impedances between pairs of buses to which the transformer is connected,
not winding impedances, are required. PSSE converts the measured bus-to-bus impedances to winding im-
pedances that are subsequently used in building the network matrices. Activities LIST and EXAM tabulate
both sets of positive sequence impedances.
Recall that the service status of a three-winding transformer may be specified such that two of its windings
are in-service and the remaining winding is out-of-service (refer to Transformer Data). Recall also that data
for the three windings of a three-winding transformer is stored in the working case as three two-winding
transformers (refer to Three-Winding Transformer Notes). Ri + jXi is stored with the two-winding transformer
containing winding i’s data; RG + jXG is stored with the two-winding transformer containing the data of the
winding at which it is applied.
Placing one winding of a three-winding transformer out-of-service may require a change to the zero sequence
data of the two windings that remain in-service. As the fault analysis calculation functions construct the zero
sequence admittance matrix, when a three-winding transformer with one winding out-of-service is encoun-
tered, all data pertaining to the out-of-service winding (i.e., pertaining to the two-winding transformer con-
PSS®E 35.3.0
161
Sequence Data File Zero Sequence Switched Shunt Data
taining the data of the out-of-service winding) is ignored. Thus, any zero sequence series and ground paths
resulting from the impedances and connection code of the out-of-service winding are excluded from the
zero sequence admittance matrix. It is the user’s responsibility to ensure that the zero sequence impedances
and connection codes of the two in-service windings result in the appropriate zero sequence modeling of
the transformer.
Specification of the transformer connection code along with the impedances entered here enables the fault
analysis activities to correctly model the zero sequence transformer connections, including the ground ties
and open series branch created by certain grounded transformer windings. If no connection code is entered
for a transformer, all windings are assumed to be open. Section 5.5.3, Transformers in the Zero Sequence
gives additional details on the treatment of transformers in the zero sequence network, including examples
of specifying data for several types of transformers.
During the initial input of sequence data (i.e., IC = 0 on the first data record), any transformer for which no
data record of this category is entered has it zero sequence winding impedance(s) set to the same value(s)
as its positive sequence winding impedance(s). In subsequent executions of activity RESQ (i.e., IC = 1 on the
first data record), any transformer for which no data record of this category is entered has its zero sequence
transformer data unchanged.
Zero sequence transformer data input is terminated with a record specifying a from bus number of zero.
Figure 3.1. Two-Winding Transformer Positive Sequence Connections
Figure 3.2. Three-Winding Transformer Positive Sequence Connections
3.9. Zero Sequence Switched Shunt Data

Zero sequence shunt admittances for switched shunts are entered into the working case in zero sequence
switched shunt data records in the Sequence Data File. Each switched shunt data record has the following
format:
I, ID, BZ1, BZ2, ... BZ8
PSS®E 35.3.0
162
Sequence Data File Zero Sequence Fixed Shunt Data
I Bus number; bus I must be present in the working case with positive sequence
switched shunt data.
ID One or two character identifier of the switched shunt at bus I for which the data is
ID = '1' by default
BZi Zero sequence admittance increment for each of the steps in block i; entered in MVAR
at 1 pu unit voltage.
BZ i = 0.0 by default
Data specified on zero sequence switched shunt data records must be coordinated with the corresponding
positive sequence data (refer to Switched Shunt Data). The number of blocks and the number of steps in
each block are taken from the positive sequence data.
Activity RESQ generates an alarm for any block for which any of the following applies:
• The positive sequence admittance is positive and the zero sequence admittance is negative.
• The positive sequence admittance is negative and the zero sequence admittance is positive.
• The positive sequence admittance is zero and the zero sequence admittance is non-zero.
The zero sequence admittance switched on at a bus is determined from the bus positive sequence value,
with the same number of blocks and steps in each block switched on.
Zero sequence switched shunt data input is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.
3.10. Zero Sequence Fixed Shunt Data

Zero sequence fixed shunts are entered into the working case in zero sequence fixed shunt data records in
the Sequence Data File. Each zero sequence fixed shunt data record has the following format:
I, ID, GSZERO, BSZERO
I Bus number; bus I must be present in the working case.

ID One or two character identifier of the fixed shunt at bus I for which the data is specified
by this record.
ID = '1' by default
GSZERO Active component of zero sequence admittance to ground to represent this fixed shunt
at bus I; entered in MW at 1 pu voltage.
BSZERO Reactive component of zero sequence admittance to ground to represent this fixed
shunt at bus I; entered in MVAR at 1 pu voltage.
For any fixed shunt for which either no such data record is specified or GSZERO and BSZERO are both speci-
fied as 0.0, no zero sequence ground path is modeled for this fixed shunt. The zero sequence ground tie cre-
ated by a grounded transformer winding is automatically added to whatever zero sequence fixed shunt and
shunt load is specified at the bus when the transformer winding connection code data for the transformer
is specified (refer to Zero Sequence Transformer Data).
Zero sequence fixed shunt data input is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.
PSS®E 35.3.0
163
Sequence Data File Induction Machine Sequence Data
3.11. Induction Machine Sequence Data

Each zero sequence induction machine data has the following format:
I, ID, CZG, GRDFLG, ILR2IR_SUB, R2X_SUB, ZR0, ZX0, ZRG, ZXG, ILR2IR_TRN, R2X_TRN,
ILR2IR_NEG, R2X_NEG
I Bus number; bus I must be present in the working case as an induction machine bus.
ID One or two character identifier of the induction machine at bus I for which the data
is specified by this record.
ID = '1' by default
CZG Units of grounding impedance (ZRG and ZXG) values, = 1 for pu (on bus voltage base
and MBASE), = 2 for Ohms
GRDFLG 1 for grounded machine, 0 for ungrounded machine (Most commonly, stator winding
is either delta connected or star connected with the neutral isolated.) GRDFLG=0 by
default.
ILR2IR_SUB Ratio of positive sequence subtransient locked rotor current to rated current.
R2X_SUB Ratio of positive sequence subtransient resistance to reactance. This is used only when
positive sequence impedance is calculated using ILR2IR_SUB.
R2X_SUB = 0.0 by default

ZR0 Zero sequence resistance; entered in pu on machine base (i.e., on bus voltage base
and MBASE).
ZR0 = 0.0 by default

ZX0 Zero sequence reactance; entered in pu on machine base (i.e., on bus voltage base
and MBASE). Induction machine is isolated in zero sequence if the stator winding is
either delta connected or star connected with the neutral isolated.
For a star connected stator winding with an earthed neutral, zero sequence imped-
ance is much smaller than motor starting impedance (subtransient or transient) and
does not vary with time. Induction machine zero sequence impedance can be assumed
equal to the stator ac resistance
ZX0 = ZXPPDV by default depending on generator impedance option

ZRG Grounding resistance; entered in pu on machine base (i.e., on bus voltage base and
MBASE) when CZG=1 or in ohms when CZG=2.
ZRG = 0.0 by default

ZXG Grounding reactance; entered in pu on machine base (i.e., on bus voltage base and
MBASE) when CZG=1 or in ohms when CZG=2.
ZXG = 0.0 by default

ILR2IR_TRN Ratio of positive sequence transient locked rotor current to rated current.
R2X_TRN Ratio of positive sequence transient resistance to reactance. This is used only when
positive sequence impedance is calculated using ILR2IR_TRN.
R2X_TRN = 0.0 by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
164
Sequence Data File Induction Machine Sequence Data
ILR2IR_NEG Ratio of negative sequence locked rotor current to rated current.

R2X_NEG Ratio of negative sequence resistance to reactance. This is used only when negative
sequence impedance is calculated using ILR2IR_NEG.
R2X_NEG = 0.0 by default
Application Notes:
Positive (ZP) and negative (ZN) sequence impedances are calculated as below.
1. When locked rotor current to rated current sequence data is provided, depending on activity "reactance"
option used:
2. When locked rotor current to rated current sequence data is not provided:
3. When ILR2IR_NEG and R2X_NEG are not provided, ZN=ZP.
Figure 3.3. Induction Machine Sequence Network
PSS®E 35.3.0
165
Sequence Data File Non-Conventional Source - Fault Con-
tribution Characteristics Data
3.12. Non-Conventional Source - Fault Contribution

Characteristics Data
The fault contribution from non-conventional sources like Type 3 and Type 4 Wind Generators and Photo
Voltaic Sources is very much dependent on the voltage source converters and their controls. Two different
characteristics are modeled.
• Time dependent fault current contribution (TI Characteristics)
A source injects short circuit current and is independent of its terminal voltage. The amount of fault cur-
rent contribution is determined from its pre-fault loading condition and TI characteristics. For example,
activities ASCC and SCMU calculates momentary fault currents, so the fault current contribution specified
at Time=0.0 is used.
The active and reactive components of short circuit current, CiP and CiQ, are specified in per unit on rat-
ed voltage and base MVA of the source. The components CiP and CiQdo not include the source pre-fault
loadings.
• Voltage dependent fault current contribution (TI Characteristics)
A source injects short circuit current which is a function of its terminal voltage and mode of operation
[active power or reactive power priority]. The amount of fault current contribution is determined by iter-
ating over the positive sequence bus voltage and desired current as per its characteristics and pre-fault
loading condition. For faults at source bus, the fault contribution will be maximum and as fault moves
away from its bus the contribution will decrease. If the fault is farther enough such that its terminal voltage
remains same as pre-fault voltage or within dead-band voltage limits, the source will contribute only pre-
fault loading condition currents to the fault.
The active and reactive components of short circuit current, CiP and CiQ, are dependent on the pre-fault
active power of the source [2]. Considering rated active power and power factor, specify C iP and CiQ on
base MVA of the source. The components CiP and CiQdo not include the source pre-fault loadings.
As shown in Figure 3.4, “Non-conventional Source Fault Contribution Characteristics”, the fault contribution
characteristics may have up to 20 points. A minimum of one point is required. This characteristics could be
defined separately for each postive and negative sequence components. Points are specified six per line in
each source data block. As many records as are needed (with six points per record) are entered. End of data
for a source is specified by specifying an additional point with the three values defining the point all specified
as 0.0.
Each data record has following format:
NAME, CHRTYP, T1, C1P, C1Q, T2, C2P, C2Q, ... T6, C6P, C6Q
T7, C7P, C7Q, T8, C8P, C8Q, ... T12, C12P, C12Q
.
.
Tn, CnP, CnQ, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric identifier assigned to table. Each Fault Contribution Char-
acter- istics table must have unique NAME. The NAME may be up to 12 characteristics
and may contain any combination of blanks, uppercase letters, numbers and special
PSS®E 35.3.0
166
characters, but the first character must not be a minus sign. The NAME must be en-
closed in single or double quotes if it contains any blanks or special characters.
No default allowed.
CHRTYP Three character Fault Contribution Characteristics Type.
CHRTYP = 'TIM' for Time dependent fault current contribution
CHRTYP = 'VLT' for Voltage dependent fault current contribution
No default allowed.
Ti Time in seconds when curve is for Time dependent fault current contribution.
Source Terminal (Bus) Voltage in PU when curve is for Voltage dependent fault current
contribution.
Ti values must be specified in ascending order.

CiP The active component of the fault current contribution in pu on rated (1.0 pu) current
and rated voltage base (1.0 pu) at Ti.
CiQ The reactive component of fault current contribution in pu on rated (1.0 pu) current
and rated voltage base (1.0 pu) at Ti. When supplying reactive power, specify CiQ as
positive.
PSS®E 35.3.0
167
Figure 3.4. Non-conventional Source Fault Contribution Characteristics

Application Notes - The fault current (CiP+jCiQ) is limited to possible maximum amount of fault current con-
tribution, which is generally upto 1.3 pu. Refer Program Applicate Guide, Volume 1, Chapter "Fault Analysis"
for technical details.
PSS®E 35.3.0
168
Sequence Data File Non-Conventional Source - Generator
Data
3.13. Non-Conventional Source - Generator Data

When a source in the network is not a conventional synchronous machine, but a non-conventional source
which is typically connected to the grid though voltage source converters, viz.,Type 4 WTG or PV, then the
fault contributions from such a source is specified using this data record. For these sources the fault response
is controlled by its converter control characteristics.
When a generator has non-conventional source data specified, its "generator sequence data" record, even
if present, is ignored.
This fault current contribution and its sequence network model is shown in Figure 3.5, “Non-conventional
Source Sequence Network”.
Figure 3.5. Non-conventional Source Sequence Network

Each data record has following format:
I, ID, CHRTYP, POSTBL, NEGTBL, IFMAX, DBVMIN, DBVMAX
I Bus number; bus I must be present in the working case as a generator bus.
ID One or two character source identifier of the generator bus I for which the data is
ID = '1' by default
CHRTYP Three character Fault Contribution Characteristics Type.
CHRTYP = 'TIM' for Time dependent fault current contribution
CHRTYP = 'VLT' for Voltage dependent fault current contribution
CHRTYP = 'TIM' by default

POSTBL Previously defined Fault Contribution Characteristics table name used to determine
fault current contribution.
PSS®E 35.3.0
169
Data
The POSTBL table name must be defined in "Non-Conventional Source Fault Contribu-
tion Characteristics Data" records.
No default allowed.
NEGTBL Previously defined Fault Contribution Characteristics table name used to determine
negative sequence impedance.
The NEGTBL table name must be defined in "Non-Conventional Source Fault Contribu-
tion Characteristics Data" records.
NEGTBL='' (blank) by default meaning this generator is treated as open circuit in neg-
ative sequence.
It is allowed to specifiy NEGTBL to be same as POSTBL.

IFMAX PU maximum total current magnitude allowed during a fault.
IFMAX = 1.3 pu by default

DBVMIN PU dead-band minimum and maximum voltage limits at the source bus.
DBVMAX In this voltage dead-band, the source is considered operating in normal state with ac-
tive power priority. Outside of this voltage dead-band, the source is considered oper-
ating with reactive power priority.
When DBVMIN=DBVMAX these limits are ignored and the source is considered oper-
ating with reactive power priority.
DBVMIN=0.9 pu be default
DBVMAX=1.1 pu be default
Application Notes:
• The characteristics type (CHRTYP) of POSTBL and NEGTBL tables must be the same. The names of POSTBL
and NEGTBL could be different.
• At version 35.2, two data record groups “NCS Fault Contribution Characteristics Data” and “NCS – Generator
Data” are added. These two record groups are update of a record group “NCS Fault Contribution Data” at
version 35.0. The record groups are updated to provide following benefits.
• Ability to specify same “Fault Contribution Characteristics Data” to multiple sources.
• Ability to specify different fault contribution characteristics for positive sequence and negative se-
quence.
• Ability to specify voltage dependent fault contribution characteristics.
• Ability to specify voltage limits during which NCS contributes only pre-fault loading currents to the fault.
• Ability to specify maximum fault current contribution from NCS.
• Version 35.2 [and later] can read sequence file of version 35.0 format, but will write only version 35.2
format sequence file.
PSS®E 35.3.0
170
Data
• Version 35.2 [and later] will write only positive sequence time dependent fault contribution characteristics
for version 34 format sequence file.
• Following was format of "Non Conventional Source Fault Contribution Data” record used in versions 35.0
and 35.1. Use this for information only.
I, ID, T1, C1P, C1Q, T2, C2P, C2Q, ... T6, C6P, C6Q
where
I - Machine Bus Number
ID - Machine Identifier
Ti - Time in seconds
CiP - Active Component of fault current contribution in pu
CiQ - Reactive Component of fault current contribution in pu
PSS®E 35.3.0
171
Sequence Data File Application Notes - Transformers in the
Zero Sequence
3.14. Application Notes - Transformers in the Zero

Sequence
®
The fault analysis activities of PSS E handle the zero sequence representation of two- and three-winding
transformers automatically. Other nonstandard transformer types must be reduced to combinations of two-
winding transformers, three-winding transformers, and/or branches by the use of dummy buses and equiv-
alent circuits. Note again that the introduction of buses and branches needed for the modeling of nonstan-
dard transformers is accomplished by their addition to the positive sequence network via activities READ,
TREA, or RDCH, or the [Spreadsheet].
Transformer zero sequence data is entered into the working case by means of zero sequence transformer data
records in the Sequence Data File. Transformers are represented in the zero sequence as per their connection
codes. The establishment of the connections and ground paths is handled automatically on the basis of the
impedances and connection code entered and the winding turns ratios.
Zero sequence transformer default data is such that the transformer appears as an open circuit in the zero
sequence network. Therefore, zero sequence data must be entered for all grounded transformers.
Connection codes do not indicate the inherent phase shift due to the relative connection of delta and wye
windings. If this phase shift is to be represented, it must be specified in the positive sequence power flow
data.
Virtually any impedance grounded two-winding transformer may be modeled automatically by specifying
its winding and grounding impedances along with the appropriate connection code. Many three-winding
transformer configurations may be handled in a similar manner; others require the addition of 3Zg or other
impedances to one or more of the winding impedances.
The winding numbers specified in zero sequence network diagrams are not directly associated with the nom-
inal voltage levels of those windings. They are associated with corresponding winding connection only.
PSS®E 35.3.0
172
Sequence Data File Auto Transformer Equivalent Circuit
3.14.1. Auto Transformer Equivalent Circuit

The equivalent circuit impedance of an auto transformer can be determined from a short circuit test per-
formed as shown in Figure 3.6, “Auto-transformer Equivalent Circuit”.
Figure 3.6. Auto-transformer Equivalent Circuit

Auto transformer ohmic impedance measured across circuit 1 when circuit 2 is short circuited (winding im-
pedance) as shown in (b) and (c) is given by:
Auto transformer turns ratio are defined as:
PSS®E 35.3.0
173
Sequence Data File Two Winding Transformer Zero Se-
quence Networks
3.14.2. Two Winding Transformer Zero Sequence Networks

*
NOTE: * in grounding impedance notations (like Zg1 ) in zero seq/uence network diagrams means PSS®E will
automatically multiply that grounding impedance by a factor 3.
CC=1 and CC=11
Series Path, No Ground Path
Figure 3.7. YNyn transformer zero sequence network
Figure 3.8. YNyn with neutral impedance transformer zero sequence network
CC=11 PSS®E calculates pu Znutrl0 as below:
Set:
• R01+jX01 = Zt0
• RG1+jXG1 = Zg1
• RG2+jXG2 = Zg2
• RNUTRL+jXNUTRL = Znutrl
NOTE: When CC=1, data specified for Zg1 and Zg2 will be ignored. Hint instead use CC=11.
PSS®E 35.3.0
174
quence Networks
CC=2 and CC=12
No Series Path, Ground Path on Winding 1 side
Figure 3.9. YNd transformer zero sequence network
Figure 3.10. Znyn, Zny, or ZNd transformer zero sequence network
PSS®E 35.3.0
175
quence Networks
Figure 3.11. YNy core type transformer zero sequence network

NOTE: When CC=2, data specified for Zg1 will be used as grounding impedance of winding 1.
PSS®E 35.3.0
176
quence Networks
CC=3 and CC=13
No Series Path, Ground Path on Winding 2 side
Figure 3.12. Dyn transformer zero sequence network
Figure 3.13. YNzn, Yzn or Dzn transformer zero sequence network
PSS®E 35.3.0
177
quence Networks
Figure 3.14. Yyn core type transformer zero sequence network

NOTE: To make backward compatible, when CC=3, data specified for Zg1 will be used as grounding
impedance of winding 2. Hint instead use CC=13 and specify Zg2.
PSS®E 35.3.0
178
quence Networks
CC=4 and CC=14
No Series Path, No Ground Path
Figure 3.15. Yy, Yd, Dy, Dd, Yyn or YNy transformer zero sequence network
Figure 3.16. Ya ungrounded auto transformer zero sequence network
PSS®E 35.3.0
179
quence Networks
CC=5 and CC=15
Series Path, Ground Path on Winding 2 side
Figure 3.17. CC=5 or CC=15 zero sequence network

NOTE: To make backward compatible, when CC=5, data specified for Zg1 will be used as grounding
impedance at winding 2 side. Hint instead use CC=15 and specify Zg2.
PSS®E 35.3.0
180
quence Networks
CC=6 and CC=16
Wye grounded - delta with an earting transformer
No Series Path, Ground Path on Winding 1 side, Earthing transformer on Winding 2 Side
Figure 3.18. YNd transformer with Zigzag or YNd earthing transformer on winding 2
side zero sequence network
Note: Activity IECS applies impedance correction factors to transformer impedances. When main and
earthing transformers are modeled separately with CC=2, impedance correction factors are applied
to both main and earthing transformers. This is incorrect. The impedance correction factors should
not applied to earthing transformer. So model main and earthing transformers correctly using CC=6
or CC=16.
PSS®E 35.3.0
181
quence Networks
Figure 3.19. YNzn or Dzn core type transformer zero sequence network
PSS®E 35.3.0
182
quence Networks
CC=7 and CC=17
Delta with an earting transformer - Wye grounded
No Series Path, Earting transformer on Winding 1 Side, Ground Path on Winding 2 side
Figure 3.20. Dyn transformer with Zigzag or YNd earthing transformer on winding 1
side zero sequence network
No Series Path, Ground Path on Winding 2 side through core magnetizing impedance
Figure 3.21. ZNyn or ZNd core type transformer zero sequence network
PSS®E 35.3.0
183
quence Networks
CC=8 and CC=18
Wye grounded - wye grounded three legged core type auto transformer
Series Path, Ground Path each side
Figure 3.22. YNa core type auto transformer zero sequence network
PSS®E 35.3.0
184
quence Networks
CC=8 CC=18
PSS®E calculates pu values as:

Calculate:
Z10, Z20, ZM0 from equations as in CC=18
Set:
- R01+jX01 = ZM0
- RG1+jXG1 = Z10
- RG2+jXG2 = Z20
CC=18
Set:
- R01+jX01 = Zto
- R02+jX02 = ZphiC
- RG2+jXG2 = Zg2
Where:
ZphiC is the magnetising (exciting) impedance as measured on the Common Winding with series winding on
the same core open circuited and zero sequence voltage is applied to Terminal 2.
Refer auto transformer equivalent circuit represention description for definition of N and Zto.
PSS®E 35.3.0
185
quence Networks
CC=9 and CC=19
• Series Path on each side, Ground Path at the junction point of the two series paths
• Wye grouned - wye grounded three legged core type auto transformer
Figure 3.23. YNa core type auto transformer zero sequence network
PSS®E 35.3.0
186
quence Networks
CC=9 CC=19
Set:
Calculate:
- R01+jX01 = Zto
Z1S, Z2S, ZSG from equations as in CC=19
- R02+jX02 = ZphiC
Set: - RG2+jXG2 = Zg2
- R01+jX01 = Z1S
- R02+jX02 = Z2S
- RG1+jXG1 = ZSG
Where:
ZphiC is the magnetising (exciting) impedance as measured on the Common Winding with series winding on
the same core open circuited and zero sequence voltage is applied to Terminal 2.
Refer auto transformer equivalent circuit representation description for definition of N and ZCS.
PSS®E 35.3.0
187
quence Networks
CC=20
• Series Path on each side, Ground Path at the junction point of the two series paths
• Wye grouned - wye grounded core type transformer
Figure 3.24. YNyn with or without neutral impedance core type transformer zero
sequence network
PSS®E 35.3.0
188
quence Networks
Set: PSS®E calculates pu values as:
- R01+jX01 = Zt0
- R02+jX02 = Zphi0
- RG1+jXG1 = Zg1
- RG2+jXG2 = Zg2
- RNUTRL+jXNUTRL = Znutrl
Where:
Zphi1 is the magnetising (exciting) impedance as measured on Winding 1 with winding 2 on the same core
open circuited and zero sequence voltage is applied to Winding 1.
Zphi2 is the magnetising (exciting) impedance as measured on Winding 2 with winding 2 on the same core
open circuited and zero sequence voltage is applied to Winding 2.
Zphi0 = Zphi1 or Zphi2, if Zphi1 = Zphi2
Zphi0 = 0.5(Zphi1 + Zphi2) if Zphi1 ≠ Zphi2
PSS®E 35.3.0
189
quence Networks
CC=21
Figure 3.25. YNa auto transformer zero sequence network

- R01+jX01 = Zto
- RG2+jXG2 = Zg2
Refer auto transformer equivalent circuit represention description for definition of N and Zto.
PSS®E 35.3.0
190
quence Networks
CC=22
Wye - wye ungrounded core type auto transformer
Figure 3.26. Ya ungrounded core type auto transformer zero sequence network
- R01+jX01 = ZphiS
Where:
ZphiS is the magnetising (exciting) impedance as measured on the Series Winding with all the other windings
on the same core open circuited and zero sequence voltage is applied to Terminal 1.
Refer auto transformer equivalent circuit representation description for definition of N.
PSS®E 35.3.0
191
Sequence Data File Three Winding Transformer Zero Se-
quence Network
3.14.3. Three Winding Transformer Zero Sequence Network

Note:
Impedance Notations used in the Zero Sequence Networks:

0
Z12 = Zero sequence leakage impedance between winding 1 and winding 2
0
0
Zg1 = Winding 1 grounding impedance
Znutrl = Neutral grounding impedance
The three Winding transformer is modeled as T-model in zero sequence network. The impedances of this T-
model are calculated from transformer test report in-between winding impedances as below.
0 0 0 0
Zt1 = 0.5(Z12 + Z31 - Z23 )
0 0 0 0
Zt2 = 0.5(Z12 + Z23 - Z31 )
0 0 0 0
Zt3 = 0.5(Z23 + Z31 - Z12 )
where:
0
Zt1 = Zero sequence impedance between winding 1 and star point
0
0
The in-between winding impedances can be calculated from T-model impedances as below:
Z12 = Z1 + Z2
Z23 = Z2 + Z3
Z31 = Z3 + Z1
PSS®E 35.3.0
192
quence Network
CC=1 and CC=11 (511)
Series path in all three Windings, Winding 1 ground path at star point bus
Figure 3.27. YNynyn with magnetising impedance modelled transformer zero

sequence network
CC=1 or CC=511 CC=11
Calculate:
Set:
0 0 0
Z1 , Z 2 , Z3 from equations as in CC=11 0
- R01+jX01 = Z12
0
Set (pu): - R02+jX02 = Z23
0 0
- R01+jX01 = Z1 - R03+jX03 = Z31
0
- R02+jX02 = Z2 - RG1+jXG1 = Zg1
0
- R03+jX03 = Z3
- RG1+jXG1 = Zg1 0 0 0
- Zt1 , Zt2 , Zt3
0 0
Assigned: - Z1 = Zt1
0 0 0
- Z1 = R01+jX01 - Z2 = Zt2
0 0 0
- Z2 = R02+jX02 - Z3 = Zt3
0 0
- Z3 = R03+jX03 - Zg = 3(RG1+jXG1)
PSS®E automatically multiplies grounding imped-

ance by 3.
0
- Zg = 3(RG1+jXG1)
PSS®E 35.3.0
193
quence Network
CC=2 and CC=12 (113)

Series path in Windings 1 and 2, Winding 3 ground path at star point bus
(For YNad, refer CC=17)
Figure 3.28. YNynd transformer zero sequence network

CC=2 or CC=113 CC=12 Calculated (pu):
Calculate: Set: (with Znutrl)

0 0 0 0
Zt1 , Z2 , Z3 from equations - R01+jX01 = Z12
as in CC=12 0
- R02+jX02 = Z23
0
Set (pu): - R03+jX03 = Z31
0
- R01+jX01 = Zt1 - RG1+jXG1 = Zg1
0
- R02+jX02 = Z2 - RG2+jXG2 = Zg2
0
- R03+jX03 = Z3
Calculated (pu):
- RG1+jXG1 = Zg3
(no Znutrl)
Assigned: 0 0 0
- Zt1 , Zt2 , Zt3
0
- Z1 = R01+jX01 0 0
- Z1 = Zt1 + 3Zg1
0
- Z2 = R02+jX02 0 0
- Z2 = Zt2 + 3Zg2
0
- Z3 = R03+jX03+ 3Zg3 0 0
- Z3 = Zt3
Note: When CC=2 or CC=113, Zg3 assigned is a fictious grounding impedance derived from T-model.
PSS®E 35.3.0
194
quence Network
CC=3 and CC=13 (313)
Series path in Windings 2, ground paths from Windings 1 and 3 at star point bus
Figure 3.29. Dynd transformer zero sequence network

Calculate: Set:
0 0 0 0
Z1 , Z 2 , Z3 from equations as in CC=13 - R01+jX01 = Z12
0
Set (pu): - R02+jX02 = Z23
0 0
- R01+jX01 = Z1 - R03+jX03 = Z31
0
- R02+jX02 = Z2 - RG2+jXG2 = Zg2
0
- R03+jX03 = Z3
Calculated (pu):
- RG1+jXG1 = Zg1 0 0 0
- Zt1 , Zt2 , Zt3
Assigned: 0 0
- Z1 = Zt1
0
- Z1 = R01+jX01 + 3Zg1 0 0
- Z2 = Zt2 + 3(RG2+jXG2)
0
- Z2 = R02+jX02 0 0
- Z3 = Zt3
0
- Z3 = R03+jX03
Note: When CC=3 or CC=313, Zg1 assigned is a fictious grounding impedance derived from T-model.
PSS®E 35.3.0
195
quence Network
CC=4 and CC=14 (333)
No series paths, ground paths from all three Windings at the star point bus
Figure 3.30. Ddd, Ddy, Dyd, Dyy, Ydd, Ydy, Yyd or Yyy transformer zero sequence
network
Calculate: Set:
0 0 0 0
0
Set (pu): - R02+jX02 = Z23
0 0
- R01+jX01 = Z1 - R03+jX03 = Z31
0
- R02+jX02 = Z2
Calculated (pu):
0
- R03+jX03 = Z3 0 0 0
- Zt1 , Zt2 , Zt3
Assigned: 0 0
- Z1 = Zt1
0
- Z1 = R01+jX01 0 0
- Z2 = Zt2
0
- Z2 = R02+jX02 0 0
- Z3 = Zt3
0
- Z3 = R03+jX03
PSS®E 35.3.0
196
quence Network
CC=5 and CC=15 (121)
Series path in Windings 1 and 3, ground path at Winding 2 side bus
Figure 3.31. Dynd auto transformer zero sequence network

Calculate: Set:
0 0 0 0
0
- R02+jX02 = Z23
Set (pu):
0
0
- R03+jX03 = Z31
- R01+jX01 = Z1
0
- RG2+jXG2 = Zg2
- R02+jX02 = Z2
0
- R03+jX03 = Z3 Calculated (pu):
0 0 0
- RG2+jXG2 = Zg2 - Zt1 , Zt2 , Zt3
0 0
- Z1 = Zt1
Assigned:
0 0
0
- Z2 = Zt2
- Z1 = R01+jX01
0 0
0
- Z3 = Zt3
- Z2 = R02+jX02
0
0
- Zg = 3(RG2+jXG2)
- Z3 = R03+jX03
Calculated (pu)
0
- Zg = 3(RG2+jXG2)
PSS®E 35.3.0
197
quence Network
CC=6 and CC=16 (111)
Series path in all three Windings, no ground path
Figure 3.32. YNynyn transformer zero sequence network

CC=6 or CC=111 CC=16 Calculated (pu):
Calculate: Set: (with Znutrl)

0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Z1 , Z 2 , Z3 from equations as - R01+jX01 = Z12 - Calculate Zt1 , Zt2 , Zt3
in CC=16 0
- R02+jX02 = Z23
0
Set (pu): - R03+jX03 = Z31
0
- R01+jX01 = Z1 - RG1+jXG1 = Zg1
0
- R02+jX02 = Z2 - RG2+jXG2 = Zg2
0
- R03+jX03 = Z3 - RG3+jXG3 = Zg3
Assigned: Calculated (pu):

0
- Z1 = R01+jX01 (without Znutrl)
0 0 0 0
- Z2 = R02+jX02 - Zt1 , Zt2 , Zt3
0 0 0
- Z3 = R03+jX03 - Z1 = Zt1 + 3 (RG1+jXG1)
0 0
- Z2 = Zt2 + 3 (RG2+jXG2)
0 0
- Z3 = Zt3 + 3 (RG3+jXG3)
PSS®E 35.3.0
198
quence Network
CC=17
Series path in Windings 1 and 2, Winding 3 ground path at star point bus
(For wye grounded - wye grounded - delta non auto transformer, refer CC=12)
Figure 3.33. Ynad (grounded) auto transformer zero sequence network

CC=17 Calculated (pu):
Set:
0
- R01+jX01 = Z12
0
- R02+jX02 = Z23
0
- R03+jX03 = Z31
- RG2+jXG2 = Zg2
For auto transformers with one/two neutral connections taken out, IEEE Std C57.12.90-2015 standard pro-
vides the test procedure and T-model impedance calculations from that test data.
Figure 3.34. Equivalent zero sequnce network for a transformer with two externally
o
available neutrals and 0 phase shift between windings 1 and 2
Following four test results are used to determine zero sequence network:
PSS®E 35.3.0
199
quence Network
• Test 1 - Apply voltage winding 1 and its neutral. All other windings are open-circuited. The measured zero
sequence is represented by Z1N0.
• Test 2 - Apply voltage winding 1 and its neutral. Short Winding 2 and its neutral. All other windings may
be open-circuited or shorted. The measured zero sequence is represented by Z 1Ns.
• Test 3 - Apply voltage winding 2 and its neutral. All other windings are open-circuited. The measured zero
sequence is represented by Z2N0.
• Test 4 - Apply voltage winding 2 and its neutral. Short Winding 1 and its neutral. All other windings may
be open-circuited or shorted. The measured zero sequence is represented by Z 2Ns.
The zero sequence network T-model impedances are calculated as below.
Set PSSE seqence data as below.

0
• R01 + j X01 = Z12 = Z1 + Z2
0
• R02 + j X02 = Z23 = Z2 + Z3
0
• R03 + j X03 = Z31 = Z3 + Z1
PSS®E 35.3.0
200
quence Network
CC=18
Figure 3.35. Yad (ungrounded) auto transformer zero sequence network

Set:
0
- R01+jX01 = Z12
0
- R02+jX02 = Z23
0
- R03+jX03 = Z31
Calculated (pu):
0 0 0
Calculate Zt1 , Zt2 , Zt3
PSS®E 35.3.0
201
Chapter 4
Optimal Power Flow Data File
4.1. Overview
The input stream to activity ROPF is a Optimal Power Flow Data File containing 17 groups of records with
each group specifying a particular type of OPF data or constraint definition required for OPF work (see Figure
3-1). Any piece of equipment for which OPF data is to be entered in activity ROPF must be represented as
power flow data in the working case. That is, activity ROPF will not accept data for a bus, generator, branch,
switched shunt or fixed shunt not contained in the working case.
Change Code
Bus Voltage Constraint Data
Adjustable Bus Shunt Data
Bus Load Data
Adjustable Bus Load Table Data
Generator Dispatch Data
Active Power Dispatch Data
Generation Reserve Data
Generation Reactive Capability Data
Adjustable Branch Reactance Data
Piece-wise Linear Cost Data
Piece-wise Quadratic Cost Data
Polynomial and Exponential Cost Table
PSS®E 35.3.0
202
Optimal Power Flow Data File Change Code
Period Reserve Constraint Data
Branch Flow Constraint Data
Interface Flow Constraint Data
Linear Constraint Dependency Data
Optimal Power Flow Raw Data File Structure
4.2. Change Code

The OPF data modification code indicates whether a new set of optimal power flow data records are to be
loaded into the working case, or whether the existing optimal power flow data is to be modified or appended
with updated information. This value is only used within the OPF Raw Data File.
Within the OPF Raw Data File, this record contains one data field entered as follows:
ICODE
ICODE ICODE = 0. All data within the OPF Raw Data File is treated as new data and entered
into the working case. Any optimal power flow data that may have previously existed
within the working case is erased prior to the reading of the rest of the data records
contained within the OPF Raw Data File.
ICODE = 1. All data within the OPF Raw Data File is to supersede values that current-
ly exist in the working case. Any data records introduced through the OPF Raw Data
File which do not correspond to an existing record within the working case, are auto-
matically appended to the data records already within the current working case. Data
records which do correspond to an entry within the working case are simply updated
to reflect the new values.
4.3. Bus Voltage Constraint Data

OPF Bus Voltage Constraint records define lower and upper voltage limits at each bus existing within the
PSSE power flow data model. Constraints may only be applied to existing buses; no new buses may be added
through the Bus Voltage Constraint record.
By default, all buses within the working case automatically have OPF Bus Voltage Constraint records defined.
The OPF Bus Voltage records of out of service (Type 4) buses can be modified but the bus and all bus asso-
ciated models (voltage constraints, bus shunts, loads, etc.) will not be utilized by the optimal power flow
solution process.
4.3.1. Bus Voltage Attribute Record

The format for each OPF Bus Voltage Attribute record is:
BUS, VNMAX, VNMIN, VEMAX, VEMIN, LTYP, SLPEN
PSS®E 35.3.0
203
Optimal Power Flow Data File Bus Voltage Attribute Record
When entered in the OPF Raw Data File each field must be separated by either a space or a comma. Any
blank fields must be delineated by commas. A bus value of zero (0) indicates that no further bus voltage
constraint records are to be processed.
Each bus voltage constraint record is uniquely identified by a bus identifier. The values for each record is
defined as follows:
BUS A bus number between 1 and 999997. The specified bus number must correspond to
a bus already defined within the power flow working case.
VNMAX The maximum bus voltage magnitude value, entered in pu. The normal and emer-
gency OPF bus voltage limits are independent of the normal and emergency bus volt-
age limits in the main network bus data. The OPF bus voltage limits may be initialized
to those of the network bus voltage limits through either the OPF bus and bus subsys-
tem spreadsheets, or through the OPF bus API commands.
VNMAX = 9999.0 by default

VNMIN The minimum bus voltage magnitude value, entered in pu.
VNMIN = -9999.0 by default

VEMAX The maximum emergency bus voltage magnitude value, entered in pu. To enforce
recognition of the minimum and maximum emergency voltage limits during the OPF
solution, select the Impose emergency bus voltage limits solution option. Otherwise
the normal voltage limits, as entered above, will be utilized. Refer to Impose Emer-
gency Bus Voltage Limits for more information.
VEMAX = 9999.0 by default

VEMIN The minimum emergency bus voltage magnitude value, entered in pu.
VEMIN = -9999.0 by default

LTYP One of four limit types may be enforced during the OPF solution:
• Reporting only (0),Only report on violations of the bus voltage limits, taking no
action if the voltage falls outside of limits.
• Hard limit (1). Strictly enforce the specified bus voltage magnitude limits through
the use of barrier terms.
• Soft limit with a linear penalty (2). Permit bus voltages to go outside of their speci-
fied voltage magnitude limits, but penalize excursions linearly. The Soft limit penal-
ty weight, SLPEN, is used in conjunction with this penalty to indicate severity of
excursion.
• Soft limit with a quadratic penalty (3). Permit bus voltages to go outside of their
specified voltage limits, but penalize excursions along a quadratic curve. The Soft
limit penalty weight, SLPEN, is used in conjunction with this penalty to indicate
severity of excursion.
Refer to Section 14.7.2 Accommodating Inequality Constraints for more information

on the limit type options.
LTYP = 1 (Hard limit) by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
204
Optimal Power Flow Data File Adjustable Bus Shunt Data
SLPEN The soft limit penalty weight value applied to either the linear or quadratic soft limit
penalty functions. The larger the number, the higher the penalty for voltage excursions
outside of limits.
SLPEN = 1.0 by default
4.4. Adjustable Bus Shunt Data

Adjustable Bus Shunt Records define candidate bus locations for shunt compensation. These records are
unique to the PSSE OPF but do impact bus shunts within the power flow data model after an OPF solution.
If a corresponding bus and bus shunt identifier is found, then the BINIT value will be updated with the new
OPF solution value; otherwise a new bus shunt will be added to the power flow network data. The switched
shunt data records defined within the PSSE power flow data model are not affected by the OPF Adjustable
Bus Shunt data.
The maximum and minimum var limits specified in the Adjustable Bus Shunt records are used in conjunction
with the Minimize Adjustable Bus Shunts objective function. Details of the adjustable bus shunt model can
be found in Section 14.6.2 Adjustable Bus Shunt.
An individual bus may have one or more adjustable bus shunts defined, each differentiated by a unique bus
shunt identifier.
The format for each Adjustable Bus Shunt record is:
BUS, ID, BINIT, BMAX, BMIN, BCOST, STATUS, CTYP, CTBL
When entering records in the OPF Raw Data File, each field must be separated by either a space or a com-
ma and any fields left blank must be delineated by commas. A bus value of zero indicates that no further
Adjustable Bus Shunt records are to be processed.
The bus number and shunt identifier uniquely identifies each Adjustable Bus Shunt record. The values for
each record are described as follows:
an existing bus within the power flow working case.
ID A one or two character identifier that uniquely identifies the bus shunt at the bus. If
this field is left blank, the bus shunt identifier will default to a value of '1'.
The bus number and bus shunt identifier may optionally correspond to a fixed shunt
record within the power flow network. If so, then the corresponding fixed shunt data
record will be updated after an OPF solution.
BINIT The initial additional shunt value, entered in Mvar at nominal voltage.
BINIT = 0.0 by default.

BMAX The maximum bus shunt limit, entered in Mvar. To define an initial fixed shunt com-
ponent, deployed at no cost, enter the desired value into the main power flow model
as a fixed bus shunt with the same bus number and shunt identifier.
BMAX = 0.0 by default.

BMIN The minimum bus shunt limit, entered in Mvar. Negative or positive shunt values may
be entered for the maximum and minimum bus shunt susceptance to indicate induc-
tors or capacitors respectively.
PSS®E 35.3.0
205
Optimal Power Flow Data File Bus Load Data
BMIN = 0.0 by default.

BCOST The cost coefficient, entered in cost units per Mvar. This coefficient assigns a cost value
to each Mvar employed during the solution process.
For example, one application for the cost scale coefficient is to assign a relatively low
cost to an Adjustable Bus Shunt record representing an existing var installation, and a
high cost to an Adjustable Bus Shunt record representing a potentially new installation.
This higher cost may take into consideration the additional costs associated with the
purchase of new equipment and the labor required for installation. This setup ensures
that vars from the existing installation will likely be employed during solution before
any new vars are applied.
BCOST = 1.0 by default.

STATUS The status switch determines whether the specified bus shunt control should be con-
sidered active or not. Only in-service bus shunts are recognized as candidates for var
control.
• In-service (1)
• Out of service (0)
STATUS = 1 (In-service) by default.

CTYP Cost curve type. This value is not currently utilized by the program.
CTBL Cost curve table number. This value is not currently utilized by the program.
4.5. Bus Load Data

Each OPF Bus Load Data record points to an Adjustable Bus Load table (Section 3.6 Adjustable Bus Load Table
Data) that, in turn, defines load limits for use in load adjustment studies (i.e., load shedding, power transfer).
These records are used in conjunction with the Minimize Adjustable Bus Loads objective function.
By default, all bus loads within the working case are initialized with default OPF Bus Load data. When a new
bus load is added to the power flow network, a corresponding OPF Bus Load data record will automatically
be created with default values. These data values may be updated. Bus loads connected to buses that are out
of service can have their OPF Bus Load Data modified, but the load will not be acknowledged by the optimal
power flow solution process.
4.5.1. Bus Load Record

The format for each OPF Bus Load record is as follows:
BUS, LOADID, LOADTBL
Within the OPF Raw Data File each field must be separated by either a space or a comma. A bus value of zero
indicates that no further adjustable bus load records are being entered.
The bus number and load identifier uniquely identify each adjustable bus load record. The values for the
record are described as follows:
an existing bus within the power flow working case.
PSS®E 35.3.0
206
Optimal Power Flow Data File Adjustable Bus Load Table Data
LOADID A one or two character load identifier that uniquely identifies the load at the bus. If
left blank, a default bus load identifier of '1' is assumed.
LOADTBL The adjustable bus load table reference number, as presented in Section 3.6 Adjustable
Bus Load Table Data.
An adjustable bus load table number of zero indicates that the corresponding bus load
is not being utilized within any OPF Adjustable Bus Load models.
Multiple OPF bus load records may reference the same adjustable bus load table num-
ber.
4.6. Adjustable Bus Load Table Data

Adjustable Bus Load Table records define load scaling limits for use in load adjustment studies (load shedding,
power transfer). They are referenced by the OPF Bus Load records defined in Section 3.5 Bus Load Data and
are used in conjunction with the Minimize Adjustable Bus Loads objective. Details of the load adjustment
model are covered in Section 14.6.3 Load Adjustment.
An Adjustable Bus Load Table must be defined before it can be referenced by an OPF Bus Load record. Not
all Adjustable Bus Load Tables however have to be referenced by an adjustable bus load record. Those tables
which are defined but not referenced are ignored during the OPF solution process. There may be up to 1000
Adjustable Bus Load Table records defined within the working case.
4.6.1. Adjustable Bus Load Table Record

The format of each Adjustable Bus Load Table record is:
TBL, LM, LMMAX, LMMIN, LR, LRMAX, LRMIN, LDCOST, CTYP, STATUS, CTBL
When entering data in the OPF Raw Data File each field must be separated by either a space or a comma.
Any fields left blank must be delineated with commas. A load table value of zero indicates that no further
adjustable bus load table records are to be processed.
The adjustable bus load table number uniquely identifies each adjustable bus load table record. The values
for the record are defined as follows:
TBL Adjustable bus load table number is an integer number. A value less than four digits
in length is most suitable for reporting purposes.
LM Load multiplier. The initial load adjustment variable, as indicated by Yi in the load
adjustment model of Section 14.6.3 Load Adjustment.
LM = 1.0 by default
LMMAX The maximum load adjustment multiplier, used to establish an upper limit for the load
multiplier Y.
To represent a load shedding model, YMAX should be between 0.0 and 1.0 and larger
than YMIN. For a load addition model, YMAX should be greater than 1.0.
LMMAX = 1.0 by default

LMMIN The minimum load adjustment multiplier, used to establish a lower limit for the load
multiplier Y. This value should be less than or equal to the value defined for the max-
imum load multiplier.
PSS®E 35.3.0
207
Optimal Power Flow Data File Generator Dispatch Data
LMMIN = 1.0 by default

LR Load ratio multiplier. This value is not presently utilized by the program.
LRMAX Maximum load ratio multiplier. This value is not presently utilized by the program.
LRMIN Minimum load ratio multiplier. This value is not presently utilized by the program.
LDCOST Cost scale coefficient. The cost, in $/pu MW, assigned to each OPF bus load participat-
ing in this adjustable bus load group.
LDCOST = 1.0 by default

CTYP Cost curve type. This value is not presently utilized by the program.
STATUS The status switch determines whether the specified Adjustable Bus Load Table should
be considered active or not. Only in-service Adjustable Bus Load Tables and their as-
sociated OPF Bus Loads will be recognized as adjustable bus load candidates.
• In-service (1)
• Out of service (0)
STATUS = 1 (In-service) by default

CTBL Cost table cross-reference number. This value is not presently utilized by the program.
4.7. Generator Dispatch Data

Generator Dispatch Data records reference Active Power Dispatch Tables (Section 3.8 Active Power Dispatch
Data) which, in turn, reference Cost Curves (Sections 3.12 to 3.14). These relationships, in conjunction with
the Minimize Fuel Cost objective, introduce active power controls for generator dispatch studies.
All or a portion of the generating unit’s capacity may be made available for dispatch. The active power dis-
patch model, including the minimum and maximum active power limits, is defined within the active power
dispatch table record, described in Section 3.8 Active Power Dispatch Data.
By default, all machines within the working case that do not already have generator dispatch data defined,
are initialized with default data. When a new generator is added to the power flow network, a corresponding
OPF Generator Dispatch record is automatically created with default values.
4.7.1. Generator Dispatch Data Record

The format for each OPF Generator Dispatch data record is:
BUS, GENID, DISP, DSPTBL
A bus value of zero indicates that no further generator dispatch records are being entered. Any blank fields
must be delineated by commas.
The bus number and machine identifier uniquely identifies each Generator Dispatch record. The values for
each Generator Dispatch data record are described as follows:
GENID A one or two character machine identifier that uniquely identifies the machine at the
bus. If left blank, a default machine identifier of '1' is assumed.
PSS®E 35.3.0
208
Optimal Power Flow Data File Active Power Dispatch Data
DISP The fractional dispatch value of the machine's total active power output available for
participation in the active power dispatch control.
A value of 1.0 indicates that 100% of the current active power output at the machine
will be employed in the associated active power control.The sum of the dispatch frac-
tions for all of the generator dispatch records that reference the same active power
dispatch table should add up to 1.0 for typical applications.
DISP = 1.0 by default

DSPTBL The table number of the active power dispatch control table. Multiple generator dis-
patch records may reference the same active power dispatch table. An active power
dispatch table number of zero implies that the generator is not participating as an
active power control.
DSPTBL = 1 by default
4.8. Active Power Dispatch Data

Active Power Dispatch Table records define the maximum and minimum active power dispatch limits.
Each Active Power Dispatch Table references a Cost Curve (Sections 3.12- 3.14) that specifies the costs as-
sociated with dispatching generation between the defined active power limits. Active Power Dispatch Table
records in turn are referenced by Generator Dispatch records (Section 3.7 Generator Dispatch Data). The
combination of these data records are used in conjunction with the Minimize Fuel Cost objective to perform
dispatch studies.
4.8.1. Active Power Dispatch Record

The format for each Active Power Dispatch Table data record is:
TBL, PMAX, PMIN, FUELCOST, CTYP, STATUS, CTBL
Any fields left blank must be delineated with commas. A table value of zero indicates that no further active
power dispatch table records are to be processed.
Each active power dispatch table is uniquely identified by a numerical identifier. The values of each record
are defined as follows:
TBL Active power dispatch table number is an integer number. A number less than four
digits is most suitable for reporting purposes.
PMAX The upper limit on the total amount of active power available for dispatch, specified
in MW.
PMAX = 9999.0 by default

PMIN The lower limit on the total amount of active power available for dispatch, specified
in MW.
PMIN = -9999.0 by default

FUELCOST Fuel cost scale coefficient. A value chosen such that when the product between this
value and the associated cost curve coordinate value produces a result that has cost
units of (cost units)/hour.
PSS®E 35.3.0
209
Optimal Power Flow Data File Generation Reserve Data
As an example, if the cost curve table coordinate value has units of MBTU/hour, then
the fuel cost scale coefficient should be entered with units of (cost units)/MBTU.
FUELCOST = 1.0 by default

CTYP One of three cost curve models may be specified to represent the fuel dispatch curves
of the generator units.
1. Polynomial and exponential curve
2. Piece-wise linear curve
3. Piece-wise quadratic curve
CTYP = 1 (Polynomial and exponential curve) by default

STATUS The status switch indicates whether the active power dispatch record is an active con-
trol within the OPF problem statement or not. Only in-service active power dispatch
tables and their associated generators will be recognized as active power dispatch
candidates.
• 1 - In-service
• 0 - Out of service

CTBL The table number of the cost curve to employ. Multiple active power dispatch table
records may reference the same cost curve. A cost curve table number of zero indicates
that the active power dispatch record, along with its participating generators will not
be utilized within the OPF solution.
CTBL = 0 by default
4.9. Generation Reserve Data

Generation Reserve records define a generating unit’s MW output capability and ramp rate. These records
are used in conjunction with the Period Reserve Constraint records (Section 3.15 Period Reserve Constraint
Data) to introduce MW reserve constraints into the optimal power flow problem.
Generation Reserve records may be utilized by one or more generation Period Reserve Constraint records.
The period reserve constraint model, as described in Section 14.6.6 Generator Period Reserve, provides a
means of imposing a specified MW reserve within a certain time limit (i.e., 200 MW in 10 minutes) by the
participating generator reserve units.
4.9.1. Generation Reserve Record

The format for each Generation Reserve record is:
BUS, GENID, RAMP, RTMWMAX
When entering records into the OPF Raw Data File, each field must be separated by either a space or a comma.
A bus number of zero indicates that no further generator reserve records are being entered. Any blank fields
must be delineated by commas.
PSS®E 35.3.0
210
Optimal Power Flow Data File Generation Reactive Capability Data
The bus number and machine identifier uniquely identifies each Generation Reserve record. The values for
each record are defined as follows:
a bus defined within the power flow working case.
GENID A one or two character machine identifier that uniquely identifies the machine at the
bus. If left blank, a default machine identifier of '1' is assumed.
RAMP Unit ramp rate. The rate at which it takes the generator to reach its maximum MW
capability, specified in MW / minute.
RAMP = 9999.0 by default

RTMWMAX The maximum unit reserve contribution, specified in MW
RTMWMAX = 9999.0 by default
4.10. Generation Reactive Capability Data

Generation Reactive Capability records define the limits in the armature reaction and stator current magni-
tude.
Whereas the conventional generator model provides for constant reactive generation limits, the reactive ca-
pability model represents generator armature reaction (Efd) behind synchronous reactance (Xd). With limits
applied to armature reaction magnitude and stator current magnitude, the reactive power capability of the
unit is recognized in a manner which is independent of any assumptions in terminal voltage magnitude or
active power generation. This is further discussed in Section 14.6.5 Generator Reactive Capability.
4.10.1. Generation Reactive Capability Record

The format for each Reactive Capability record is:
BUS, GENID, XD, ISMAX, PFLAG, PFLEAD, QLIMIT, STATUS
When entering records in the OPF Raw Data File each field must be separated by either a space or a comma
and any fields left blank must be delineated with commas. A bus number of zero indicates that no further
generator reactive capability records are being entered.
A bus number and machine identifier is used to uniquely identify each Generation Reactive Capability record.
The values for each record are defined as follows:
GENID The one or two character machine identifier of a valid machine within the working
case. If this field is left blank, a default machine identifier of '1' will be assumed.
XD The direct axis synchronous reactance of the machine, entered in pu on machine base.
XD = 1.0 by default
ISMAX The generator stator current limit, entered in pu on machine base.
ISMAX = 1.0 by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
211
Optimal Power Flow Data File Adjustable Branch Reactance Data
PFLAG Real value generator rated lagging power factor.
PFLAG = 1.0 by default

PFLEAD Real value generator rated leading power factor.
PFLEAD = 1.0 by default

QLIMIT The maximum reactive absorption limit at zero power factor, entered in pu on machine
base.
QLIMIT = 1.0 by default

STATUS Reactive Capability Limit Status:
• 0 - Out-of-service. The program will employ reactive generation limits directly from
the power flow data.
• 1 - Enabled. The generator is fully enabled with no reactive generation limits.
• 2 - Enabled with +DEfd inhibited. The generator is in service and any increase in the
field voltage is inhibited.
• 3 - Enabled with -DEfd inhibited. The generator is in service and any decrease in the
field voltage is inhibited.
• 4 - Enabled with Efd fixed. The generator is in service with an invariant field voltage.
The limit status determines how the specified reactive capability record should be em-
ployed in the optimal power flow problem.
STATUS = 4 (Enabled with Efd fixed) by default
4.11. Adjustable Branch Reactance Data

Adjustable Branch Reactance records define the reactive compensation limits and associated costs of adding
series var compensation. The data records are used in conjunction with the Minimize Adjustable Branch Re-
actances objective to identify candidate branches for use in series var compensation studies. A full descrip-
tion of the adjustable branch reactance model is presented in Section 14.6.4 Adjustable Branch Reactance.
4.11.1. Adjustable Branch Reactance Record

The format for each Adjustable Branch Reactance record is:
IBUS, JBUS, CKT, XMLT, XMLTMAX, XMLTMIN, XCOST, CTYP, STATUS, CTBL
Each field must be separated by either a space or a comma and any fields left blank must be delineated by
commas. An IBUS number of zero indicates that no further adjustable branch reactance records are being
entered.
The from bus, to bus and circuit identifier uniquely identify each Adjustable Branch Reactance record. The
values for each record are defined as follows:
IBUS The sending bus, specified by a number between 1 and 999997. The number must
correspond to a bus already contained within the power flow working case.
PSS®E 35.3.0
212
Optimal Power Flow Data File Piece-wise Linear Cost Data
JBUS The receiving bus, specified by a number between 1 and 999997. The number must
correspond to a bus already contained within the power flow working case.
CKT The one or two character branch identifier of an existing branch between the from
bus and the to bus. If this field is left blank a default circuit identifier of '1' is assumed.
XMLT The multiplier applied to the current reactance of the branch to yield the initial series
compensation value. A value of 1.0 implies that the initial reactance will be the current
reactance of the branch as obtained from the working case.
XMLT = 1.0 by default

XMLTMAX The maximum multiplier value applied to the reactance of the branch. The calculated
value determines the upper limit on the amount of available branch reactance com-
pensation. It is specified as a fraction of the branch reactance. Values over 1.0 are al-
lowed for situations where a potential increase in reactance is desired.
XMLTMAX = 1.0 by default

XMLTMIN The minimum multiplier value applied to the reactance of the branch. The calculated
value determines the lower limit on the amount of available branch reactance com-
pensation. It is specified as a fraction of the branch reactance.
For example, if the minimum reactance multiplier is specified as 0.3 and the maximum
reactance multiplier is specified as 1.0 then 70% of the branch reactance is available
as compensation.
The minimum value cannot be less than 0.1 to ensure that compensation does not
exceed 90% of the branch impedance.
XMLTMIN = 1.0 by default

XCOST The adjustable branch reactance cost in cost units / pu ohms.
XCOST = 1.0 by default

CTYP This value is not presently utilized by the program
STATUS • 1 - In-service
• 0 - Out-of-service
The status determines whether the specified Adjustable Branch Reactance record
should be considered active or not. Only in-service Adjustable Branch Reactance
records are recognized as candidates for series var adjustment.

CTBL This value is not presently utilized by the program
4.12. Piece-wise Linear Cost Data

The Cost Curve data record provides essential information on the fuel cost characteristics of each participat-
ing generator unit. It is used specifically in conjunction with the Minimize Fuel Cost objective and the Active
Power Dispatch tables ( Section 3.8 Active Power Dispatch Data) for generator dispatch analysis.
The Piece-wise Linear cost model defines a linear relation between a cost, in cost units (i.e., dollars, pounds,
etc.), and a particular control variable value. For example, an active power dispatch model may reference a
PSS®E 35.3.0
213
Optimal Power Flow Data File Piece-wise Linear Cost Record
piece-wise linear cost curve in order to obtain the relative fuel cost for dispatching a participating generator
unit at a certain active power dispatch level.
4.12.1. Piece-wise Linear Cost Record

The format for each Piece-wise Linear Cost Table data record is a multi-line record as follows:
LTBL, LABEL, NPAIRS, X1, Y1...XN, YN
Each field must be separated by either a space or a comma and any fields left blank must be delineated by
commas.
The total number of pairs entered must equal the value specified for NPAIRS.
An LTBL number of zero indicates that no further piece-wise linear cost table records are to be processed.
Each Piece-wise Linear Cost Curve Table record is uniquely identified by a linear cost table number. The values
for each record are defined as follows:
LTBL The piece-wise linear cost table number is an integer number. A number less than four
digits in length is most suitable for reporting purposes.
Note that the same cost table number may be used for multiple cost curve tables,
provided that each table represents a different cost curve type (i.e., quadratic or poly-
nomial).
LABEL A descriptive label of the piece-wise linear cost table, containing at most, 12 charac-
ters. This label is strictly used for reporting purposes.
LABEL = '' by default

NPAIRS The number of cost pairs. The total number of xi, yi coordinate pairs being entered.
This value is only used when entering raw data records in the OPF Raw Data File format
or when using PSSE Automation commands.
NPAIRS = 0 by default
Coordinate Pairs The individual coordinate pairs. Each pair (X1, Y1 through X N, YN) defines one segment
of the piece-wise linear cost curve.
• X1... XN The control variable value. In the typical situation where the cost curve
is representing fuel cost characteristics, this value would define the active power
generation, in MW.
• Y1... YN The total cost or energy consumption. For the fuel cost model, this value
would typically be entered in cost units / hour.
The Piece-wise Linear Cost Table displays all Piece-wise Linear Cost Tables in the working case. The subsystem
filter has no effect on the list displayed. If there are no Piece-wise Linear Cost Tables in the working case,
the Tables list will be blank.
4.13. Piece-wise Quadratic Cost Data

The Cost Curve data record provides essential information on the fuel cost characteristics of each participat-
Power Dispatch tables ( Section 3.8 Active Power Dispatch Data).
PSS®E 35.3.0
214
Optimal Power Flow Data File Piece-wise Quadratic Cost Record
The Piece-wise Quadratic Cost Curve model presents the cost, in cost units (i.e., dollars, pounds, etc.), as a
quadratic function of a control variable value. For example, an active power dispatch model may reference
a piece-wise quadratic cost curve to obtain the relative fuel costs for dispatching a participating generator
unit at a certain active power dispatch level.
4.13.1. Piece-wise Quadratic Cost Record

The format for each Piece-wise Quadratic Cost Table data record is a multi-line record as follows:
QTBL, LABEL, COST, NPAIRS, X1, Y1... XN, YN
Each field of the data record must be separated by either a space or a comma, with any blank fields being
delineated by commas.
The total number of pairs entered must equal the value specified for NPAIRS.
A QTBL number of zero indicates that no further Piece-wise Quadratic Cost Table records are to be entered.
Each Piece-wise Quadratic Cost Curve Table is uniquely identified by a quadratic cost table number. The data
values for each record are defined as follows:
QTBL The piece-wise quadratic cost table number is an integer number. A number less than
four digits in length is most suitable for reporting purposes.
Note that the same cost table number may be used for multiple cost curve tables,
provided that each table represents a different cost curve type (i.e., quadratic or poly-
nomial).

COST The cost or energy integration constant used to calculate the total fuel cost.
When this value is used in conjunction with the active power dispatch table, it should
be defined in units which, when its product is taken with the fuel cost scale coefficient
defined in the active power dispatch table record, the resultant units are cost units /
hour. For example, if the fuel cost scale coefficient in the active power dispatch table
has units of $/MBTU, then the integration constant should be specified in units of
MBTU/hour.
COST = 0.0 by default

NPAIRS The number of cost pairs. The total number of xi, yi coordinate pairs being entered.
This value is only used when entering raw data records in the OPF Raw Data File format
or when using PSSE Automation commands.
NPAIRS = 0 by default
Coordinate Pairs The individual coordinate pairs. Each pair (X1, Y1 through X N, YN) defines one segment
of the piece-wise quadratic cost curve.
• X1... XN The control variable value. In the typical situation where the cost curve
is representing fuel cost characteristics, this value would define the active power
generation, in MW.
PSS®E 35.3.0
215
Optimal Power Flow Data File Polynomial and Exponential Cost Table
• Y1... YN The incremental cost or energy consumption. For the fuel cost model, this
value would typically be entered in cost units / MW.
The Piece-wise Quadratic Cost Table editor displays in the editor all Piece-wise Quadratic Cost Curve Tables
in the working case. The subsystem filter has no effect on the list displayed. If no Piece-wise Quadratic Cost
Curve Tables exist in the working case, the editor will be blank.
4.14. Polynomial and Exponential Cost Table

The Cost Curve data records provide essential information on the fuel cost characteristics of each participat-
Power Dispatch tables ( Section 3.8 Active Power Dispatch Data) for generator dispatch analysis.
The Polynomial and Exponential Cost Curve model describes the cost, in cost units (i.e., dollars, pounds,
etc.), as a polynomial equation in terms of a control variable value. Similar to the linear and quadratic cost
curve models, an active power dispatch model may reference a polynomial cost curve in order to obtain
the relative fuel cost to dispatch a participating generator unit at a certain active power dispatch level. The
following equation is employed:
Polynomial Cost Equation
4.14.1. Polynomial and Exponential Record

The format for each Polynomial and Exponential Cost Curve Table record is:
PTBL, LABEL, COST, COSTLIN, COSTQUAD, COSTEXP, EXPN
Each field of the data record must be separated by either a space or a comma with blank fields delineated
by commas. A PTBL number of zero indicates that no further polynomial and exponential cost table records
are being entered.
PSS®E 35.3.0
216
Optimal Power Flow Data File Period Reserve Constraint Data
Each Polynomial and Exponential Cost Curve Table record is uniquely identified by a polynomial and expo-
nential cost table number.
PTBL The plynomial and exponential cost table number is an integer number. A number less
than four digits in length is most suitable for reporting purposes.
Note that the same cost table number may be used for multiple cost curve tables, pro-
vided that each table represents a different cost curve type (i.e., linear or quadratic).

COST The cost or energy integration constant used to calculate the total fuel cost.
COST = 0.0 by default

COSTLIN The linear cost coefficient as indicated by A in the equation given in Figure 3-2.
COSTLIN = 0.0 by default

COSTQUAD The quadratic cost coefficient as indicated by B in the equation given in Figure 3-2.
COSTQUAD = 0.0 by default

COSTEXP The exponential cost coefficient as indicated by C in the equation given in Figure 3-2.
COSTEXP = 0.0 by default

EXPN The scale factor value which may be applied to the exponent of the exponential term
as indicated by D in the equation given in Figure 3-2.
EXPN = 0.0 by default
The values for the integration constant and each of the coefficients should be specified in units that will allow
them to be multiplied by a cost scale value. When the polynomial and exponential table is used in conjunction
with the active power dispatch table, the coefficients and integration constant should be defined in units
which, when a product is taken with the fuel cost scale coefficient defined in the active power dispatch table
record, the resulting value is in units of cost units / hour. For example, if the fuel cost scale coefficient in
the active power dispatch table has units of $/MBTU, then the integration constant should be specified in
units of MBTU / hour.
The Polynomial and Exponential Cost Table displays in the editor all Polynomial and Exponential Cost Curve
Tables that exist in the working case. The subsystem filter has no effect on the list displayed. If no Polynomial
and Exponential Cost Curve Tables exist in the working case, the editor will simply show a blank record.
4.15. Period Reserve Constraint Data

Period Reserve Constraint data records are used in conjunction with the Generation Reserve records ( Section
3.9 Generation Reserve Data) to impose MW reserve limits.
The period reserve constraint model, as described in Section 14.6.6 Generator Period Reserve, defines a MW
reserve that must be met within a stated time limit (i.e., 200 MW in 10 minutes). Some or all of a group of
participating generator units may be deployed to meet this requirement.The maximum reserve contribution
in MWand the unit ramp rate in MW/minute are defined for each participating generator unit as part of
the generation reserve data presented in Section 3.9 Generation Reserve Data. The period reserve records
described here define the desired reserve limit and the time limit in which the reserve limit must be met.
PSS®E 35.3.0
217
Optimal Power Flow Data File Period Reserve Constraint Record
4.15.1. Period Reserve Constraint Record

The format for each Period Reserve data record is a multi-line record as follows:
RSVID, MWLIMIT, T, STATUS
BUS, GENID
...
BUS, GENID
Each field of the data record must be separated by either a space or a comma and any fields left blank must
be delineated by commas. For each complete period reserve record entered, a single zero must be placed on
the line immediately following the last generator unit entered, or immediately after the main RSVID record
if no participating units are specified. A RSVID value of zero indicates that no further period reserve records
are being entered.
Each Period Reserve record is uniquely identified by a reserve identification number between one and fifteen.
The values for each record are defined as follows:
RSVID The Reserve identifier is a number between one and fifteen, inclusive.
MWLIMIT The reserve requirement, in MW.
If the sum of maximum reserves for all of the units participating in the Period Reserve
data record is less than the specified reserve limit, then the constraint cannot be sat-
isfied. The solution will terminate if this situation arises.
If the reserve limit is set to 0.0, the reserve constraint will not be employed as part of
the optimal power flow problem statement.
MWLIMIT = 0.0 by default

T The time constraint for which the reserve requirement must be fulfilled, in minutes.
T = 9999.0 by default
STATUS • 1 - In-service
• 0 - Out-of-service
The status switch indicates whether the specified period reserve record should be in-
cluded within the OPF problem statement. Only in-service period reserve records will
be included as a reserve constraint.

Participating Units A list of participating generator reserve units available to the period reserve constraint.
Each unit must already have a corresponding generator reserve data record defined.
Each participating unit is uniquely specified by the following identifiers:
• BUS - The bus number of the bus where the unit is located. When using the spread-
sheet, this value may need to be entered as a bus name, depending upon the input
mode currently in effect.
PSS®E 35.3.0
218
Optimal Power Flow Data File Branch Flow Constraint Data
• GENID - The generator unit identifier of the participating generator. A default iden-
tifier of 1 is assumed if left blank.
The Period Reserve data editor displays all Period Reserve data records within the working case. The subsys-
tem filter has no effect on the list displayed. If no Period Reserve records exist in the working case, the editor
will be blank.
4.16. Branch Flow Constraint Data

Branch Flow Constraint records define upper and lower flow limits on selected non zero impedance branch-
es. Four different flow limits may be imposed: MW, MVar, MVA and Ampere. More than one branch flow
constraint type may be defined for the same branch.
4.16.1. Branch Flow Constraint Record

The format of each Branch Flow Constraint record is:
IBUS, JBUS, CKT, BFID, FMAX, FMIN, EFMAX, EFMIN, FTYP, LTYP, LPEN, KBUS
Each field of the data record must be separated by either a space or a comma and any fields left blank must
be delineated by commas. An IBUS number of zero indicates that no further branch flow constraint records
are being entered.
The from bus, to bus, third bus (for three-winding transformers), circuit id and flow id uniquely identify each
Branch Flow Constraint record. The values for each record are defined as follows:
IBUS The sending bus, specified by a number from 1 through 999997. The number must
correspond to an existing bus within the power flow working case.
If a three-winding transformer is being specified, the from bus defines the winding for
which the flow constraint is being introduced.
JBUS The receiving bus, specified by a number from 1 through 999997. The number must
correspond to an existing bus within the power flow working case.
CKT A one or two character identifier used to differentiate between multiple connecting
lines between the from bus, to bus and third bus (if three-winding transformer). If this
field is left blank, a circuit identifier of '1' is assumed.
BFID A single character identifier to differentiate between multiple branch flow constraints
defined at the same branch. If this field is left blank, a flow identifier of '1' is assumed.
FMAX The maximum normal flow limit on the specified branch. Values are specified in phys-
ical units appropriate to the flow limit type being specified; Ampere constraints are
specified in MVA.
If the difference between the specified upper and lower branch flow limits is less than
0.0001 then the specified flow constraint is fixed at the indicated limit.
This value, along with the minimum normal limit defined below, is used to define
one of two possible flow limits assigned to the branch. An alternate set of emergency
limits is defined below. By default, the normal flow limits are employed during the OPF
solution unless the Impose Emergency Branch Flow Limits solution option is selected.
FMAX = 0.0 by default
PSS®E 35.3.0
219
Optimal Power Flow Data File Branch Flow Constraint Record
FMIN The minimum normal flow limit on the specified branch. Values are specified in phys-
ical units appropriate to the flow limit type being specified; Ampere constraints are
specified in MVA.
If the difference between the specified upper and lower branch flow limits is less than
0.0001 then specified flow constraint is treated as fixed at the indicated limit.
FMIN = 0.0 by default

EFMAX The maximum emergency flow limit on the specified branch. This limit, in conjunction
with the minimum emergency limit, defines an optional alternate set of flow limits.
Values are specified in physical units appropriate to the flow limit type being specified;
Ampere constraints are specified in MVA.
To enforce recognition of the minimum and maximum emergency flow limits as op-
posed to the normal flow limits during the OPF solution, select the Impose Emergency
Branch Flow Limits solution option.
EFMAX = 0.0 by default

EFMIN The minimum emergency flow limit on the specified branch. This limit, in conjunction
with the maximum emergency limit, defines an optional alternate set of flow limits.
Values are specified in physical units appropriate to the flow limit type being specified;
Ampere constraints are specified in MVA.
If emergency limits are employed during the OPF solution and the difference between
the specified upper and lower emergency branch flow limits is less than 0.0001, then
the specified flow constraint is treated as fixed at the indicated limit.
EFMIN = 0.0 by default

FTYP One of four different flow types specified for the constraint:
• 1 - MW
• 2 - MVar
• 3 - MVA
• 4 - Ampere (4)
FTYP is 4 (Ampere) by default

LTYP One of four constraint limit types enforced during the OPF solution:
• 0 - Reporting only. Only report on violations of the specified branch flow limits,
taking no action if the branch flow falls outside of limits.
• 1 - Hard limit. Strictly enforce the specified branch flow limits through the use of
barrier terms.
• 2 - Soft limit with a linear penalty. Permit branch flows to go outside of their speci-
fied branch flow limits, but penalize excursions along a linear curve. The Soft limit
penalty weight, as defined below, is used in conjunction with this penalty to indi-
cate severity of excursion.
PSS®E 35.3.0
220
Optimal Power Flow Data File Interface Flow Constraint Data
• 3 - Soft limit with a quadratic penalty. Permit branch flow limit to go outside of
their specified flow limits, but penalize excursions along a quadratic curve. The Soft
limit penalty weight, as defined below, is used in conjunction with this penalty to
indicate severity of excursion.

LTYP is 1 (Hard limit) by default

LPEN The penalty weight value applied to either the linear or quadratic soft limit penalty
functions. The larger the number, the higher the penalty for branch flow excursions
outside of limits.
LPEN is 1.0 by default

KBUS The third bus of a three-winding transformer, specified by a number from 1 through
999997. The number must correspond to an existing bus within the power flow work-
ing case.
If a three-winding transformer is not being entered, this value is zero.
4.17. Interface Flow Constraint Data

Interface flow records introduce MW or MVar flow constraints across a defined interface. These limits are
only enforced when the Constrain Interface Flows option is enabled, otherwise they are ignored during the
OPF solution. In conjunction with both the interface flow constraint records and the directive to Constrain
Interface Flows, the Minimize Interface Flows objective may be employed to either minimize or maximize
flows across an interface.
An interface consists of a collection of branches that may include the tie lines between two areas, the flows
through a particular transmission corridor, or the collection of lines emanating from an area. Each interface
flow constraint record defines a set of branches included in the interface and the flow limits that are to
be imposed on that set during the optimization process. By default, the interface flow definitions are for
informational purposes only. They do not automatically introduce constraint equations or objective terms
in the optimization problem unless one or both of the corresponding Constrain Interface Flows or Minimize
Interface Flows options are enforced.
The format for each Interface Flow Constraint data record is a multi-line record as follows:
IFLWID, LABEL, FMAX, FMIN, FTYP, LTYP, LPEN
IBUS, JBUS, CKT, KBUS
IBUS, JBUS, CKT, KBUS
...
Each field of the data record must be separated by either a space or a comma, with any blank fields delineated
by commas. For each interface flow record entered, a single zero must be placed on the line immediately
following the last participating branch entered, or immediately after the main IFLWID record if no participat-
ing branches are specified.
PSS®E 35.3.0
221
Optimal Power Flow Data File Interface Flow Constraint Data
An IFLWID value of zero indicates that no further interface flow records are to be processed.
Each Interface Flow Constraint record is uniquely identified by an interface flow identifier. The values for
each record are defined as follows:
IFLWID The interface flow identifier is an integer number. A value less than four digits in length
is most suitable for reporting purposes.
LABEL A string containing a maximum of 32 characters used to describe the interface. This
label is only used for reporting purposes.
LABEL is '' by default

FMAX The maximum flow limit across the interface, specified in the physical units appropri-
ate for the specified flow limit type defined below.
If the range between the maximum and minimum interface MW flow limits is less than
0.001, then the maximum interface flow limit is set to the average of the two interface
flow limit values plus 0.1.
FMAX is 0.0 by default

FMIN The minimum flow limit across the interface, specified in the physical units appropriate
for the specified flow limit type defined below.
If the range between the maximum and minimum interface MW flow limits is less than
0.001, then the minimum interface flow limit is set to the average of the two interface
flow limit values minus 0.1.
FMIN is 0.0 by default

FTYP One of two valid flow types:
• 1 - MW
• 2 - MVar
FTYP is 1 (MW) by default

LTYP One of four different limit types:
• 0 - Reporting only. Only report on violations of the specified interface flow limits,
taking no action if the interface flow falls outside of limits.
• 1 - Hard limit. Strictly enforce the specified interface flow limits through the use of
barrier terms.
• 2 - Soft limit with a linear penalty. Permit interface flows to go outside of the speci-
fied interface flow limits, but penalize excursions along a linear curve. The Soft limit
penalty weight, as defined below, is used in conjunction with this penalty to indi-
cate severity of excursion.
• 3 - Soft limit with a quadratic penalty. Permit interface flows to go outside of the
specified interface flow limits, but penalize excursions along a quadratic curve. The
Soft limit penalty weight, as defined below, is used in conjunction with this penalty
to indicate severity of excursion.
PSS®E 35.3.0
222
Optimal Power Flow Data File Linear Constraint Dependency Data

LTYP is 1 (Hard limit) by default

LPEN The penalty weight value applied to either the linear or quadratic soft limit penalty
functions. The larger the number, the higher the penalty for interface flow excursions
outside of the defined interface flow limits.
LPEN is 1.0 by default

Participating Branch- A list of branches defining the interface. Each branch is individually specified by the
es following identifiers:
• IBUS - From bus number. The sending bus number (1 through 999997). When using
the spreadsheet, this value may optionally be entered as a bus name, provided that
names input mode is in effect.
• JBUS - To bus number. The receiving end bus number (1 through 999997). When
using the spreadsheet, this value may optionally be entered as a bus name, provided
that names input mode is in effect.
• CKT - Circuit ID. The one or two character circuit identifier. If no circuit identifier is
entered, a default value of '1' is assumed.
• KBUS - Third bus number. The third bus number (1 through 999997) if a three wind-
ing transformer is specified; zero (0) otherwise. When using the spreadsheet, this
value may optionally be entered as a bus name, provided that names input mode
is in effect.
The Interface Flow Constraint editor displays all Interface Flow Constraint records within the working case
in the data table. The subsystem filter has no effect on the list displayed. If there are no Interface Flow
Constraint records in the working case, then the editor window will be blank.
4.18. Linear Constraint Dependency Data

Linear Constraint Dependency records provide a way to introduce customized linear constraint equations into
the optimal power flow problem statement. Each dependency equation may be comprised of any number of
variables, selected from a group of previously defined records. Details of the linear constraint dependency
equation model are discussed in Section 14.6.8 Linear Constraint Dependency Equation.
4.18.1. Linear Constraint Dependency Record

The format of each Linear Constraint Dependency data record is a multi-lined record as follows:
EQID, LABEL, SLKMAX, SLKMIN
VTYP, "ID FIELDS", COEFF
VTYP, "ID FIELDS", COEFF
...
PSS®E 35.3.0
223
Optimal Power Flow Data File Linear Constraint Dependency Record
Each field of the data record must be separated by either a space or a comma, with any blank fields delineated
by commas. For each Linear Constraint Equation record entered, a single zero must be placed on the line
immediately following the last participating variable record entered, or immediately after the main EQID
record if no participating variables are specified.
An EQID value of zero indicates that no further linear constraint dependency records are to be processed.
Each Linear Constraint Dependency record is uniquely identified by a constraint equation identifier. The val-
ues for each field within the record are defined as follows:
EQID The linear constraint equation identifier is an integer number. A value less than four
digits in length is most suitable for reporting purposes.
LABEL A string containing a maximum of 32 characters used to describe the linear constraint
dependency equation being defined. This label is only used for reporting purposes.
LABEL is '' by default

SLKMAX The constraint equation maximum slack variable limit
SLKMAX is 0.0 by default.

SLKMIN The constraint equation minimum slack variable limit
SLKMIN is 0.0 by default.

VTYP A number (1 through 10) corresponding to the type of dependency variable being
added to the constraint equation. The numerical values associated with each variable
type are as follows:
1. voltage magnitude, in pu
2. voltage angle, in radians (degrees/57.29578)
3. active power generation, in per unit of reactive power based on system base(i.e.
400 MW limit base on a system base of 100 is entered as 4.0)
4. reactive power generation, in per unit of reactive power based on system base(i.e.
400 Mvar limit base on a system base of 100 is entered as 4.0)
5. transformer tap ratio, entered as the inverse of the tap ratio; or transformer phase
shift angle, in radians
6. branch flow, in per unit flow value based on system base
7. interface flow, in per unit flow value based on system base
8. adjustable bus shunt, in per unit Mvar value based on system base
9. switched shunt, in per unit Mvar value based on system base
10. load adjustment, entered in terms of the load multiplier (i.e. 0.8 for 80% of load
or 1.8 for 180% of load
"ID FIELDS" Depending upon the variable type code selected above, one or more identification
fields must be specified in order to uniquely identify the record to be employed as
the variable entry. The identification fields corresponding to each of the variable type
codes defined above, are as follows:
PSS®E 35.3.0
224
1. Bus number (1 through 999997)
3. Active power dispatch table number
Generator identifier [" 1"]
5. From bus number
To bus number
Circuit identifier [" 1"]
Third bus number, if a three-winding transformer is specified; placed after the

Coeff value [0]
6. From bus number
To bus number
Circuit identifier [" 1"]
Branch flow identifier ["1"]
Third bus number, if a three-winding transformer is specified; placed after the

Coeff value [0]
7. Interface flow identifier
8. Bus number (1 through 999997) Adjustable bus shunt identifier [" 1"]
10. Adjustable bus load table number
Depending upon the variable type code selected above, one or more identification
fields must be specified in order to uniquely identify the record to be employed as
the variable entry. The identification fields corresponding to each of the variable type
codes defined above, are as follows:
When using the linear constraint equation table editor, bus identifiers may alternately
be entered as extended bus names instead of bus number, provided that the names
input mode option is in effect.
COEFF A real variable coefficient applied to the dependency variable specified above.
COEFF is 1.0 by default.
Any number of participating variables may be included in the linear constraint dependency equation. The
variable identifiers must correspond to a record that already exists within the working case.
PSS®E 35.3.0
225
The Linear Constraint Dependency Equation data table displays in the editor all Linear Constraint Dependency
Equation records within the working case. The subsystem filter has no effect on the list displayed. If there
are no Linear Constraint Dependency Equation records in the working case, the editor window will be blank.
PSS®E 35.3.0
226
Chapter 5
GIC Data File
5.1. Overview
The geomagnetic induced currents can flow through transformer winding and substation ground paths.
For power flow calculations and substation ground paths data is not required. So this data is not available
in power flow data. This additional data is provided in GIC data file (extension .gic). The accuracy of GIC
calculations will depend on the data provided in GIC data file.
Depending on the size of the power flow network studied, this data could be large. It is recommended to
create a GIC data template with one of the following ways and edit/modify that:
1. Using activity GIC GUI, GIC data file from Excel GIC data templates
• GIC > Excel template for GIC data file
• GIC > Create GIC data file from Excel template
2. Python module “gicdata” (See PSSE Application Program Interface (API) manual)
File Identification Data
Substation Data
Bus Substation Data
Transformer Data
Fixed Bus Shunt Data
Branch Data
User Earth Model Data
Switched Shunt Data
Two-Terminal DC Data
PSS®E 35.3.0
227
GIC Data File File Identification Data
VSC DC Data
Multi-Terminal DC Data
FACTS Device Data
Load Data
Q Record
GIC Data Input Structure
5.2. File Identification Data

This record contains only one data item which is specified as:
GICFILEVRSN=vernum
GICFILEVRSN GICFILEVRSN is the keyword to specify the GIC data file version number.
vernum is an integer value specifying GIC data file version number. No default allowed.
Allowed, GICFILEVRSN = 4
GICFILEVRSN = 5
Note: The first release of the GIC data file did not have this record and is treated as
file version 1
At PSSE version 35.0.0, network equipment location information is consolidated in one source which is base
case data. To faciliate that:
• The substation location information is moved from the GIC data file to the Base Case data (power flow
data).
• When GIC data file version 4 is read, "Single Bus" substation configuration is added to each bus-substation
data record and non Node-Breaker base case is converted to Node-Breaker base case.
• For this to work without any data conflicts, GIC data file version 4 is allowed to be read into base case that
has no Node-Breaker configurations.
5.3. Substation Data

Each substation data record has the following format:
GICFILEVRSN 4
I, NAME, UNIT, LATITUDE, LONGITUDE, RG, EARTHMDL, RGFLAG
PSS®E 35.3.0
228
GIC Data File Substation Data
GICFILEVRSN 5
I, RG, EARTHMDL, RGFLAG
I Substation number (1 through 999997)
No default allowed.
NAME Alphanumeric identifier assigned to substation I. NAME may be up to 40 characters
and may contain any combination of blanks, uppercase letters, numbers and special
characters, but the first character must not be a minus sign. NAME must be enclosed
in single or double quotes if it contains any blanks or special characters.
NAME = "" by default.

UNIT Unit for geophysical location (longitude and longitude) data
• 0 - degrees
UNIT = 0 by default.
LATITUDE Substation latitude, positive for North and negative for South. When UNIT = 1, latitude
is specified in degrees.
No default allowed.
LONGITUDE Substation longitude, positive for East and negative for West. When UNIT = 1, longi-
tude is specified in degrees.
No default allowed.
RG Substation grounding DC resistance in ohms. If RG <= 0.0 or RG > = 99.0, it is assumed
that the substation is ungrounded.
RG = 0.1 by default.
EARTHMDL Name of the earth model. EARTHMDL may be up to 32 characters.
• When specified this earth model will be used in determining Benchmark GMD event
earth model scaling factor (beta) and Non-uniform GMD event calculations
• When not specified, the earth model specified in GIC API is used.
EARTHMDL = "" by default.

RGFLAG Method used to specify RG value. RGFLAG may be up to 40 characters. It is used for
informational purposes only.
Possible methods:
• "Assumed"
• "Measured"
• "Calculated"
• "Brief comment of your choice"
RGFLAG = "Assumed" by default.
PSS®E 35.3.0
229
GIC Data File Bus Substation Data
5.4. Bus Substation Data

Each bus substation data record has the following format::
GICFILEVRSN 4
BUSNUM, SUBNUM
GICFILEVRSN 5
There is no bus substation data group.
BUSNUM Bus number. Bus BUSNUM must be present in the working case.
No default allowed.
SUBNUM Substation number (1 through 999997). This is the substation number to which bus
BUSNUM belongs to.
SUBNUM must be previously defined in “Substation Data” record group.
The following restrictions apply when assigning bus and its substation:
• Generally two buses connected by a transmission line (non-transformer branch) re-

side in two different substations. Exception to this would be short lines between two
buses of same substation. Those short branches are treated as zero length branches
with no GMD induced voltage in those.
• Two buses connected by a two winding transformer must be in same substation.
• Three buses connected by a three winding transformer must be in same substation.
• Two buses connected by zero impedance line must have same substation number.
No default allowed.

The transformer specified by buses “I, J, K, CKT” must exist in the working case. Also the winding bus order
must be same as in the working case.
Note 1 : For two and three winding auto transformers WRI, WRJ and WRK could represent per phase dc
resistances of series winding (Rs) or common winding (Rc).
For example, as shown in figure below:
• Bus I is series winding bus, WRI=Rs
• Bus J is common winding bus, WRJ=Rc
PSS®E 35.3.0
230
GIC Data File Transformer Data
Note 2 : Figure below shows generic Phase Angle Regulator (PAR) connections where series unit has split
tap. It is represented as T model in GIC calculation DC network. The series unit is connected between Bus I
and Bus J. In GIC data file:
• WRI is dc resistance of series unit section connected to Bus I
• WRJ is dc resistance of series unit section connected to Bus J
• WRK is dc resistance of exciting unit
It is imperative that WRI, WRJ and WRK values are calculated and specified in GIC data file for correct modeling
of such a transformer.
Each transformer data record has the following format:
I, J, K, CKT, WRI, WRJ, WRK, GICBDI, GICBGJ, GICBDK, VECGRP, CORE, KFACTOR,
GRDWRI, GRDWRJ, GRDWRK, TMODEL
PSS®E 35.3.0
231
I The bus number of the bus to which Winding 1 is connected. It must be same Winding
1 bus for the same transformer in the working case.
No default allowed
J The bus number of the bus to which Winding 2 is connected. It must be same Winding
No default allowed
K The bus number of the bus to which Winding 3 is connected. It must be same Winding
K = 0 for two winding transformers. No default allowed for three winding transform-
ers.
CKT One- or two-character branch circuit identifier.

WRI DC resistance of Winding 1 in ohms/phase. When WRI is not specified, working case
resistance is used to determine WRI.
DC resistance of series unit of PAR (see Note 2).
WRI = 0.0 by default

WRJ DC resistance of Winding 2 in ohms/phase. When WRJ is not specified, working case
resistance is used to determine WRJ.
DC resistance of series unit of PAR (see Note 2).
WRJ = 0.0 by default

WRK DC resistance of Winding 3 in ohms/phase. For three-winding transformers, when WRK
is not specified, working case resistance is used to determine WRK.
DC resistance of exiciting unit of PAR (see Note 2).
WRK = 0.0 by default

GICBDI GIC blocking device in neutral of Winding 1
• 0 - no GIC blocking device present
• 1 - GIC blocking device present
For an auto-transformers, if either GICBDI = 1 or GICBDJ = 1, that auto-transformer is

treated as if it has GIC blocking device present.
GICBDI = 0 by default
GICBDJ GIC blocking device in neutral of Winding 2
For an auto-transformers, if either GICBDI = 1 or GICBDJ = 1, that auto-transformer is

treated as if it has GIC blocking device present.
PSS®E 35.3.0
232
GICBDJ = 0 by default
GICBDK GIC blocking device in neutral of Winding 3
GICBDK = 0 by default. GICBDK = 0 for two-winding transformers.

VECGRP Alphanumeric identifier specifying vector group based on transformer winding con-
nections and phase angles.
If vector group is specified in power flow data that data will be used and it is not needed
to be specified here. As far as GIC calculations are concerned, winding grounding con-
nection information is used; its clock angles are not used. Refer to POM Sections “Two
Winding Transformer Vector Groups” and “Three Winding Transformer Vector Groups”
for allowed vector groups.
• When bus number orders in GIC data file record are different than the bus number
orders in power flow RAW data file, the bus number orders in power flow RAW data
file is used to assign winding configuration as per vector group specified.
• For auto-transformers, bus with lower base bus voltage is treated as common wind-
ing bus.
• For three-winding auto-transformers, windings on bus I and bus J form auto-trans-

former.
VECGRP = "" by default

CORE Number of cores in transformer core design. This information is used to calculate trans-
former reactive power loss from GIC flowing its winding.
• -1 - three phase shell form
• 0 - unknown core design
• 1 - single phase core
• 3 - three phase 3-legged core form
• 5 - three phase 5-legged core form
CORE = 0 by default
KFACTOR Factor to calculate transformer reactive power loss from GIC flowing its winding
(MVAR/AMP)
KFACTOR = 0.0 by default

GRDWRI Winding 1 grounding DC resistance in ohms
GRDWRI = 0.0 by default (no grounding resistance; solidly grounded)

GRDWRJ Winding 2 grounding DC resistance in ohms
GRDWRJ = 0.0 by default (no grounding resistance; solidly grounded)
PSS®E 35.3.0
233
GIC Data File Fixed Bus Shunt Data
GRDWRK Winding 3 grounding DC resistance in ohms
DC resistance of exciting unit grounding of PAR (see Note 2).
GRDWRK = 0.0 by default (no grounding resistance; solidly grounded)

TMODEL Number of cores in transformer core design. This information is used to calculate trans-
former reactive power loss from GIC flowing its winding.
• 0 - two/three/auto transformer model as defined by its vector group
• 1 - transformer as T model in DC network (See Note 2)
TMODEL = 0 by default
5.6. Fixed Bus Shunt Data

Only in-service fixed bus shunts provided on this data record are modeled in the GIC DC network.
Each fixed bus shunt data record has the following format:
I, ID, R, RG
I Bus number of the bus to which the fixed shunt is connected. It must be present in
the working case.
No default allowed
ID One- or two-character non-blank alphanumeric fixed bus shunt identifier.
ID = '1' by default
R DC resistance in ohms/phase. It must be > 0.0. Fixed bus shunt records with R = 0.0
will be ignored.
No default allowed
RG Grounding DC resistance in ohms
RG = 0.0 by default (no grounding resistance; solidly grounded)
5.7. Branch Data

Only in-service branches are modeled in the GIC DC network.
Each user branch data record has the following format:
I, J, CKT, RBRN, INDVP, INDVQ, RLNSHI, RLNSHJ

I Branch from bus number
No default allowed
J Branch to bus number
No default allowed
CKT One- or two-character transformer circuit identifier; a transformer with circuit identi-
fier CKT between buses I and J must be in the working case.
PSS®E 35.3.0
234
GIC Data File User Earth Model Data

RBRN Branch DC resistance in ohms/phase. When RBRN is not specified or RBRN=0.0, power
flow data branch resistance in pu is converted to ohms/phase and used. There is no
temperature correction applied.
RBRN = 0.0 by default

INDVP Real part of total branch GMD induced electric field in volts. See note below on how
to specify this value.
INDVQ Imaginary part of total branch GMD induced electric field in volts. See note below on
how to specify this value.
Note 1 : Total branch GMD induced electric field, INDUCEDV = INDVP + j INDVQ volts
Branch INDUCEDV is determined as below:
• When INDUCEDV is not specified, GIC activity calculates this according to its options
specified
• When INDUCEDV is specified, it is used as GMD induced on that branch
• When INDUCEDV is specified as INDVP = 0.0 and INDVQ = 0.0, then that branch is
treated as part of the GIC DC network but does not have GMD induced voltage, like
“underground pipe-type cables (cables enclosed in the steel pipe).”
For uniform filed modeling INDUCEDV will be real value, but for non-uniform field
modeling this will be complex value.
This voltage will have positive polarity at branch To Bus (J bus).
Note 2 :
• When the Branch INDVP + j INDVQ is specified, it is used as is. There are no other
scaling factors applied to this voltage.
• When INDVP + j INDVQ is specified for all branches, specified GMD event option is
ignored during GIC calculations.
• When INDVP + j INDVQ is specified for few branches, the induced Efield for remain-
ing branches in study subsystem is calculated using the GMD event option specified.
RLNSHI DC resistance in ohms/phase of the line shunt at the bus I end of the branch. It must be
> 0. When RLNSHI = 0 or not specified, there will be no ground path for this line shunt.
No default allowed
RLNSHJ DC resistance in ohms/phase of the line shunt at the bus J end of the branch. It must be
> 0. When RLNSHJ = 0 or not specified, there will be no ground path for this line shunt.
No default allowed
5.8. User Earth Model Data

Activity GIC models US and Canada Earth Models (Ref…). However, if any other Earth Model is required, use
this data to define such an earth model. A total of up to 50 user earth models are allowed. Also each earth
PSS®E 35.3.0
235
GIC Data File Switched Shunt Data
model may have up to 25 layers. Use as many records needed to specify the data. The thickness of the last
layer is infinity. This is specified as any value less than 0.0 (= -999.0 for example). The thickness value less
than 0.0 is also used as end of earth model data.
Each user earth model data record has the following format:
NAME, BETAFTR, DESC, RESISTIVITY1, THICKNESS1, RESISTIVITY2, THICKNESS2, ...,

RESISTIVITY24, THICKNESS24, RESISTIVITY25, THICKNESS25
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric identifier assigned to this earth model. Each earth model
must have unique name. NAME may be up to 32 characters. This name should be
different than the Standard US and Canada Earth Models defined (Refer …).
No default allowed
BETAFTR Earth Model scaling factor used when calculating branch induced electric field for
Benchmark GMD event.
BETAFTR = 1 by default
DESC Description of the earth model. NAME may be up to 72 characters. This is used for
information purpose only
DESC = "" by default

RESISTIVITY1 Layer 1 resistivity in ohm-m
No default allowed
THICKNESS1 Layer 1 thickness in km
No default allowed
RESISTIVITYN Nth layer resistivity in ohm-m. Up to 25 layers are allowed
No default allowed
THICKNESSN Nth layer 1 thickness in km. Up to 25 layers are allowed. The thickness of the last layer
is infinity. This is specified as any value less than 0 (= -999.0 for example).
No default allowed
5.9. Switched Shunt Data

Only in-service switched shunts provided on this data record are modeled in the GIC DC network.
Each switched shunt data record has the following format:
GICFILEVRSN 4
I, R, RG
GICFILEVRSN 5
I, ID, R, RG
I Bus number; bus I must be present in the working case with positive sequence
switched shunt data.
PSS®E 35.3.0
236
GIC Data File Two-Terminal DC Data
ID One- or two-character non-blank alphanumeric switched shunt identifier.
ID = '1' by default
R DC resistance in ohms/phase. It must be > 0.0. Switched shunt records with R = 0.0
will be ignored.
No default allowed
RG Grounding DC resistance in ohms. No grounding resistance; solidly grounded.
RG = 0.0 by default
5.10. Two-Terminal DC Data

The rectifier and inverter converter stations are connected to ac network through converter transformers.
If these converter transformers are not explicitly modeled in the power flow, then use this data record to
specify the GIC DC network data for them.
Provide DC resistance data of grounded windings of converter transformers.
The status (blocked or in-service) of two-terminal DC lines from power flow data is not considered. The DC
data provided on this data record is modeled in the GIC DC network. Up to 10 GIC DC network elements are
allowed per DC line.
Each two-terminal DC data record has the following format:
NAME, I, ID, R, RG
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric identifier assigned to this DC line. It must be present in
the working case. NAME may be up to 12 characters.
No default allowed
I Bus number of the rectifier (IPR) or inverter (IPI) converter AC bus. It must be present
in the working case.
No default allowed
ID One- or two-character non-blank alphanumeric identifier. There could be more than
one ground path at rectifier or inverter ac bus. This ID is used to be able to specify
more than one ground path. This is specific to GIC data and it does not exist in the
working case.
No default allowed
R DC resistance in ohms/phase of grounded winding of converter transformers. It must
be > 0.0. R = 0.0 or not specified means there will be no ground path.
No default allowed
Two-terminal DC data input is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.
PSS®E 35.3.0
237
GIC Data File VSC DC Data
5.11. VSC DC Data

The rectifier and inverter converter stations are connected to ac network through converter transformers.
If these converter transformers are not explicitly modeled in the power flow, then use this data record to
specify the GIC DC network data for them.
The status (blocked or in-service) of VSC DC lines from power flow data is not considered. The DC data
provided on this data record is modeled in the GIC DC network. Up to 10 GIC DC network elements are allowed
per DC line.
Each VSC DC data record has the following format:
NAME, I, ID, R, RG
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric identifier assigned to this VSC DC line. It must be present
in the working case. NAME may be up to 12 characters.
No default allowed
I Bus number of the rectifier (IPR) or inverter (IPI) converter AC bus. It must be present
in the working case.
No default allowed
one ground path at rectifier or inverter ac bus. This ID is used to be able to specify
more than one ground path. This is specific to the GIC data and it does not exist in
the working case.
No default allowed
PSS®E 35.3.0
238
GIC Data File Multi-Terminal DC Data
No default allowed
VSC DC data input is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.
5.12. Multi-Terminal DC Data

The multi-terminal converters are connected to ac network through converter transformers. If these convert-
er transformers are not explicitly modeled in the working case, then use this data record to specify the GIC
DC network data for them.
The status (blocked or in-service) of multi-terminal DC lines in the working case is not considered. The DC
Each multi-terminal DC data record has the following format:
NAME, I, ID, R, RG
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric identifier assigned to this Multi-Terminal DC line. It must
be present in the working case. NAME may be up to 12 characters.
No default allowed
I Converter ac bus number (IB). It must be present in the working case.
No default allowed
one ground path at ac bus. This ID is used to be able to specify more than one ground
path. This is specific to the GIC data and it does not exist in the working case.
No default allowed
No default allowed
Multi-Terminal DC data input is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.

The FACTS device converters are connected to ac network through converter transformers. If these converter
transformers are not explicitly modeled in the working case, then use this data record to specify the GIC DC
network data for them.
PSS®E 35.3.0
239
GIC Data File Load Data
The status (in-service or out-of-service) of FACTS device from power flow data is not considered. The DC
Each multi-terminal DC data record has the following format:
NAME, I, ID, R, RG
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric identifier assigned to this FACTS device. It must be
present in the working case. NAME may be up to 12 characters.
No default allowed
I FACTS device sending end bus number (IBUS). It must be present in the working case.
No default allowed
one ground path at ac bus. This ID is used to be able to specify more than one ground
path. This is specific to the GIC data and it does not exist in the working case.
No default allowed
No default allowed
FACTS device data input is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.
5.14. Load Data

Only in-service loads provided on this data record are modeled in the GIC DC network.
Each load data record has the following format:
I, ID, R, RG
I Bus number of the bus to which load is connected. It must be present in the working
case.
No default allowed
ID One- or two-character non-blank alphanumeric load identifier.
ID = '1' by default
R DC resistance in ohms/phase of grounded loads. It must be > 0.0. R = 0.0 or not spec-
ified means there will be no ground path.
No default allowed
PSS®E 35.3.0
240
GIC Data File Load Data
Load data input is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.
PSS®E 35.3.0
241
Chapter 6
Harmonics Data File
6.1. Overview
To perform network frequency scan or run harmonic analayis following data is needed.
1. power flow data (.raw file)
2. sequence flow data (.seq file)
3. network elements frequency dependency data
4. harmonic sources data
These additional data items (3) and (4) are provided in Harmonics data text file (.har) or xml file (.xhar). The
accuracy of Harmonic analysis will depend on the quality this additional data provided.
This section describes the format of .har file. All data in .har file is read in free format with data items sepa-
rated by a comma or one or more blanks. Each category of data except the File Identification is terminated
by a record specifying a value of zero as first value on that data record. Termination of all data is indicated
by a value of Q.
File Identification Data
Impedance Characteristics Data
Voltage Sources Data
Current Sources Data
Load Data
Generator (Synchronous Machine) Data
Non-Transformer Branch Data
Transformer Data
Two-Terminal DC Data
VSC DC Data
PSS®E 35.3.0
242
Harmonics Data File File Identification Data
FACTS Device Data
Induction Machine (Asynchronous Machine) Data
Passive Filter Data
Q Record

HARFILEVRSN=vernum
HARFILEVRSN HARFILEVRSN is the keyword to specify the harmonics data file version number.
vernum is an integer value specifying harmonics data file version number. No default
allowed.
Allowed, HARFILEVRSN = 2
6.3. Impedance Characteristics Data

The frequency dependency of various network elements is defined in this table. The resistance (R), induc-
tance (L) and capacitance (C) at harmonic number 'N' is specified as ratio of its value at that harmonic to its
fundamental (system) frequency value (RN/R0, LN/L0 and CN/C0).
There is no limit on number of harmonics modeled in each impedance characteristics table. The table data
can span on more than one text line. End of data for the table is specified by specifying 0 value for harmonic
number.
Each Impedance Characteristics data table has the following format:
NAME, FREQ1, R1/R0, L1/LO, C1/C0, FREQ2, R2/R0, L2/LO, C2/C0, .., FREQN, RN/
R0, LN/LO, CN/C0, 0
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric identifier assigned to table. Each Impedance Character-
istics table must have unique NAME. The NAME may be up to 40 characteristics and
may contain any combination of blanks, uppercase letters, numbers and special char-
acters, but the first character must not be a minus sign. The NAME must be enclosed
in single or double quotes if it contains any blanks or special characters.
No default allowed.
FREQ Harmonic Frequency in Hz
No default allowed.
FREQ = 0 means end of table data.
PSS®E 35.3.0
243
Harmonics Data File Voltage Sources Data
Harmonic Number, HN = FREQ/FREQ0
where FREQ0 is the fundamental frequency.

RN/R0 Ratio of resistance at harmonic number 'N' to its resistance at fundamental frequency.
No default allowed.
LN/L0 Ratio of inductance at harmonic number 'N' to its inductance at fundamental frequen-
cy.
No default allowed.
CN/C0 Ratio of capacitance at harmonic number 'N' to its capacitance at fundamental fre-
quency.
No default allowed.
Impedance Characteristics Data input is terminated with a record specifying table NAME as 0 (zero).
6.4. Voltage Sources Data

The harmonic voltage sources are defined in this table.
There is no limit on number of harmonics modeled in each voltage sources table. The table data can span
on more than one text line. End of data for the table is specified by specifying 0 value for harmonic number.
Each Voltage Sources data table has the following format:
NAME, ANGLE, H1, V1/V0, ANG1, H2, V2/V0, ANG2, .., HN, VN/V0, ANGN, 0
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric identifier assigned to table. Each Voltage Sources table
must have unique NAME. The NAME may be up to 40 characteristics and may contain
any combination of blanks, uppercase letters, numbers and special characters, but the
first character must not be a minus sign. The NAME must be enclosed in single or
double quotes if it contains any blanks or special characters.
No default allowed.
ANGLE Default angle determination
• 0 - No
• 1 - Yes
ANGLE = 0 by default
SINCAL value = Flag_DefAngle

HN Harmonic Number, N
No default allowed.
HN = 0 means end of table data

VN/V0 Ratio of voltage at harmonic number 'N' to voltage at fundamental frequency.
No default allowed.
PSS®E 35.3.0
244
Harmonics Data File Current Sources Data
ANGN Angle in degrees at harmonic number 'N'.
No default allowed.
Voltage Sources Data input is terminated with a record specifying table NAME as 0 (zero).
6.5. Current Sources Data

The harmonic current sources are defined in this table.
There is no limit on number of harmonics modeled in each current sources table. The table data can span on
more than one text line. End of data for the table is specified by specifying 0 value for harmonic number.
Each Current Sources data table has the following format:
NAME, CURTYP, ANGLE, H1, I1/I0, ANG1, H2, I2/I0, ANG2, .., HN, IN/I0, ANGN, 0
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric identifier assigned to table. Each Current Sources table
must have unique NAME. The NAME may be up to 40 characteristics and may contain
any combination of blanks, uppercase letters, numbers and special characters, but the
first character must not be a minus sign. The NAME must be enclosed in single or
double quotes if it contains any blanks or special characters.
No default allowed.
CURTYP Current source state
• 1 - Current in A
• 2 - Current in %
CURTYP = 2 by default
SINCAL value = Flag_I

ANGLE Default angle determination
• 0 - No
• 1 - Yes
ANGLE = 1 by default
SINCAL value = Flag_DefAngle

HN Harmonic Number, N
No default allowed.
HN = 0 means end of table data

IN/I0 Ratio of current at harmonic number 'N' to current at fundamental frequency.
No default allowed.
ANGN Angle in degrees at harmonic number 'N'.
PSS®E 35.3.0
245
Harmonics Data File Load Data
No default allowed.
Current Sources Data input is terminated with a record specifying table NAME as 0 (zero).
6.6. Load Data

The frequency dependency behavior and harmonics contribution of only in-service loads provided on this
data record are modeled.
Each load data record has the following format:
I, ID, HSTATE, HTYPE, HQUALITY, HIREG, HPK, ZHARM_TABLE, VHARM_TABLE, IHARM_TABLE

I Bus number of the bus to which the load is connected. It must be present in the work-
ing case.
No default allowed
ID One- or two-character load identifier.
ID = '1' by default
HSTATE Current control state
• 0 - Not active in harmonics
• 1 - Active in harmonics
HSTATE = 1 by default
HTYPE Harmonic type
• 0 - No frequency dependency
• 1 - Quality - R constant (serial)
• 2 - Quality - X/R constant (serial)
• 3 - Impedance characteristics
• 4 - Quality - X/R constant (parallel)
• 5 - CIGRE model
• 6 - Quality - R constant (parallel)
• 7 - IEEE RL Series Model
• 8 - IEEE RL Parallel Model
• 9 - Infinite, ignored in harmonics network
• 10 - IEEE Skin Effect Model
• 11 - IEEE Induction Motor Model
• 12 - IEEE 2RL Parallel Model
PSS®E 35.3.0
246
Harmonics Data File Generator Data
• 13 - CIGRE Passive Model
• 14 - CIGRE Motive Model
• 15 - Large Area Asynchronous Motor Model
HTYPE = 13 by default
SINCAL value = Flag_Har

HQUALITY Harmonic quality constant
HQUALITY = 1.0 by default.

HIREG Control current
HCTRLCUR = 0.0 by default
SINCAL value = Ireg

HPK Reference Compensation Power
HPK = 0.0 by default
SINCAL value = pk
ZHARM_TABLE Previously defined Harmonic Impedance Characteristics table name. The frequency
behavior of the load is modeled using the impedance characteristics specified in this
table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the frequency dependency of the
load is ignored.
ZHARM_TABLE = '' by default.

VHARM_TABLE Previously defined Harmonic Voltage Source table name. When modeled the load will
inject the voltage harmonics to the network at bus 'I'. The voltage source value at har-
monic 'N' is calculated using the voltage source characteristics specified in this table.
When table is not found or specified as blank, the voltage harmonics by the load are
ignored.
VHARM_TABLE = '' by default.

IHARM_TABLE Previously defined Harmonic Current Source table name. When modeled the load will
inject the current harmonics in the network at bus 'I'. The Current source value at har-
monic 'N' is calculated using the current source characteristics specified in this table.
When table is not found or specified as blank, the current harmonics by the load are
ignored.
IHARM_TABLE = '' by default.
Load Data input is terminated with a record specifying bus number 0 (zero).
6.7. Generator Data

The frequency dependency behavior and harmonics contribution of only in-service generators provided on
this data record are modeled.
Each generator data record has the following format:
PSS®E 35.3.0
247
Harmonics Data File Generator Data
I, ID, HSTATE, HTYPE, HQUALITY, ZHARM_TABLE, VHARM_TABLE, IHARM_TABLE
I Bus number of the bus to which the generator is connected. It must be present in the
working case.
No default allowed
ID One- or two-character generator identifier.
ID = '1' by default
HTYPE Harmonic type
• 0 - No frequency dependency, R and X used as in power flow data
• 1 - quality constant R series
• 2 - quality constant X/R series ( generator R data if any, ignored and R calculated
from HQUALITY)
• 4 - Model 1: IEEE
• 5 - Model 2: CIGRE Electra 167
• 6 - Model 3: HQ (Hydro Quebec)
• 9 - Infinite, ignored in harmonics network

behavior of the generator is modeled using the impedance characteristics specified in
this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the frequency dependency
of the generator is modeled assuming HTYPE=4 and Model 1 default parameters.

VHARM_TABLE Previously defined Harmonic Voltage Source table name. When modeled the genera-
tor will inject the voltage harmonics to the network at bus 'I'. The voltage source value
at harmonic 'N' is calculated using the voltage source characteristics specified in this
table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the voltage harmonics by the
generator are ignored.
PSS®E 35.3.0
248
Harmonics Data File Non-Transformer Branch Data
IHARM_TABLE Previously defined Harmonic Current Source table name. When modeled the genera-
tor will inject the current harmonics in the network at bus 'I'. The Current source val-
ue at harmonic 'N' is calculated using the current source characteristics specified in
this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the current harmonics by the
generator are ignored.
Generator Data input is terminated with a record specifying bus number 0 (zero).
6.8. Non-Transformer Branch Data

The frequency dependency behavior of only in-service non-transformer branches provided on this data
record are modeled.
The branch is always modeled with branch resistance skin effect and long line effects considered except
when ZHARM table is specified.
The branch shunts are modeled as per the HTYPE specified below.
Each non-transformer branch data record has the following format:
I, J, CKT, HSTATE, HTYPE, HQUALITY, ZHARM_TABLE

I Branch from bus number. It must be present in the working case.
No default allowed
J Branch to bus number. It must be present in the working case.
No default allowed
CKT One- or two-character non-transformer branch identifier. A branch with cicuit identi-
fier CKT between buses I and J must be in the working case.

HTYPE Harmonic type. Used to specify branch shunt model.
• 0 - no frequency dependency, R and X used as in power flow data
• 1 - quality constant R series
• 2 - quality constant X/R series (applicable only when branch shunt is inductive), (Line
shunt R data if any, ignored and shunt R calculated from HQUALITY)
• 3 - quality constant R parallel
• 4 - quality constant X/R parallel (applicable only when branch shunt is inductive),
(Line shunt R data if any, ignored and shunt R calculated from HQUALITY)
PSS®E 35.3.0
249
Harmonics Data File Transformer Data

behavior of the non-transformer branch is modeled using the impedance characteris-
tics specified in this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the frequency
dependency of the non-transformer branch is calculated considering branch long line
effects.
Non-Transformer Branch Data input is terminated with a record specifying bus number 0 (zero).

The frequency dependency behavior and harmonics contribution of only in-service transformers provided
on this data record are modeled.
Each transformer data record has the following format:
I, J, K, CKT, HSTATE, HTYPE, HQUALITY, ZHARM_TABLE, IHARM_TABLE
I Transformer Winding 1 bus number. It must be present in the working case.
No default allowed
J Transformer Winding 2 bus number. It must be present in the working case.
No default allowed
K Transformer Winding 3 bus number. K is specified as 0 (zero) to indicate that no third
winding is present. When K specified is non-zero, it must be present in the working
case.
K = 0 by default.
CKT One- or two-character transformer identifier. A transformer with cicuit identifier CKT
between buses I and J (and K if K is non-zero) must be in the working case.

HTYPE Harmonic type
• 0 - No frequency dependency, R and X used as in power flow data
• 1 - Model 1 - CIGRE Electra No. 167
• 2 - Model 2 – IEEE Std. 399
PSS®E 35.3.0
250
Harmonics Data File Two-Terminal DC Data
• 3 - Model 3 – CIGRE Electra No. 164
• 4 - Model 4 – Arrillaga
• 5 - Model 5 – Funk
• 6 - use ZHARM_TABLE (allowed only for 2 winding transformers)
HQUALITY Harmonic quality constant, not used
behavior of the transformer is modeled using the impedance characteristics specified
in this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the frequency dependency
of the transformer is modeled assuming HTYPE=1 and Model 1 default parameters.

IHARM_TABLE Previously defined Harmonic Current Source table name. When modeled the trans-
former will inject the current harmonics in the network at bus 'I'. The Current source
value at harmonic 'N' is calculated using the current source characteristics specified
in this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the current harmonics by
the transformer are ignored.
Transformer Data input is terminated with a record specifying bus number 0 (zero).
6.10. Two-Terminal DC Data

The voltage and current harmonics contribution of only in-service two-terminal dc lines provided on this data
record are modeled.
Each two-terminal dc line data record has the following format:
NAME, ACBUS, HSTATE, VHARM_TABLE, IHARM_TABLE
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric two-terminal dc line name. It must be present in the
working case.
No default allowed
ACBUS Two-terminal dc line rectifier or inverter converter AC bus number. A two-terminal dc
line 'NAME' with 'ACBUS' as one of the rectifier or inverter buses must be in the working
case.
No default allowed
PSS®E 35.3.0
251
Harmonics Data File VSC DC Data
VHARM_TABLE Previously defined Harmonic Voltage Source table name. When modeled the two-ter-
minal dc line will inject the voltage harmonics to the network at bus 'ACBUS'. The volt-
age source value at harmonic 'N' is calculated using the voltage source characteristics
specified in this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the voltage har-
monics by the two-terminal dc line are ignored.

IHARM_TABLE Previously defined Harmonic Current Source table name. When modeled the two-ter-
minal dc line will inject the current harmonics in the network at bus 'ACBUS'. The Cur-
rent source value at harmonic 'N' is calculated using the current source characteristics
specified in this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the current har-
monics by the two-terminal dc line are ignored.
Two-Terminal DC Data input is terminated with a record specifying NAME as 0 (zero).
6.11. VSC DC Data

The voltage and current harmonics contribution of only in-service VSC dc lines provided on this data record
are modeled.
Each VSC dc line data record has the following format:
NAME, ACBUS, HSTATE, VHARM_TABLE, IHARM_TABLE

NAME The non-blank alphanumeric VSC dc line name. It must be present in the working case.
No default allowed
ACBUS VSC dc line converter AC bus number. A VSC dc line 'NAME' with 'ACBUS' as one of its
converters AC buses must be in the working case.
No default allowed
VHARM_TABLE Previously defined Harmonic Voltage Source table name. When modeled the VSC dc
line will inject the voltage harmonics to the network at bus 'ACBUS'. The voltage source
value at harmonic 'N' is calculated using the voltage source characteristics specified
in this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the voltage harmonics by
the VSC dc line are ignored.

IHARM_TABLE Previously defined Harmonic Current Source table name. When modeled the VSC dc
line will inject the current harmonics in the network at bus 'ACBUS'. The Current source
value at harmonic 'N' is calculated using the current source characteristics specified
in this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the current harmonics by
the VSC dc line are ignored.
PSS®E 35.3.0
252
Harmonics Data File FACTS Device Data
VSC DC Data input is terminated with a record specifying NAME as 0 (zero).

The voltage and current harmonics contribution of only in-service FACTS devices provided on this data record
are modeled.
Each FACTS device data record has the following format:
NAME, SENDBUS, TERMBUS, HSTATE, HTYPE, HQUALITY, ZHARM_TABLE, VHARM_TABLE,

IHARM_TABLE
NAME The non-blank alphanumeric FACTS device name. It must be present in the working
case.
No default allowed
SENDBUS FACTS device Sending End AC bus number. A FACTS device 'NAME' with 'SENDBUS' as
its sending AC bus must be in the working case. A SENDBUS value must be provided
as every FACTS device has as least one bus, making it a shunt device.
No default allowed
TERMBUS FACTS device Terminal End AC bus number. A FACTS device 'NAME' with 'TERMBUS' as
its terminal AC bus must be in the working case. A TERMBUS value must be provided
if the FACTS device is operating as a serial device.
TERMBUS = 0 by default
HTYPE Harmonic type
If TERMBUS = 0:
• 4 - Quality - X/R constant (parallel)
• 5 - CIGRE
• 6 - Quality - R constant (parallel)
PSS®E 35.3.0
253
Harmonics Data File Induction Machine (Asynchronous ma-
chine) Data
• 9 - Infinite
If TERMBUS != 0:


ZHARM_TABLE This item is required if the FACTS device is serial device, SENDBUS AND TERMBUS != 0.
Previously defined Harmonic Impedance Characteristics table name. The frequency

behavior of the generator is modeled using the impedance characteristics specified in
this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the frequency dependency
of the generator is ignored.

VHARM_TABLE This item is required if the FACTS device is shunt device, TERMBUS != 0.
Previously defined Harmonic Voltage Source table name. When modeled the FACTS
device will inject the voltage harmonics to the network at bus 'ACBUS'. The voltage
source value at harmonic 'N' is calculated using the voltage source characteristics spec-
ified in this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the voltage harmonics
by the FACTS device are ignored.

IHARM_TABLE This item is required if the FACTS device is shunt device, TERMBUS != 0.
Previously defined Harmonic Current Source table name. When modeled the FACTS
device will inject the current harmonics in the network at bus 'ACBUS'. The Current
source value at harmonic 'N' is calculated using the current source characteristics spec-
ified in this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the current harmonics
by the FACTS device are ignored.
FACTS Device Data input is terminated with a record specifying NAME as 0 (zero).
6.13. Induction Machine (Asynchronous machine) Data

The frequency dependency behavior and harmonics contribution of only in-service induction machines pro-
vided on this data record are modeled.
PSS®E 35.3.0
254
Harmonics Data File Induction Machine (Asynchronous ma-
chine) Data
Each induction machine data record has the following format:
I, ID, HSTATE, HTYPE, HQUALITY, ZHARM_TABLE, VHARM_TABLE, IHARM_TABLE
I Bus number of the bus to which the induction machine is connected. It must be
present in the working case.
No default allowed
ID One- or two-character induction machine identifier.
ID = '1' by default
HTYPE Harmonic type
• 1 - Quality - R constant
• 2 - Quality - X/R constant
• 9 - Infinite


behavior of the induction machine is modeled using the impedance characteristics
specified in this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the frequency
dependency of the induction machine is ignored.

VHARM_TABLE Previously defined Harmonic Voltage Source table name. When modeled the induction
machine will inject the voltage harmonics to the network at bus 'I'. The voltage source
value at harmonic 'N' is calculated using the voltage source characteristics specified
in this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the voltage harmonics by
the induction machine are ignored.

IHARM_TABLE Previously defined Harmonic Current Source table name. When modeled the induction
machine will inject the current harmonics in the network at bus 'I'. The Current source
value at harmonic 'N' is calculated using the current source characteristics specified in
PSS®E 35.3.0
255
Harmonics Data File Passive Filter Data
this table. When table is not found or specified as blank, the current harmonics by the
induction machine are ignored.
Induction Machine Data input is terminated with a record specifying bus number 0 (zero).
6.14. Passive Filter Data

The passive filter will be added as fixed bus shunt to PSSE working case only during harmonic analysis ac-
tivities.
For each harmonic frequency, the fixed bus shunt MW and MVAR are calculated and the working case updated
accordingly.
Given RG, XB1 and XB2 at the fundamental frequency and CZY, the units in which they are specified, the
passive filter equivalent impedance and corresponding fixed bus shunt MW and MVAR are calculated.
The passive filter specified with "I, ID" should not exist in the working case as the Fixed Bus Shunt "I, ID". If
Fixed Bus Shunt "I, ID" exists in the working case, the passive filter specified with "I, ID" will be ignored.
Each Passive Filter data record has the following format:
I, ID, HSTATE, CZY, RG, XB1, XB2
I Bus number of the bus to which the passive filter is connected. It must be present in
the working case.
No default allowed
ID One- or two-character passive filter identifier.
No default allowed
CZY Units of RG, XB1 and XB2
• 0 - Impedance expressed in PU on bus voltage and system MVA base
• 1 - Admittance expressed in PU on bus voltage and system MVA base
• 2 - Admittance expressed in MW and MVAR at 1 PU voltage
• 3 - RG is resistance in PU, XB1 in inductive reactance in PU, XB2 is capacitive suscep-

tance in PU on bus voltage and system MVA base
CZY = 0 by default
RG Resistance, Conductance or MW as per CZY
PSS®E 35.3.0
256
Harmonics Data File Passive Filter Data
RG = 0.0 by default.
XB1 Reactance, Susceptance or MVAR as per CZY
XB1 = 0.0 by default.

XB2 Reactance, Susceptance or MVAR as per CZY
XB2 = 0.0 by default.
RG is positive for resistance, conductance and MW.
XB1 and XB2 are positive for inductive reactance and capacitive susceptance.
XB1 and XB2 are negative for inductive susceptance and capacitive reactance .
XB1 and XB2 are positive for capacitive MVAR.
XB1 and XB2 are negative for inductive MVAR.
When RG, XB1 and XB2 are 0.0 (zero), the record will be ignored.
Passive Filter Data input is terminated with a record specifying bus I as 0 (zero).
PSS®E 35.3.0
257
Chapter 7
Machine Capability Curve Data File
7.1. Overview
The input stream to activity REGC consists of a Change Code record, followed by a group of capability curve
data records. One such record is specified for each machine whose capability curve is to be read into the
working case.
All data is read in free format with data items separated by a comma or one or more blanks. The capability
curve data category is terminated by a record specifying an I value of zero.
7.2. Change Code Data

The first record in the Capability Curve Data File contains two data items as follows:
IC, REV
IC New capability curve data flag:
IC = 0 indicates the initial input of capability curve data for the network contained in
the working case. Any capability curves in the case are deleted from the case before
adding the capability curves specified in the input file.
IC = 1 indicates change case input of capability curve data for the network contained
in the working case. If a record is specified for a machine that already has a capability
curve, default values for omitted data items are the existing values of the capability
curve.
IC = 0 by default
REV PSSE revision number
REV = current revision by default
7.3. Capability Curve Data

Each machine to be represented with its capability curve in PSSE must be specified in a capability curve data
record. Each data record in this file has the following format:
I, ID, P1, QT1, QB1, P2, QT2, QB2, ... P20, QT20, QB20
where:
I Bus number. Bus I must be present in the working case with a plant sequence number
assigned to it (refer to Plant and Machine Sequence Numbers).
PSS®E 35.3.0
258
Machine Capability Curve Data File Capability Curve Data
ID One-or two character machine identifier used to distinguish among multiple machines
at a plant (i.e., at a generator bus)
ID = 1 by default
Pi Generator active power output along the MW axis of the machine's capability curve,
entered in MW
QTi Maximum (i.e., overexcited) reactive power limit at P i MW, entered in Mvar
QTi = 0.0 by default

QBi Minimum (i.e., underexcited) reactive power limit at P i MW, entered in Mvar
QBi = 0.0 by default
At least two sets of points must be specified for each capability curve; up to 20 sets of points on the capability
curve may be entered. When the machine is a generator, the Pi values must be in ascending order with
P1greater than or equal to zero. When the machine is a motor, the Pi values must be in descending order
with P1 less than or equal to zero.
Capability curves may be specified for non-conventional as well as conventional machines. For a non-con-
ventional machines with machine control mode (WMOD) greater than 1, the capability curve will not be used
to update the machine's reactive power limits; the limits will be determined from the specified power factor
(WPF) for mode 2 and 3 machines, and from the machine's fixed reactive power (QG) for mode 4 machines.
Data input is terminated with a record specifying a bus number of zero.

®
In the PSS E EXAMPLE directory, there is an example capability curve established for the machines in the
savnw.sav power flow case. The data file is savnw.gcp, and the contents of the file are listed in Figure 7.1,
“Capability Curve Example file savnw.gcp for savnw.sav Case”.
PTI INTERACTIVE POWER SYSTEM SIMULATOR--PSS(R)E TUE, SEP 24 2019 12:29
PSS(R)E PROGRAM APPLICATION GUIDE EXAMPLE
BASE CASE INCLUDING SEQUENCE DATA
CAPABILITY CURVE CHECK:

X-- CAPABILITY CURVE --X X------- WORKING CASE -------X
BUS#-SCT X-- NAME --X BASKV ID PGEN QGEN QMAX QMIN PLIMIT QMAX QMIN PMAX PMIN
101 NUC-A 21.600 1 750.0 81.3 243.8 -37.5 900.0 600.0 -100.0 810.0 0.0
102 NUC-B 21.600 1 750.0 81.3 243.8 -37.5 900.0 600.0 -100.0 810.0 0.0
206 URBGEN 18.000 1 800.0 600.0 600.0 0.0 1000.0 600.0 0.0 900.0 0.0
211 HYDRO_G 20.000 1 600.0 17.3 583.3 -77.8 950.0 400.0 -100.0 616.2 0.0
3011 MINE_G 13.800 1 258.6 103.6 270.5 -100.0 1000.0 600.0 -100.0 900.0 0.0
3018 CATDOG_G 13.800 1 100.0 80.0 80.0 0.0 130.0 80.0 0.0 117.0 0.0
Figure 7.1. Capability Curve Example file savnw.gcp for savnw.sav Case
PSS®E 35.3.0
259
Chapter 8
IEC Data File
8.1. Overview
The impedances and admittances of electrical equipment in the working case are modified according to the
correction factors defined in IEC 60909-0 (2016 Section 6 or 2001 Section 3).
Generators, equivalent generators, asynchronous motors, wind farms and photovoltaic (PV) farms are repre-
sented as sources in the working case. To calculate their impedance correction factors or correct contribution
to fault additional data is required. This additional data is provided in IEC data file (.iec).
Additional data is needed in the following cases.
• If a generator model includes a GSU transformer. It is recommended to represent the GSU transformer
explicitly as a separate power component so as to be able to correctly modify the generator and transformer
impedances as per the IEC 60909 standard.
• If a generator in the working case is an equivalent generator representation.
• If a generator is a used in the modeling of a synchronous motor.
• If a generator is set with QMIN=QMAX, then it is treated as an asynchronous motor. If this is the case, then
additional data is not necessary.
• If a transformer winding MVA specified in system MVA base and not nameplate winding MVA.
• If an induction machine base power (MBASE) is specified as mechanical power output (BCODE=1), then
power factor and efficiency are needed to calculate base MVA. If an induction machine scheduled active
power (PSET) is set as real electrical power drawn by the machine, efficiency is needed to calculate me-
chanical power output (MW) of the machine.
• If a generator in the working case is a Wind Farm or PV Farm.
There are six groups of records, with each group containing a particular type of data required. Each record
is terminated by specifying a bus number of 0.

IECFILEVRSN=vernum
IECFILEVRSN IECFILEVRSN is the keyword to specify the IEC data file version number.
vernum is an integer value specifying IEC data file version number. No default al-
lowed.
PSS®E 35.3.0
260
IEC Data File GSU, Equivalent Generator and Motor
Data
Allowed, IECFILEVRSN = 2
Note: The first release of the IEC data file did not have this record and is treated as
file version 1
8.3. GSU, Equivalent Generator and Motor Data

(Induction Motors are specified as part of Generator data category.)
Each data record has the following format:
I, ID, MCTYPE, UrG, PG, PFactor, PolePair, GSUType, Ix, Jx, Kx, Ckt, PT
where:
I Machine bus number

ID Machine ID
MCTYPE Machine type
MCTYPE =1, for Generator
MCTYPE =2, for Equivalent generator
MCTYPE =3, for Induction machines specified as part of generator data category
MCTYPE =4, for Wind power station asynchronous generator
MCTYPE =5, for Wind power station double fed asynchronous generator
MCTYPE =6, for Wind or Photovoltaic power station generator with full size convert-
er
UrG Rated terminal voltage, line-to-line in kV r.m.s. (this need not be the rated bus volt-
age)
PG Range of generator voltage regulation in %, e.g., if PG is ±5%, enter PG=5.
PG = (UG -UrG)/UrG, where UG is the scheduled generator terminal voltage
= 0 default
PFactor Generator rated power factor (used only if MCTYPE=1).
This is used in impedance correction factor calculations.
= 1.0 default
PolePair Number of pole pairs if machine is induction machine (used only if the machine is
modeled as induction machine)
Example: If the induction machine has a six pole construction then Polepair=3
GSUType Generator step-up-transformer type
GSUType =0, no GSU, GSU transformer modeled explicitly.
GSUType =1, GSU with OLTC
PSS®E 35.3.0
261
IEC Data File Transformer Nameplate Winding MVA
Data
GSUType =2, GSU without OLTC

Ix GSU transformer I bus number
= 0 by default to specify no GSU transformer

Jx GSU transformer J bus number

Kx GSU transformer K bus number

Ckt GSU transformer circuit identifier
= blank ('') by default to specify no GSU transformer

PT Tap range of GSU off-load tap-changer transformer in % of transformer winding rat-
ed voltage, e.g., if PT is ±5%, enter PT=5
= 0.0 by default to ignore off-load tap range
8.4. Transformer Nameplate Winding MVA Data

I, J, K, Ckt, Sbase 1-2, Sbase 2-3, Sbase 3-1
where:
I Winding 1 bus number

J Winding 2 bus number
K Winding 3 bus number ( =0 for two-winding transformer)
Ckt Transformer circuit identifier
Sbase 1-2 Winding 1 to winding 2 Nameplate MVA
Sbase 2-3 Winding 2 to winding 3 Nameplate MVA (not required for two-winding transformer)
Sbase 3-1 Winding 3 to winding 1 Nameplate MVA (not required for two-winding transformer)
8.5. Induction Machine Data

(Induction Motors are specified as part of Induction machine data category)
I, ID, PolePair, PFactor, Efficiency
where:
PSS®E 35.3.0
262
IEC Data File Wind Power Station Asynchronous Gen-
erator Data

ID Machine ID
PolePair Number of pole pairs
Example: If the induction machine has a six pole construction then Polepair=3
PFactor Induction Machine rated power factor
= 1.0 default
Efficiency Induction Machine percent efficiency.
=100 by default
Example: Efficiency=96.5 for 96.5% efficiency.
8.6. Wind Power Station Asynchronous Generator Data

(These equipment are specified as part of Generator data category and modeled as MCTYPE=4 in IEC data
file.)
I, ID, ILR2IR_1, R2X_1, ILR2IR_2, R2X_2, ILR2IR_0, R2X_0
where:

ID Machine ID
ILR2IR_1 Ratio of Positive Sequence locked rotor current to rated current, no default allowed.
R2X_1 Ratio of Positive Sequence resistance to reactance =0.1 by default
ILR2IR_2 Ratio of Negative Sequence locked rotor current to rated current ILR2IR_2=ILR2IR_1
by default
R2X_2 Ratio of Negative Sequence resistance to reactance R2X_2=R2X_1 by default
ILR2IR_0 Ratio of Zero Sequence locked rotor current to rated current ILR2IR_0=ILR2IR_1 by
default
R2X_0 Ratio of Zero Sequence resistance to reactance R2X_0=R2X_1 by default
8.7. Wind Power Station Doubly Fed Asynchronous

Generator Data
(These equipment are specified as part of Generator data category, and modeled as MCTYPE=5 in IEC data
file.)
I, ID, IMAX_1, R2X_1, IMAX_2, R2X_2, IMAX_0, R2X_0, KWD, IKWDmax, IKWDmin
where:
PSS®E 35.3.0
263
IEC Data File Wind and Photovoltaic Power Station
Generator with Full Size Converter Data
ID Machine ID
IMAX2IR_1 Ratio of Positive Sequence highest instantaneous short circuit value in case of a
three-phase short circuit to rated current, no default allowed
R2X_1 Ratio of Positive Sequence resistance to reactance. R2X_1=0.1 by default
IMAX2IR_2 Ratio of Negative Sequence highest instantaneous short circuit value in case of an
unbalance short circuit to rated current, IMAX2IR_2=IMAX2IR_1 by default
R2X_2 Ratio of Negative Sequence resistance to reactance. R2X_2=R2X_1 by default
IMAX2IR_0 Ratio of Zero Sequence highest instantaneous short circuit value in case of an unbal-
ance short circuit to rated current, IMAX2IR_0=IMAX2IR_1 by default
R2X_0 Ratio of Zero Sequence resistance to reactance. R2X_0=R2X_1 by default
KWD Factor for the calculation of the peak short-circuit current, KWD=1.7 by default
IkWDmax Ratio of maximum steady state short circuit current to rated current,
IkWDmax=IMAX2IR_1 by default. This is used in calculation of symmetrical breaking
current.
IkWDmin Ratio of minimum steady state short circuit current to rated current,
IkWDmin=IMAX2IR_1 by default. This is used in calculation of symmetrical breaking
current.
8.8. Wind and Photovoltaic Power Station Generator

with Full Size Converter Data
(These equipment are specified as part of Generator data category, and modeled as MCTYPE=6, 7 in IEC
data file.)
I, ID, IMAX_1, R2X_1, IMAX_2, R2X_2, IMAX_0, R2X_0, IkPFmax, IkPFmin
where:
ID Machine ID
IMAX2IR_1 Ratio of Positive Sequence short circuit current value to rated current, no default al-
lowed
R2X_1 Ratio of Positive Sequence resistance to reactance. R2X_1=0.1 by default
IMAX2IR_2 Ratio of Negative Sequence short circuit current value to rated current,
IMAX2IR_2=IMAX2IR_1 by default
R2X_2 Ratio of Negative Sequence resistance to reactance. R2X_2=R2X_1 by default
IMAX2IR_0 Ratio of Zero Sequence short circuit value in case of an unbalance short circuit to
rated current, IMAX2IR_0=IMAX2IR_1 by default
R2X_0 Ratio of Zero Sequence resistance to reactance. R2X_0=R2X_1 by default
IkPFmax Ratio of maximum steady state short circuit current to rated current,
IkPFmax=IMAX2IR_1 by default. This is used in calculation of symmetrical breaking
current.
IkPFmin Ratio of minimum steady state short circuit current to rated current,
IkPFmin=IMAX2IR_1 by default. This is used in calculation of symmetrical breaking
current.
PSS®E 35.3.0
264
IEC Data File Wind and Photovoltaic Power Station
Generator with Full Size Converter Data
IEC File Data records for generators, transformers and motors are created only for those units that need IEC
data and they may be entered in any order and using a free format with blanks or commas separating each
data item in each record group.
Following is an example of IEC data for IEC 60909-4, Section 6 network, refer PAG for details.
1 Q1 2
5 Q2 2
6 G3 1 10.5 0.0 0.8
41 G1 1 21.0 0.0 0.85 0 1 4 41 0 T1 12
31 G2 1 10.5 7.5 0.9 0 2 3 31 0 T2
0 / END OF GSU, EQV, GEN, AND INDUCTION MACHINE DATA
0 / END OF TRANSFORMER DATA
7 M1 1 0.88 97.5
7 M2 2 0.89 96.8
7 M3 2 0.89 96.8
0 / END OF INDUCTION MACHINE DATA
Q
or
IECFILEVRSN=2
1 Q1 2
5 Q2 2
6 G3 6 10.5 0.0 0.8
41 G1 4 21.0 0.0 0.85 0 1 4 41 0 T1 12
31 G2 5 10.5 7.5 0.9 0 2 3 31 0 T2
0 / END OF GSU, EQV, GEN, AND MOTOR DATA
0 / END OF TRANSFORMER DATA
7 M1 1 0.88 97.5
7 M2 2 0.89 96.8
7 M3 2 0.89 96.8
0 / END OF INDUCTION MACHINE DATA
41 G1 5.0 0.2
0 / END OF WIND POWER STATION ASYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR DATA
31 G2 6.0 0.3
0 / END OF WIND POWER STATION DOUBLY FED ASYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR DATA
6 G3 7.0 0.4
0 / END OF WIND AND PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER STATION GENERATOR WITH FULL SIZE CONVERTER DATA
Q
PSS®E 35.3.0
265

Data Formats

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Data Formats

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Data Formats

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Data Formats Reference Manual

Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.

Two-Terminal DC Line Data Notes .................................................................................... 59

Data Tables .................................................................................................................. 110

Zero Sequence Non-Transformer Branch Data ......................................................................... 152

Adjustable Branch Reactance Record ............................................................................. 212

GSU, Equivalent Generator and Motor Data ............................................................................ 261

1.1. Extensible Power Flow Data File (RAWX) Documentation

1.2. Extended Bus Names

The requirements for specifying an extended bus name are:

• It must be enclosed in single quotes.

'ERIE BLVD 345.0'

'ERIE BLVD 345'

1.3. Default Values

This is equivalent to specifying the data record:

• one of the three Case Identification Data records

Case Identification Data

Fixed Bus Shunt Data

Non-Transformer Branch Data

System Switching Device Data

Area Interchange Data

Two-Terminal DC Transmission Line Data

Voltage Source Converter (VSC) DC Transmission Line Data

Transformer Impedance Correction Tables

Multi-Terminal DC Transmission Line Data

Multi-Section Line Grouping Data

Interarea Transfer Data

FACTS Device Data

Switched Shunt Data

GNE Device Data

Induction Machine Data

Power Flow Raw Data Input Structure

Each substation block data consists of following records.

Substation Data Record

Station Switching Device Data

Equipment Terminal Data

1.5. Case Identification Data

RAW Record Format

IC, SBASE, REV, XFRRAT, NXFRAT, BASFRQ

RAWX Parameter Set Format

Field RAWX Key Description

Field RAWX Key Description

SBASE = 100.0 by default

REV = current revision by default

XFRRAT <= 0 for MVA

XFRRAT > 0 for current expressed as MVA

XFRRAT = present transformer percent loading program option setting by default

NXFRAT <= 0 for MVA

NXFRAT > 0 for current expressed as MVA

NXFRAT = present non-transformer branch percent loading program option set-

Ebase Is the branch or transformer winding voltage base in volts.

1.6. System-Wide Data

• power flow solution parameters

• descriptions of rating sets

• information on the most recent power flow solution attempt

1.6.1. GENERAL Record

GENERAL, THRSHZ=0.0001, PQBRAK=0.7, BLOWUP=5.0, MAXISOLLVLS=4, CAMAXREPTSLN=20,

RAWX Parameter Set Example

• THRSHZ (the zero impedance line threshold tolerance)